Notice of proposed rulemaking. The FDIC is proposing amendments to its regulations to recognize parity between out-of-State State banks and national banks concerning the application of host State laws when State banks provide services outside of their chartering State. Under the proposed rule, when host State laws do…
Why this matters
This is a proposed rulemaking (not final) by the FDIC addressing parity between State-chartered banks and national banks regarding application of host State laws when providing services outside their chartering State.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) is inviting comment on a proposed rule that would fundamentally reform important aspects of the FDIC's approach to processing and evaluating merger transactions subject to the Bank Merger Act (BMA). Notable reforms under the proposed rule…
Why this matters
This is a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) from the FDIC that would substantially revise 12 CFR Parts 303, 314, and 333 governing merger transaction procedures and evaluation.
Reopening of comment period. On May 6, 2026, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission published in the Federal Register a notice of proposed rulemaking ("NPRM"), titled Privacy Act Regulations, to amend its Privacy Act regulations to exempt the CFTC-59 Insider Risk Program Records System of Records from certain…
Why this matters
This is a notice reopening the comment period for a proposed rulemaking (NPRM) by the CFTC to amend Privacy Act regulations. The proposal seeks to exempt the CFTC-59 Insider Risk Program Records System from certain Privacy Act provisions to protect insider risk investigations.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is proposing to rescind Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") and leave determinations about the role of shareholder proposals to State law and company governing documents. The Commission also is proposing to amend…
Why this matters
This is a SEC proposed rule (not final) addressing the rescission of Rule 14a-8 governing shareholder proposals in proxy materials and amendments to Rule 14a-4 on discretionary voting authority.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is proposing amendments to modernize certain rules related to proxy solicitations. The proposed amendments would, among other things, eliminate the requirement that registrants deliver an annual report to security holders, eliminate the delivery…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposed rule (Release Nos. 33-11439; 34-106385; 39-2566) published in the Federal Register on 09/21/2026 with a comment deadline of 11/20/2026.
This is a formal SEC consultation on substantive proxy rule amendments with broad applicability to public company governance and shareholder communications. The proposals directly impact reporting and disclosure obligations under securities law.
This is a formal SEC statement on a proposed rule rescission and modernization initiative. Rule 14a-8 governs shareholder proposals, a core proxy disclosure mechanism. The consultation signals potential material changes to shareholder rights and corporate governance disclosure obligations affecting all public firms.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed to rescind Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which exceeds the scope of the Commission's statutory authority and intrudes into matters of state law.The Commission outlined…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposal to rescind a foundational shareholder rights rule under the Securities Exchange Act. The consultation affects capital markets participants (broker-dealers, asset managers) and all public companies regarding proxy processes and shareholder engagement.
New FCA guidance will help firms understand how the law underpinning the UK's future cryptoasset regime applies to their business. It also sets out which activities may require FCA authorisation. The regime comes into force on 25 October 2027. With applications for authorisation opening from 30 September 2026, firms…
Why this matters
This is a policy statement and guidance document from the FCA clarifying how the new UK cryptoasset regime applies to firms. It covers multiple regulated activities (stablecoin issuance, trading platforms, dealing, safeguarding, staking) and sets out authorisation requirements.
Agencies Seek Comment on Proposed Third-Party Risk Management Guidance and Issue Statement on Community Bank Engagement with Core Service Providers Today the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency…
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation (OCC Bulletin) issued jointly by four federal banking agencies (OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, NCUA) proposing revised guidance on third-party risk management. The guidance applies broadly to national banks, federal savings associations, federal branches/agencies, and community banks.
Agencies seek comment on proposed third-party risk management guidance and issue statement on community bank engagement with core service providers
Why this matters
This is a joint consultation by four federal banking regulators (Federal Reserve, FDIC, OCC, NCUA) on proposed third-party risk management guidance. The update signals a material shift in supervisory approach—moving to principles-based guidance and rescinding prior guidance.
Today the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (collectively, the agencies) requested comment on proposed guidance to assist financial institutions with managing risks associated with third-party…
Why this matters
This is a multi-agency (FDIC, Federal Reserve, NCUA, OCC) consultation requesting comment on proposed guidance to replace existing third-party risk management rules. The update directly addresses supervisory expectations for managing third-party relationships and core service provider engagement.
ESMA consults on disclosure requirements and updates guidelines and Q&As under the Prospectus Regulation 09 September 2026 Guidelines and Technical standards Prospectus Simplification and Burden Reduction The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has…
Why this matters
This is a multi-part regulatory package including a formal consultation (deadline 9 November 2026), final guidelines on product supplements, and final RTS on prospectus financial information submitted for Commission adoption.
Proposed rule; rescission. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or the "SEC") is proposing to rescind the political contribution rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act"), which prohibits investment advisers from providing investment advisory services for compensation to a…
Why this matters
This is a proposed rule (not final) from the SEC targeting Rule 206(4)-5 under the Investment Advisers Act. It directly affects asset managers' governance and conduct obligations regarding political contributions and pay-to-play practices.
The EBA acknowledges the European Commission’s non-adoption of the targeted amendments of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 241/2014 aimed at shortening the application period for reducing own funds and eligible liabilities instruments.
Why this matters
This is an informational news item reporting the European Commission's decision not to endorse EBA draft Regulatory Technical Standards on prior permission applications for reducing own funds and eligible liabilities instruments.
CPMI-IOSCO are seeking input from stakeholders on a cyber resilience toolkit for financial market infrastructures (FMIs) and on risks to FMIs from third-party service providers. The Cyber resilience toolkit: practical considerations for FMIs supports FMIs in strengthening their cyber resilience frameworks. The…
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation by CPMI-IOSCO seeking stakeholder input on two interconnected deliverables: a cyber resilience toolkit for FMIs and a discussion paper on third-party service provider risks. The toolkit complements existing PFMI principles and provides practical guidance on operational resilience.
Written reply to Parliamentary Question on Singapore’s proposed profit-related returns exemption
Why this matters
This is a formal parliamentary reply from MAS leadership announcing a proposed tax exemption regime for asset managers. While framed as a response to parliamentary inquiry, it constitutes a policy announcement with concrete regulatory signals (exemption framework, industry consultation underway, Budget 2027 timeline).
Informs insurers on the issuance of the Response to Consultation Paper on the proposed changes to MAS Notice FHC-N133 on Valuation and Capital Framework for Designated Financial Holding Companies (Licensed Insurer).
Why this matters
This is a regulatory response document to a consultation on amendments to MAS Notice FHC-N133, which sets binding valuation and capital requirements for designated financial holding companies (licensed insurers).
Proposed rule. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") is proposing to adopt new rules, amend existing rules, amend the existing form for registration with the Commission as a transfer agent (Form TA-1) and the existing form for reporting activities of transfer agents (Form TA-2), and…
Why this matters
This is a SEC proposed rule (not final) that amends multiple transfer agent rules (17ac2-1, 17ac2-2, 17ad-1 through 17ad-17) and introduces two new rules (17ad-30 on compliance, 17ad-31 on restrictive legends).
The Securities and Exchange Commission today issued a proposal to rescind its “pay-to-play” rule that prohibits investment advisers from providing compensated investment advisory services to a government client for two years…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposal to rescind Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-5 (the 'pay-to-play' rule), a binding compliance obligation for investment advisers since 2010. The proposal directly affects governance, compliance obligations, and licensing conditions for asset managers.
This is a statement on a proposal to rescind an existing SEC rule (the pay-to-play rule, which restricts political contributions by investment advisers and municipal securities dealers).
This is a Commissioner's statement regarding a proposed rescission of the SEC's pay-to-play rule (Rule 206(4)-5), which restricts political contributions by investment advisers and associated persons.
This is a statement on a proposed rescission of Rule 206(4)-5 under the Investment Advisers Act, which directly impacts investment advisers' regulatory framework.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or the "SEC") is proposing an amendment to designate debt obligations issued by the European Union as "exempted securities" for the purposes of marketing and trading futures contracts on those securities in the United States or to U.S. persons…
Why this matters
This is a proposed rule (not final) with a 61-day comment period (closing 11/02/2026) that would expand the scope of exempted securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to include EU debt obligations for purposes of futures contracts.
This is a statement on proposed transfer agent rules from SEC Commissioner Peirce. Transfer agents are regulated entities in the capital markets ecosystem primarily affecting broker-dealers and investment firms.
The content is a statement from SEC Commissioner Uyeda regarding proposed amendments to transfer agent rules. Transfer agents are critical infrastructure in capital markets operations, primarily regulated entities within the broker-dealer ecosystem.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed to update the rules and forms that apply to registered transfer agents.Transfer agents are a key component of the national clearance and settlement system. Transfer agents now perform a more diverse…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC rule proposal (consultation) that modernizes legacy regulations governing registered transfer agents, a critical component of the U.S. securities clearance and settlement system.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. FinCEN is issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking, pursuant to section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, that finds the five United Arab Emirates-based branches of Banque Misr (collectively, Banque Misr UAE) to be of primary money laundering concern and proposes imposing a special measure to…
Why this matters
This is a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) under section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act by FinCEN designating Banque Misr UAE as a financial institution of primary money laundering concern due to facilitation of Iranian shadow banking (USD 1.8 billion identified). The proposed special measure five prohibits U.S.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) proposes to revise the supervisory framework for the issuance of matters requiring attention (MRAs) in response to violations of laws or regulations and for addressing violations for which the OCC does not take an enforcement action or…
Why this matters
This is a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) from the OCC that would materially revise the supervisory framework for addressing violations of banking laws and regulations. The proposal introduces a new categorical distinction (substantive vs.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to Rule 3a12-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to add the debt obligations of the European Union (EU) to the list of foreign government debt obligations designated as "exempted…
Why this matters
This is a formal SEC proposed rulemaking (consultation) that amends an existing Exchange Act rule to add EU debt obligations to the exempted securities list for futures purposes. It affects broker-dealers and asset managers engaged in futures trading and derivatives markets.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period. The FDIC is extending the public comment period on the proposed rule "Disclosure of Information," which was published in the Federal Register on June 30, 2026. FDIC is extending the public comment period from August 31, 2026, to October 5, 2026, to provide…
Why this matters
The provided content is a CAPTCHA/bot-detection message and technical notice about accessing Federal Register and eCFR APIs. It contains no regulatory substance, policy announcement, consultation, guidance, or enforcement action.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today published an Opinion in response to the observations made by European Parliament in its 2024 Discharge Report covering all agencies, including the EBA. The EBA welcomes the overall positive feedback from the European Parliament. Only nine observations of the Parliament’s…
Why this matters
This is a routine administrative communication from the EBA responding to parliamentary oversight. The content confirms that only nine observations mentioned the EBA and none warrant specific follow-up actions.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched a public consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) specifying the operational risk management framework that institutions must have in place as per Article 323 of the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3). The draft RTS set out harmonised…
AI Analysis
The EBA launched a consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards under Article 323(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, as amended by CRR3 Regulation (EU) 2024/1623, defining institutions’ operational risk management framework. The draft would harmonise governance, operational risk processes, assessment systems, data, taxonomy, reporting, validation and audit requirements, with reduced granularity and review/reporting frequency for institutions with a business indicator below EUR 750 million.
Key dates
2026-08-26
EBA consultation launched and consultation period opened.
2026-09-25 Deadline
Deadline to register for the EBA virtual public hearing, at 16:00 CEST.
2026-09-29
EBA virtual public hearing from 10:00 to 12:00 CEST (Paris time).
2026-12-31 Deadline
Deadline for submitting consultation responses to the EBA, at 23:59 CEST.
Suggested considerations
Compliance and operational-risk teams should obtain and map the consultation draft against Article 323(1), points (a) to (h), of the CRR and identify requirements that would require changes to policies, committee mandates, controls or management information.
Institutions should determine their business indicator and assess whether it is below the proposed EUR 750 million proportionality threshold, while treating that threshold as proposed rather than final.
Firms should inventory operational-risk data sources, loss-event thresholds, taxonomies, reporting processes, validation controls and audit coverage, and assess whether data granularity is sufficient for the proposed framework.
Management-body and senior-management responsibilities should be compared with existing governance arrangements, including the independence, authority and resourcing of the operational risk management function.
Firms should assess alignment between the proposed RTS, CRR3 operational-risk capital and reporting implementation, the EBA Guidelines on internal governance and DORA, avoiding duplication or gaps for ICT-related risk.
Affected stakeholders should consider submitting comments to the EBA by 31 December 2026; compliance teams may wish to coordinate responses with risk, finance, internal audit and industry associations.
Stakeholders wishing to participate in the EBA public hearing should register by 25 September 2026 at 16:00 CEST and prepare questions on proportionality, data granularity, thresholds, reporting frequency and implementation timing.
Institutions should monitor the EBA’s final draft, the European Commission’s endorsement process and the eventual application date before treating the consultation text as a binding requirement.
What changed
The proposed RTS would give detailed effect to Article 323(1), points (a) to (h), of the CRR by requiring three framework components: governance arrangements, an operational risk management process and an operational risk assessment system. They clarify responsibilities of the management body, senior management and the independent operational risk management function, and address operational risk data and taxonomy, the business indicator component, reporting, validation and audit. ICT risk requirements are intended to remain governed primarily by Regulation (EU) 2022/2554 (DORA).
Compliance impact
The proposal is not yet legally binding, but it signals material future supervisory expectations for operational-risk governance, data quality, taxonomy, monitoring, validation and audit across CRR3 institutions. Impact is likely to be highest for institutions whose existing frameworks were designed around legacy operational-risk approaches or whose loss data and management information cannot support the proposed harmonised requirements; institutions below EUR 750 million business indicator should receive proportional relief, subject to the final text.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") proposes to amend its regulations for swap execution facilities ("SEFs") to remove the requirement for SEFs to offer an order book for swap transactions that are not subject to trade execution requirement under section…
AI Analysis
On August 26, 2026, the CFTC proposed amending 17 CFR 37.3(a)(2) to require SEFs to offer an Order Book only for Required Transactions, rather than for all swaps listed for trading. The proposal would make Order Books optional for Permitted Transactions, codify the approach in No-Action Letter No. 25-24, and give SEFs greater discretion to use execution methods suited to episodic and less-liquid swaps.
Key dates
2026-08-26
The CFTC proposed the amendment in 91 FR 55030, RIN 3038-AF79, and opened the public-comment period.
2026-09-25 Deadline
Public comments on the proposed rule must be received by the CFTC.
Suggested considerations
SEF compliance teams should distinguish Required Transactions from Permitted Transactions under 17 CFR 37.9 and confirm that any planned platform changes preserve Order Book and RFQ functionality for Required Transactions.
SEFs may wish to inventory Permitted Transaction products, execution protocols, customer usage, liquidity, pre-trade transparency, surveillance dependencies, and annual Order Book operating costs before deciding whether to retain, modify, or discontinue optional Order Book functionality.
SEFs relying on CFTC No-Action Letter No. 25-24 should assess whether their current implementation remains consistent with the proposal and should monitor the eventual final rule rather than treating the NPRM as binding law.
SEF applicants may wish to reassess platform design and launch costs because the proposal could remove the need to build an Order Book solely for Permitted Transactions.
Swap dealers, major swap participants, and other active SEF users should assess whether removal of an optional Order Book could affect execution practices, liquidity access, pre-trade transparency, best-execution analysis, or internal trading procedures for Permitted Transactions.
Interested firms should consider submitting comments to CFTC docket CFTC-2026-1882, including quantified technology, staffing, infrastructure, surveillance-integration, and market-impact data, by September 25, 2026.
Compliance teams should continue applying CEA section 2(h)(8), 17 CFR 37.9, and applicable Part 43 reporting obligations unless and until a final rule changes them.
What changed
The proposed amendment would revise 17 CFR 37.3(a)(2) so that a SEF must, at a minimum, offer an Order Book as defined in 17 CFR 37.3(a)(3) for Required Transactions as defined in 17 CFR 37.9(a)(1). It would remove the obligation to offer an Order Book for Permitted Transactions, defined in 17 CFR 37.9(c)(1) as transactions that do not involve a swap subject to the CEA section 2(h)(8) trade-execution requirement. SEFs could continue offering Order Books for Permitted Transactions voluntarily and could use any execution method permitted under 17 CFR 37.9(c)(2).
Compliance impact
This is a proposed rule and does not itself create an immediate new obligation or remove the existing regulatory text. If finalized, SEFs could reduce costs and redesign execution workflows for Permitted Transactions, but firms may face changes in available pre-trade transparency and execution protocols; the CFTC identifies possible transparency and price-discovery effects as the principal adverse considerations and regards the expected direct compliance cost of removal as de minimis.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched a consultation on three draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) on the reclassification of investment firms as credit institutions, when they exceed the EUR 30 billion total assets threshold. The proposals clarify how total assets should be calculated against this…
AI Analysis
The EBA launched a consultation on 25 August 2026 covering three draft RTS that would determine how investment firms monitor the EUR 30 billion asset threshold, report threshold information, and seek a waiver from credit institution authorisation. The consultation is particularly relevant to large EU investment firms and groups because exceeding the threshold can trigger an application for authorisation as a credit institution, with significantly broader prudential, supervisory and governance consequences.
Key dates
2026-08-25
EBA launched the consultation on three draft RTS.
2026-09-25 Deadline
Deadline at 16:00 CEST to register for the EBA virtual public hearing.
2026-09-30
EBA virtual public hearing scheduled from 10:00 CEST.
2026-11-25 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments on the consultation.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess whether their solo and group-level asset populations capture all entities and activities covered by the CRD amendments, including the potential effect of EU branches and consolidated group assets.
Compliance and finance teams may wish to reconcile the proposed threshold methodology against regulatory reporting, audited financial statements and internal management information, using a rolling 12-month monitoring process where relevant.
Investment firms above EUR 5 billion should review the draft reporting templates and instructions and identify data, governance, validation and submission gaps before the RTS become applicable.
Firms near the EUR 30 billion threshold should model the consequences of credit institution authorisation, including CRD and CRR application, supervisory engagement, capital and liquidity requirements, governance expectations and implementation timelines.
Groups potentially affected by the group test should consider submitting comments on the geographic scope of assets, treatment of branches, consolidation methodology and any disproportionate effects on cross-border business models.
Potentially eligible firms may wish to prepare evidence against the proposed waiver factors and engage early with their competent authority, while recognising that a waiver is discretionary and not guaranteed.
Stakeholders wishing to participate in the EBA public hearing should register by the stated registration deadline and firms wishing to influence the final RTS should submit consultation responses by 25 November 2026.
What changed
The EBA is revising its draft RTS following the 2024 amendments to the Capital Requirements Directive, including clarifications on which entities and assets must be included in the threshold calculation at solo and group level. The package addresses the methodology for calculating total assets against the EUR 30 billion threshold, reporting requirements for investment firms whose total assets exceed EUR 5 billion under Article 55(5) of the Investment Firms Regulation, and the factors competent authorities must consider when deciding whether to grant a waiver under Article 8a(7) of the CRD.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is preparatory because these are draft RTS, but the potential consequence of crossing the EUR 30 billion threshold is high: an investment firm may be required to apply for authorisation as a credit institution rather than continue under a MiFID investment firm authorisation. Firms should treat the consultation as an important supervisory and implementation signal, particularly where asset growth, group consolidation or branch structures could bring them within scope.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") is proposing new rules to create a tailored offering regime for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets. The proposed offering regime is intended to facilitate capital formation and accommodate innovation within the crypto asset markets…
Why this matters
The content is a technical notice regarding automated scraping prevention and CAPTCHA requirements on Federal Register and eCFR websites. It contains no regulatory substance, policy changes, guidance, or obligations.
Request for comment. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC" or "Commission") is seeking public responses to this Request for Comment to better inform its understanding and oversight of derivatives markets in compute.
AI Analysis
The CFTC published a Request for Comment on August 21, 2026, seeking empirical and data-driven views on whether and how compute derivatives—particularly contracts referencing rented AI-compute capacity, GPU capacity, inference tokens, and perpetual futures—could be listed and overseen. The publication does not create new binding requirements, but it signals that potential listings will be assessed under existing Commodity Exchange Act requirements concerning manipulation, benchmark reliability, surveillance, customer protection, AML, and financial integrity; independent market coverage describes this as an early regulatory step linked to proposed GPU-rental futures and a potential October 5, 2026 launch by CME Group and Silicon Data, subject to regulatory review.
Key dates
2026-08-21
Request for Comment published in the Federal Register.
2026-10-20 Deadline
Comments are due, calculated as 60 days after Federal Register publication.
2026-10-05
Reported target date for CME Group and Silicon Data to list two compute or GPU-rental futures contracts, subject to regulatory review; this date is not established by the CFTC Request for Comment.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to determine whether the firm has relevant empirical data on compute prices, volumes, counterparties, supplier concentration, utilization, capacity commitments, or bilateral contract terms that could support a CFTC submission.
Potential DCM and SEF applicants should consider mapping proposed contract specifications and settlement methodologies against CEA section 5(d), Core Principles 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, and 11, 17 CFR 38.150-38.160, 38.200-38.201, 38.250-38.258, 38.500, and 38.603, and the guidance in 17 CFR part 38 appendices B and C.
Firms developing or contributing data to a compute index should consider documenting data provenance, publication practices, governance, auditability, contributor concentration, observation-window controls, fallback mechanisms, and safeguards against manipulation by capacity providers.
FCMs, introducing brokers, and other intermediaries may wish to assess whether existing BSA/AML, KYC, onboarding, suitability, disclosure, and market-conduct controls address the risks identified for compute derivatives, including opaque bilateral markets and geopolitically sensitive supply.
Market participants may wish to submit comments by the applicable deadline, clearly referencing RIN 3038-AF77 and the Request for Comment on the Listing of Compute Derivatives Contracts, while avoiding unnecessary personal or confidential business information because submissions will be publicly posted.
Firms tracking product development should consider monitoring any subsequent DCM self-certification or Commission-approval filing, as the consultation itself does not authorize trading or postpone a proposed listing.
What changed
No final rule, approval, prohibition, or new compliance obligation was introduced. The CFTC is requesting comment on compute cash-market size, liquidity, transparency, supplier concentration, fungibility, benchmark methodology, deliverable supply, manipulation risks, surveillance feasibility, customer protection, heightened BSA/AML and KYC issues, retail protections, and the design and risks of perpetual compute futures.
Compliance impact
Immediate impact is limited because the publication is nonbinding, but it provides a significant signal about the CFTC's likely scrutiny of benchmark integrity, manipulation susceptibility, surveillance access, customer protection, and AML controls before compute contracts can be listed. Firms involved in a proposed market may face substantial evidentiary and control-design expectations under existing DCM, SEF, FCM, and intermediary rules, particularly where reference data is private, concentrated, or controlled by compute providers.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") is proposing several amendments to its registration requirements for certain commodity pool operators ("CPOs") and commodity trading advisors ("CTAs") to reduce duplicative and overlapping regulation and reflect inflation…
AI Analysis
The CFTC proposed amendments to Regulations 4.13 and 4.14 that would create a formal registration exemption for SEC-registered investment advisers operating pools limited to qualified eligible persons and specified accredited investors, with a related CTA exemption. The proposal would also double the Small Pool Exemption’s aggregate gross capital-contributions ceiling from $400,000 to $800,000 while retaining the 15-participant limit, reducing potential duplicative SEC-CFTC obligations if adopted.
Key dates
2026-08-21
Proposal published in the Federal Register for public comment.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Written comments are due 45 days after Federal Register publication.
Suggested considerations
Firms should assess each pool’s investor eligibility against the natural-person and non-natural-person requirements in proposed Regulation 4.13(a)(4), including the distinctions between qualified eligible persons and accredited investors.
RIAs should review offering documents, subscription procedures, investor representations, and transfer controls to support the required reasonable belief at investment or conversion that all participants satisfy the applicable eligibility criteria.
Compliance teams may wish to confirm that each relevant pool’s interests qualify for a Securities Act exemption and that U.S. marketing practices comply with the proposed restriction, including the Rule 506(c) exception.
Eligible advisers should map Form PF obligations and determine whether existing SEC filings would satisfy the proposed condition that Form PF be filed where required.
Firms should prepare to file or update electronic exemption notices with the NFA and maintain the proposed Regulation 4.13 annual affirmation, recordkeeping, disclosure, and statutory-disqualification representations.
Managers operating both registered and exempt pools should assess the proposed Regulation 4.13(e)(2) communications and redemption-right requirements and identify whether any existing participants would require notice before a pool is operated as exempt.
Small-pool operators should model eligibility using the proposed $800,000 aggregate threshold while continuing to monitor the 15-participant-per-pool limit and unchanged contribution exclusions.
Managers relying on Staff Letter 25-50 should preserve evidence of current compliance and evaluate transition implications because the CFTC preliminarily proposes to supersede that relief if the rule is finalized.
What changed
Proposed Regulation 4.13(a)(4) would exempt an SEC-registered investment adviser from CPO registration for qualifying pools if the pool interests are exempt from Securities Act registration and are not publicly marketed in the United States, except that the marketing restriction would not apply to pools offered under SEC Rule 506(c) of Regulation D.
Compliance impact
This is a proposed rule rather than a currently binding amendment, but it could materially reduce CPO and CTA registration and duplicative compliance burdens for RIAs serving sophisticated investors. Until adoption, firms should not assume the proposed exemptions or $800,000 threshold are available and should continue relying on existing registrations, exemptions, or Staff Letter 25-50 only where all current conditions are satisfied.
The CFTC proposed amending Regulation 37.3(a)(2) to eliminate the requirement that swap execution facilities (SEFs) offer an order book for permitted transactions—swaps not subject to the Commodity Exchange Act section 2(h)(8) trade-execution mandate. The proposal would codify relief already reflected in the CFTC’s 2025 no-action position, giving SEFs greater discretion over execution methods while preserving order-book-related requirements for required transactions.
Key dates
2026-08-20
CFTC announced and published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking amendments to Regulation 37.3(a)(2).
Suggested considerations
SEFs should assess which listed products and transaction categories are permitted transactions under Regulation 37.9(c)(1), distinguishing them from swaps subject to the CEA section 2(h)(8) trade-execution requirement.
SEFs should consider whether to submit comments within 30 days after the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is published in the Federal Register, including evidence on order-book usage, execution quality, liquidity, market transparency, and operational costs.
SEFs should review their rulebooks, execution protocols, product listings, disclosures, surveillance coverage, and client documentation to determine what changes would be needed if the proposal is finalized.
SEFs relying on the CFTC’s existing no-action relief should confirm the relief’s scope and conditions and maintain controls ensuring that required transactions continue to satisfy applicable execution requirements.
Swap dealers, major swap participants, and other market participants should identify whether counterparties or venues may discontinue order-book functionality for permitted transactions and evaluate impacts on liquidity access, best execution or execution-quality processes, recordkeeping, and internal trading procedures.
Compliance teams should monitor the Federal Register for the actual publication date, comment deadline, final-rule date, and any changes to the proposed effective date; the August 20, 2026 press release does not itself establish the comment deadline.
What changed
The proposed rule would remove the Regulation 37.3(a)(2) requirement for an SEF to offer an order book for permitted transactions. A permitted transaction is defined in Regulation 37.9(c)(1) as a transaction that does not involve a swap subject to the CEA section 2(h)(8) trade-execution requirement; such transactions are not required to be executed on an SEF or designated contract market and may use any execution method offered by the SEF.
Compliance impact
The proposal is deregulatory for SEFs because it would remove a mandatory trading-system functionality for permitted transactions and allow greater flexibility in execution design. It does not reduce the requirement for required transactions to use the applicable SEF execution framework, so misclassification of a transaction could create execution-compliance and enforcement risk; market commentary also indicates the proposal would formalize the practical relief previously provided by CFTC No-Action Letter 25-24.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced that it proposed new rules, titled “Regulation Crypto Assets,” that would create a clear and fit-for-purpose framework for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets. This proposal follows…
AI Analysis
On August 18, 2026, the SEC proposed Regulation Crypto Assets, creating two tailored Securities Act of 1933 registration exemptions for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets: a one-time $5 million exemption over four years and a recurring $75 million exemption per 12-month period. The proposal also includes a conditional safe harbor that could remove a crypto asset from the federal definitions of security after the issuer completes or permanently ceases promised essential managerial efforts, potentially reducing incentives to operate offshore while creating new disclosure, reporting and eligibility-control requirements.
Key dates
2026-03-17
The SEC issued its earlier interpretation clarifying how federal securities laws apply to certain crypto assets and transactions involving crypto assets.
2026-08-18
The SEC announced the proposed Regulation Crypto Assets framework and opened the process for public comment, subject to publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map planned and existing token offerings against the proposed $5 million four-year and $75 million 12-month thresholds, including aggregation across related issuers, affiliates, projects and offering periods once the proposing release is reviewed.
Issuers should consider documenting which exemption they would use, the relevant measurement period, investor eligibility and transfer restrictions, and controls intended to prevent exceeding the applicable offering cap.
Firms should consider preparing draft principles-based narrative disclosures and, for the $75 million exemption, assessing financial-statement readiness and the systems needed for ongoing SEC reporting.
Project sponsors may wish to inventory all essential managerial efforts represented or promised to investors and establish evidence, governance approvals and public communications supporting any future safe-harbor position based on completion or permanent cessation of those efforts.
Exchanges, broker-dealers and trading platforms should consider assessing how the proposed safe harbor and state-law preemption could affect asset classification, listing reviews, customer disclosures, surveillance, custody and secondary-market controls.
Industry participants may wish to review the full proposing release and consider submitting comments within 60 days after its publication in the Federal Register; the specific deadline should not be assumed until the Federal Register publication date is confirmed.
Firms should continue treating the proposal as non-final and should not represent that an exemption, safe harbor or state-law preemption is currently available.
What changed
The proposed framework would add two exemptions from Securities Act of 1933 registration requirements for qualifying investment contracts involving crypto assets. The first would allow aggregate offerings of up to $5 million during a four-year period on a one-time basis; the second would allow offerings of up to $75 million during each 12-month period. Issuers relying on either exemption would need to make specified principles-based narrative disclosures available to investors.
Compliance impact
The proposal is not yet binding, but it is a high-significance consultation because it could materially change how qualifying crypto offerings, issuer disclosures, ongoing reporting and certain secondary-market transactions are structured. The SEC describes the intended consequences as clearer domestic capital-raising pathways, stronger and more consistent investor protections, reduced incentives for offshore activity and potential removal of investment-contract treatment when safe-harbor conditions are satisfied.
ESMA consults on reporting framework for clearing activity at recognised third-country CCPs 18 August 2026 CCP Simplification and Burden Reduction The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU's financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on a proposed annual reporting…
AI Analysis
ESMA launched a consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards and Implementing Technical Standards for the annual EMIR Article 7d reporting of clearing activity conducted through recognised third-country CCPs. The proposal would give EU competent authorities and ESMA a harmonised view of firms’ exposures, including cleared volumes, margins, default-fund contributions and largest payment obligations, while reusing data already available through existing reporting channels.
Key dates
2026-08-18
ESMA launched the consultation on draft EMIR RTS and ITS for annual reporting of clearing activity at recognised third-country CCPs.
2026-10-12 Deadline
Deadline for stakeholders to provide feedback on the reporting framework, templates and format.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to submit comments on the proposed framework, templates and reporting format by 2026-10-12.
Firms should consider identifying every recognised third-country CCP used by their EU entities and distinguishing direct clearing-member activity from client clearing activity.
Reporting owners may wish to map the proposed Article 7d data points to existing EMIR Article 9 transaction reporting, margin, collateral, default-fund and treasury or payments data to determine what can be reused and what new data controls are needed.
Groups should consider determining whether reporting will be performed by each EU entity or by the EU parent undertaking on a consolidated basis.
Firms may wish to assess data availability by asset class and Union currency, calculation methodologies for annual average cleared values, and controls for margins, default-fund contributions and largest payment obligations.
Technology and regulatory-reporting teams should consider designing provisional data lineage, reconciliation and governance processes, while treating implementation dates and final fields as subject to the final RTS and ITS.
Firms should monitor ESMA’s Final Report and the subsequent adoption, endorsement and publication of the technical standards before treating the proposed reporting model as a final operative obligation.
What changed
This is a consultation rather than a final binding rule. ESMA proposes the reporting framework, templates and format required under EMIR 3 Article 7d for clearing members and clients that clear transactions through recognised third-country CCPs. Firms established in the EU and not part of an EU-consolidated-supervision group would report to their competent authority; where the firm belongs to such a group, the EU parent undertaking would report on a consolidated basis.
Compliance impact
The proposal would create a new harmonised annual reporting obligation under EMIR 3 Article 7d for relevant EU clearing members and clients, with possible consolidated reporting by EU parent undertakings. The immediate impact is preparatory because the consultation does not itself impose a final submission deadline; however, the data scope identified in related market commentary indicates potentially material work across clearing, risk, collateral, default-fund and payments systems.
The CFTC proposed amendments to 17 C.F.R. Part 4 that would create new CPO and CTA registration exemptions for certain SEC-registered investment advisers serving pools limited to specified sophisticated investors, and would increase the capital-contribution limit for the existing small-pool exemption to reflect inflation. The proposal is intended to reduce duplicative CFTC and SEC regulation; independent market commentary indicates that the initiative builds on recent CFTC no-action relief for qualifying private-fund managers and may reduce registration and reporting burdens if the proposed conditions are satisfied.
Key dates
2026-08-18
CFTC announced publication of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking concerning amendments to Part 4 CPO and CTA registration requirements.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to obtain and review the full Federal Register proposal, including the precise sophisticated-investor criteria, pool-level conditions, adviser eligibility requirements, proposed small-pool capital threshold, effective date, and transition provisions.
Firms should consider mapping each existing and prospective pool against the proposed CPO exemption conditions and each advisory mandate against the proposed CTA exemption conditions, without treating the proposal as currently available relief.
SEC-registered advisers may wish to compare the proposed exemption with their current CFTC registration status, CFTC Regulation 4.13 or 4.14 filings, Rule 4.7 reliance, and any applicable CFTC staff no-action relief.
Small-pool operators should consider recalculating eligibility using the proposed inflation-adjusted capital-contribution threshold once the precise amount is published and assessing whether existing offering, subscription, and compliance controls would continue to demonstrate compliance.
Affected firms may wish to assess whether to submit comments within 45 days after Federal Register publication, particularly on investor definitions, treatment of derivatives and swaps, aggregation rules, recordkeeping, reporting, and coordination with SEC adviser requirements.
Firms relying on existing exemptions or no-action letters should continue meeting their current conditions and filing obligations unless and until a final rule or separate relief changes them.
Legal and regulatory inventories may be updated to cross-reference CFTC Regulations 4.5, 4.7, 4.13, and 4.14, the Commodity Exchange Act, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
What changed
The CFTC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposing amendments to Part 4. The proposal would add a CPO registration exemption for certain investment advisers registered with the SEC in connection with commodity pools whose participants are limited to specified sophisticated investors and that satisfy additional conditions set out in the proposal. It would add a related CTA registration exemption. It would also increase the capital-contribution threshold applicable to the existing small commodity pool exemption under CFTC Regulation 4.13 to account for inflation.
Compliance impact
This is a consultation rather than a binding change, so existing CPO and CTA registration, exemption, notice-filing, recordkeeping, and reporting obligations remain in force. If adopted, the amendments could materially reduce duplicative registration and related compliance costs for qualifying SEC-registered advisers, private funds, CTAs, and small pools, but eligibility will depend on detailed conditions not included in the press release.
The Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA supports the consultation drafts presented by the Federal Council for the implementation, within the Banking Act and the Liquidity Ordinance, of the measures set out in the Federal Council’s “too big to fail” report and the PInC report on the CS crisis. These are…
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) are proposing to amend their Community Reinvestment Act rules by making certain substantive, technical, and process-oriented changes to refocus on the statutory objective of…
AI Analysis
The OCC and FDIC have proposed a new CRA rulemaking that would refocus examinations on lending, tighten how grants and donations qualify for CRA credit, and raise asset-size thresholds that determine bank category and reporting burden. It is a consultation, not a final rule, but it signals a significant shift in CRA compliance priorities and documentation expectations for banks, especially community banks and large institutions making community development grants.
Key dates
2026-08-12
Federal Register publication of the proposed rule at 91 FR 52114
2026-10-13 Deadline
Comments due on the proposed rule
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map the proposed changes against current CRA policies, exam procedures, public file practices, and community development grant approval workflows.
Institutions may wish to assess how the proposed asset-size thresholds would change their CRA category and associated data collection, reporting, and evaluation obligations.
Banks making grants or donations may wish to review documentation standards for recipient use of funds, overhead limits, and evidentiary support needed for CRA consideration.
Community development and CRA governance teams may wish to identify which activities would still qualify under the revised CD definitions and performance tests.
Legal and regulatory affairs functions may wish to prepare comments on the proposed lending focus, grant criteria, sunshine requirements, and technical changes to OCC public welfare and corporate activity rules.
Banks subject to CRA-related agreements may wish to verify whether the proposed technical amendments would affect disclosure timing, content, or filing processes.
What changed
['The proposal would amend the OCC and FDIC Community Reinvestment Act rules to make substantive, technical, and process-oriented changes aimed at refocusing the statutory objective on meeting community credit needs and reducing burden, particularly for community banks.', 'The agencies propose to better ensure that community development grants reach intended communities and to provide greater clarity on how to obtain CRA consideration for activities.', 'The OCC and FDIC also propose technical changes to their CRA sunshine rules under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, which govern disclosure...
Compliance impact
The proposal is potentially high impact because it would alter how banks are assessed under CRA, especially by shifting emphasis toward lending and changing eligibility and documentation rules for community development credit. The agencies describe the changes as reducing unnecessary burden and improving clarity, but they also signal tighter accountability for grants and donations and different supervisory expectations.
Consultation responses to ‘Sound Practices for Responsible Adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI): Consultation report‘.
AI Analysis
The FSB has published public responses to its consultation on sound practices for responsible AI adoption, following the 10 June 2026 consultation report and the 22 July 2026 comment deadline. This is a consultation-stage update, so it does not create binding obligations, but it signals the direction of emerging global expectations for AI governance in financial institutions.
Key dates
2026-06-10
FSB published the consultation report on Sound Practices for Responsible Adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI)
2026-07-22 Deadline
Deadline for written comments on the consultation report
2026-08-06
FSB published the public responses to the consultation
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultation responses to identify supervisory themes and likely refinements to the final FSB report.
Firms considering or already using AI may wish to map their current governance, risk, and lifecycle controls against the FSB’s 12 proposed sound practices.
Risk and model governance teams may wish to assess whether their controls address generative AI, agentic AI, and third-party or technology dependencies in a way that aligns with the consultation’s focus.
Public policy and regulatory affairs functions may wish to track the final report once published, as it may influence national supervisory expectations even if it remains non-binding soft law.
What changed
The publication makes available the written public comments received on the FSB’s consultation report on Sound Practices for Responsible Adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI). The underlying consultation proposed a menu of 12 sound practices for financial institutions to apply across organisation-wide AI governance and the full AI lifecycle, including emerging forms such as generative AI and agentic AI.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is limited because this is a consultation-response publication and the underlying document is non-binding guidance. The practical consequence is that firms may see the direction of future international supervisory expectations on AI governance, lifecycle controls, and related technology and third-party risks.
Green notices cover significant and/or significant proposals for Bank of England reporting. If any of these proposals are finalised and are to be implemented, they will appear in a statistical notice.
Why this matters
## PART 1: ANALYSIS
**EXECUTIVE SUMMARY**
The Bank of England has **paused its plan to discontinue Form BN reporting** after consultation feedback showed that the ONS still relies on Form BN-derived statistics for the UK National Accounts and that those figures cannot yet be recreated reliably from Forms CC/CL.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) is proposing to increase quantitative thresholds for certain extensions of credit to insiders of FDIC-supervised institutions, as restricted by the Federal Reserve Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. Specifically, the proposal…
AI Analysis
The FDIC has proposed to raise and index the dollar thresholds that trigger certain insider-lending restrictions for FDIC-supervised institutions under 12 CFR part 337. The proposal would materially increase the executive-officer cap from $100,000 to $400,000 and the board-approval threshold from $500,000 to $2,000,000, which could broaden lending flexibility but also requires compliance teams to recalibrate controls, approvals, and monitoring.
Key dates
2026-08-06
FDIC published the notice of proposed rulemaking in the Federal Register
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comments on the proposal must be received by the FDIC
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current insider-lending policies against the proposed $400,000 and $2,000,000 thresholds to assess operational impact if finalized.
Firms may wish to review board-approval workflows and escalation triggers so systems can be updated quickly if the proposal is adopted.
Institutions may wish to evaluate whether existing exception reporting, insider tracking, and credit administration procedures will need revision to reflect periodic indexing rather than fixed thresholds.
Commenters may wish to submit feedback by the October 5, 2026 comment deadline if the proposed thresholds or indexing methodology would create implementation issues.
What changed
The proposal amends 12 CFR 337.3 for extensions of credit to insiders of FDIC-supervised institutions. It would increase the threshold for certain extensions of credit to executive officers not otherwise specifically authorized by statute from $100,000 to $400,000, and it would increase the threshold for extensions of credit to insiders requiring prior approval by the board of directors from $500,000 to $2,000,000. The FDIC also proposes to establish an indexing methodology to periodically update those dollar thresholds over time.
Compliance impact
The proposal is significant for insider-lending governance because it would raise quantitative triggers embedded in the Federal Reserve Act framework and FDIC regulations, potentially reducing the number of transactions subject to enhanced restrictions. The FDIC is signaling a structural shift by adding indexing, which means compliance programs may need an ongoing threshold-management process rather than treating the limits as static.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC" or "Commission") is proposing new rules and amendments to its existing regulations for futures commission merchants ("FCMs"), swap execution facilities ("SEFs"), designated contract markets ("DCMs"), and derivatives clearing organizations…
AI Analysis
The CFTC issued a proposed rulemaking on affiliations and conflicts of interest for FCMs, SEFs, DCMs, and DCOs, with a comment deadline of 2026-10-05. The proposal is aimed at perceived and potential conflicts created by affiliated relationships, including affiliated FCMs, affiliated principal trading firms, and affiliates that participate in or influence market regulation functions.
Key dates
2026-08-06
CFTC published the proposed rule in the Federal Register at 91 FR 50926.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Public comments on the proposal must be received by this date.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current affiliate structures involving FCMs, SEFs, DCMs, DCOs, and trading affiliates to identify where the proposal would create new disclosure, surveillance, or conflict-management obligations.
Firms may wish to map any shared personnel, technology, office space, or information flows between affiliated entities and assess whether additional controls would be needed to protect regulatory impartiality.
Market-regulation and legal teams may wish to assess whether existing board, committee, and disciplinary-panel processes would satisfy the proposed independence and conflict-management expectations.
FCMs may wish to inventory current disclosures to customers and counterparties and determine whether additional affiliate-relationship disclosures would be needed if the rule is finalized.
Affected entities may wish to prepare comment letters before the 2026-10-05 deadline if they want to influence the final scope of the proposal.
What changed
The proposal would amend CFTC regulations in Parts 1, 37, 38, and 39, including regulations 1.52 and 1.55, to strengthen oversight of affiliated entities. For FCMs, it would add requirements around disclosure of affiliate relationships with SEFs, DCMs, or DCOs, and it would adjust SRO and DSRO financial-surveillance requirements for affiliate FCMs.
Compliance impact
The proposal is significant because it would impose new structural and disclosure expectations across several core CFTC-regulated entity types and could require changes to governance, surveillance, and affiliate-management processes. The CFTC frames the rule as necessary to address perceived and potential conflicts of interest and to protect the impartiality of SRO and SRO-like functions.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) is consulting on a new reporting framework to support the validation and ongoing monitoring of initial margin models based on the ‘Standard Initial Margin Model’ (SIMM) developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA). The proposed reporting requirements…
AI Analysis
The EBA has launched a consultation on a new reporting framework to support its role as central validator of pro forma initial margin models based on the ISDA Standard Initial Margin Model (SIMM) under EMIR, following its assumption of this function on 1 March 2026. The framework will define regular reporting, fee-calculation data and proportional requirements for counterparties using ISDA SIMM, with first reporting expected on a December 2027 reference date.
Key dates
2026-03-01
EBA central validation function for pro forma initial margin models under EMIR became operational
2026-08-05
Publication date of the EBA consultation on the reporting framework for validation and monitoring of ISDA SIMM
2026-11-02 Deadline
Deadline for submission of comments to the EBA consultation on ISDA SIMM reporting
2026-12-31
Indicative target for EBA adoption of a Decision establishing the collection of relevant information for ISDA SIMM validation reporting by end of 2026
2027-03-31
Expected release of the final EBA technical package version 4.4, Phase 2, incorporating the new reporting requirements
2027-12-31
Expected first reporting reference date for ISDA SIMM-related information under the new framework
2028-03-31
Expected first quarter of 2028 window for collection of initial ISDA SIMM validation and monitoring data based on the December 2027 reference date
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultation paper, IMMV reporting instructions and templates to understand the proposed data fields, frequency and proportional thresholds for ISDA SIMM-related reporting under EMIR.
Firms using or planning to use ISDA SIMM for non-centrally cleared OTC derivative initial margin calculations should consider whether they will fall under the more intensive or lighter reporting category based on the significance of their OTC trading activity and assess system readiness for the expected December 2027 reference date reporting in Q1 2028.
Risk and collateral management functions may wish to map the proposed reporting requirements to existing SIMM backtesting, model performance, risk factor sensitivity and margin monitoring processes to identify gaps and necessary enhancements.
Regulatory reporting and IT teams should consider planning for integration of the new IMMV reporting templates into their infrastructure, taking into account the incorporation of these requirements into the EBA technical package version 4.4, Phase 2 and the planned final technical release in March 2027.
Legal and regulatory affairs teams may wish to assess the implications of Article 11(12a) EMIR and EMIR 3 for their use of pro forma initial margin models, including governance around EBA’s central validation function and associated fee obligations, and prepare internal feedback on the consultation by the 2 November 2026 deadline.
Firms intending to rely on ISDA SIMM should consider engaging with the consultation process to comment on the proportionality of the proposed reporting frequency and content, especially where OTC trading activity is limited but compliance costs could be significant.
Supervisory liaison teams at affected groups may wish to coordinate with competent authorities to understand how the EBA’s data collection will be used in authorisation and ongoing supervision of ISDA SIMM-based initial margin models.
What changed
The consultation sets out a proposed standardised reporting framework for counterparties seeking validation to use ISDA SIMM as a pro forma initial margin model under Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (EMIR) as amended by Regulation (EU) 2024/2987 (EMIR 3). From 1 March 2026, the EBA acts as the central validator of the elements and general aspects of pro forma initial margin models pursuant to Article 11(12a) EMIR, and this proposal defines the information that must be submitted on a regular basis to enable validation and ongoing performance monitoring.
Compliance impact
The proposal signals a material expansion of structured reporting and supervisory scrutiny around ISDA SIMM initial margin models, with ongoing data submissions and fee-linked information becoming part of firms’ EMIR compliance obligations. While the EBA emphasises proportionality and lighter requirements for less significant OTC trading activities, larger derivatives users should expect non-trivial operational, data and governance implications.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is proposing changes to its rules on information disclosure. The proposal would clarify the process for obtaining OCC approval to disclose non- public OCC information and allow for the disclosure of confidential supervisory information…
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a proposed rule on 2026-08-05 to revise 12 CFR part 4 and related rules governing access to and disclosure of OCC information, including a new category of “confidential supervisory information” (CSI) and streamlined FOIA procedures. The proposal matters because it would expand limited information-sharing exceptions while tightening the framework around non-public OCC information, disclosure safeguards, and expedited FOIA processing.
Key dates
2026-08-05
OCC published the proposed rule in the Federal Register (91 FR 50610)
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comment period closes for the proposed rule
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map which internal records fall into the proposed CSI category and compare current disclosure controls against the new exceptions and safeguard requirements.
Supervised entities may wish to review any confidentiality agreements and onward-sharing practices to determine whether they would satisfy the proposed conditions for permitted CSI disclosures.
Legal and FOIA teams may wish to update request-handling workflows for expedited processing requests, fee-waiver appeals, and request tracking once the rule is finalized.
Banks and other recipients of OCC information may wish to reassess litigation, government-reporting, and interaffiliate sharing procedures to ensure they align with the revised disclosure framework.
Firms may wish to submit comments by the close of the comment period if the proposed CSI scope, disclosure exceptions, or FOIA procedures would affect their supervisory, legal, or records-management processes.
What changed
The proposal would restructure the OCC’s information-disclosure rules in 12 CFR part 4 and make conforming changes in parts 5, 7, 21, and 163. It would create a new subcategory of non-public OCC information called confidential supervisory information (CSI), clarify when supervised entities and other recipients may disclose CSI without prior OCC approval, and require applicable safeguards and, in some cases, qualifying confidentiality agreements.
The OCC also proposes to permit certain disclosures of CSI in limited circumstances to support business efficiency, government accountability, and...
Compliance impact
This is a significant consultation rather than a final rule, but it signals meaningful changes to how OCC supervisory information may be classified, shared, and protected. The OCC indicates that unauthorized disclosure remains tightly controlled and that the rule would preserve enforcement consequences while adding new, limited disclosure pathways and more structured FOIA handling.
Notice of proposed rulemaking with request for public comment. The Board is inviting public comment on proposed amendments to Regulation O, which governs loans by member banks to their insiders and insiders of their affiliates. The proposed amendments would update and modernize the regulation, increase transparency by…
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule to modernize Regulation O, the insider-lending rule for member banks and certain holding-company relationships, and opened a public comment period ending 2026-10-05. The proposal is significant because it would update outdated dollar thresholds, index them for future growth, clarify and codify longstanding interpretations, and address passive investment-fund ownership structures that can trigger insider-status presumptions.
Key dates
2026-08-04
Federal Reserve published the proposed rule in the Federal Register at 91 FR 49526.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Public comments on the proposed rule are due.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map the proposal’s threshold changes against existing Regulation O controls, including board-approval triggers, disclosure triggers, and internal lending limit checks.
Firms may wish to identify any lending relationships that rely on current presumptions of control, especially where portfolio companies of investment fund complexes could be affected.
Banks may wish to review insider-lending policies, forms, recordkeeping, and disclosure workflows for provisions that the proposal would codify, clarify, or remove.
Stakeholders may wish to submit comments by 2026-10-05 if they want to influence the final treatment of thresholds, fund-complex ownership, valuation rules, or correspondent-lending provisions.
Legal and compliance teams may wish to compare the proposed text against existing Regulation O, Regulation Y, and internal interpretive guidance to spot implementation impacts if the rule is finalized largely as proposed.
What changed
The proposal would amend 12 CFR part 215 (Regulation O) and conform related provisions in Regulation Y and other Board regulations. It would make a one-time adjustment to several dollar-based thresholds, then index those thresholds going forward based on nominal GDP. It would clarify how certain limits apply on an aggregate basis and streamline limits on loans to executive officers, including prior board-approval requirements for certain large loans.
Compliance impact
The proposal is a material compliance development because it would change core insider-lending thresholds, attribution rules, and definitional scope under Regulation O. If finalized, it could require policy, systems, disclosure, and board-governance updates across member banks and affected holding-company structures, but the publication itself is only a consultation and does not yet impose new binding duties.
Notice of proposed rulemaking. The Board invites comment on a notice of proposed rulemaking (proposal) to modernize the regulatory framework applicable to mutual holding companies (MHCs), primarily through proposed revisions to Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239), which governs the formation, operations, activities, and…
AI Analysis
On 2026-08-04, the Federal Reserve Board issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) to modernize the regulatory framework for mutual holding companies by amending Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239) and the capital rule in Regulation Q (12 CFR part 217). The proposal is intended to reduce regulatory burden, facilitate capital raising (including via mutual capital certificates), and streamline mutual-to-stock conversions for savings and loan holding companies in mutual form.
Key dates
2026-08-04
Publication of the Federal Reserve Board notice of proposed rulemaking ‘Regulatory Modernization and Relief for Mutual Holding Companies’ in the Federal Register (91 FR 49490; FR Doc. 2026-15774) amending Regulations Q (12 CFR part 217) and MM (12 CFR part 239).
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comment deadline for submitting responses to the Federal Reserve Board on the proposed amendments to Regulations Q and MM (Docket No. R-1895; RIN 7100-AH26).
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at mutual holding companies and savings and loan holding companies may wish to review the proposed amendments to Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239), particularly the sections on dividend waivers, mutual-to-stock conversion processes, post-conversion restrictions, chartering requirements for subsidiary holding companies, and updated model charters and bylaws, to assess operational and governance impacts.
Firms planning or contemplating mutual-to-stock conversions should consider comparing their current conversion documentation, use of FR MM-PS, FR MM-OC and FR MM-OF forms, and liquidation account methodologies with the proposed streamlined forms, corrected liquidation account calculations, and revised rules on stock pricing, repurchases, offers and sales, employee stock ownership plan financing and benefit plans.
Institutions that issue, or are considering issuing, mutual capital certificates should review the proposed Appendices B and C to Regulation Q (12 CFR part 217) to evaluate whether their existing or planned instrument terms align with the model key terms for qualification as Common Equity Tier 1 or Additional Tier 1 capital, including permanence, loss-absorption, distributions and redemption features.
Subsidiary holding companies of thrift mutual holding companies may wish to analyze the proposed elimination of the federal charter requirement and related changes to Subpart C of Regulation MM to determine chartering options, corporate structure implications, and any needed updates to organizational documents and regulatory commitments.
Governance and legal teams at MHCs could review the proposed revisions to membership rights, proxy processes, postal mail requirements, voluntary dissolution, and the model charter and bylaws in Appendices A, C and D to Regulation MM, with a view to aligning internal policies and corporate governance frameworks with the modernized regime once finalized.
Risk and capital management functions at bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and state member banks should consider evaluating capital planning assumptions and buffers in light of the clarified eligibility of mutual capital instruments as regulatory capital under Regulation Q, and identify any systems or reporting changes that may be required if the proposal is adopted.
All affected firms may wish to prepare internal impact assessments and, where appropriate, draft comment letters addressing specific elements of Regulations Q and MM (Docket No. R-1895; RIN 7100-AH26), including any perceived risks around conflicts of interest, reduced accountability, or adjustment costs noted in the economic analysis.
Compliance monitoring teams should plan to track the rulemaking through the comment close date and subsequent Federal Reserve actions so that, if the proposal is finalized, implementation plans can be developed for policy updates, staff training and revisions to regulatory reporting and capital instrument documentation.
What changed
The NPR proposes targeted amendments to Regulation MM (12 CFR part 239) governing mutual holding companies (MHCs), including eliminating certain dividend waiver requirements that currently apply to MHCs and their subsidiary holding companies, and revising post-conversion restrictions to reduce burdens following mutual-to-stock conversions.
Compliance impact
Compliance impact is moderate but potentially structural, as the proposal recalibrates capital recognition for mutual instruments and significantly streamlines the regulatory and documentation framework for mutual holding company operations and conversions. The Board’s economic analysis highlights expected benefits in access to capital and reduced compliance costs, balanced against risks of conflicts of interest and accountability concerns that firms will need to address in governance and control frameworks.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking to implement structural and substantive changes to its rules governing the disclosure of OCC information.
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a proposed rulemaking on August 3, 2026 to restructure and revise 12 CFR part 4, which governs disclosure of OCC information. The proposal matters because it would create a new protected category called confidential supervisory information (CSI), broaden limited disclosure pathways, and change FOIA processing and appeal procedures for OCC records.
Key dates
2026-08-03
OCC issued Bulletin 2026-37 announcing the proposed rulemaking on availability of OCC information
2026-10-02 Deadline
Comment period closes 60 days after publication, based on the OCC’s stated deadline formula in the related rulemaking notice
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current controls for handling nonpublic OCC information and identify where internal policies reference the existing 12 CFR part 4 subparts B and C.
Firms may wish to assess whether any current or planned disclosures of supervisory materials could fall within the proposed expanded exceptions for business efficiency, government accountability, or supervisory coordination.
Banks may wish to inventory records that could qualify as aged CSI once the final rule is issued, so they can update retention and disclosure procedures accordingly.
Legal and compliance functions may wish to monitor the final rule and any comment-driven changes to the proposed FOIA expedited-processing and fee-waiver appeal procedures.
Institutions may wish to align employee training with the OCC’s clarified position on unauthorized disclosure and potential criminal referral exposure.
What changed
The proposal would amend the OCC’s disclosure framework in 12 CFR 4 by creating a new subcategory of nonpublic OCC information called confidential supervisory information (CSI). It would modify the prior-approval regime for supervised entities that want to disclose CSI by expanding exceptions for business efficiency, government accountability, and supervisory coordination, while adding safeguards around those exceptions.
The OCC also proposes to provide for the release of certain aged CSI, which would create a time-based disclosure concept not described in the current rule.
Compliance impact
The OCC describes the rule as a significant recalibration of the balance between confidentiality and limited disclosure, so the practical impact is medium-to-high for institutions that handle supervisory information. The agency also signals continued sensitivity to unauthorized disclosure by retaining the possibility of criminal referral consequences and by tightening the framework around disclosure and FOIA processing.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) today requested comment on a proposal to implement structural and substantive changes to its rules governing the disclosure of OCC information.
AI Analysis
The OCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on August 3, 2026 to restructure and revise 12 CFR part 4, which governs disclosure of OCC information. The proposal matters for compliance teams because it would change when supervised entities may share confidential supervisory information, expand certain disclosure exceptions, and update FOIA processing rules.
Key dates
2026-08-03
OCC issued the notice of proposed rulemaking
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comments on the proposal are due 60 days after publication in the Federal Register
2026-08-05
Federal Register publication date of the proposed rule
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current internal controls for handling OCC nonpublic information and map where the proposed CSI category could affect disclosure workflows.
Firms may wish to assess whether existing information-sharing arrangements with government agencies or service providers would fit within the proposed exceptions and safeguards.
Teams responsible for FOIA or public records requests may wish to update procedures for expedited processing requests and any related appeal handling.
Banks and supervised entities may wish to submit comments on operational burden, safeguards, and the practical impact of the proposed disclosure exceptions before the comment deadline.
What changed
The proposal would make structural and substantive changes to the OCC’s disclosure framework in 12 CFR part 4. According to the OCC, it would create a new nonpublic information category called confidential supervisory information (CSI), modify the prior-approval framework for supervised entities that want to disclose CSI, and add tailored exceptions for business efficiency, government accountability, and supervisory coordination, subject to safeguards.
Compliance impact
The OCC frames the rule as a balance between protecting confidential supervisory information and allowing limited disclosure to support business operations, public confidence, and accountability. For compliance programs, the main impact is operational: firms may need to adjust disclosure approvals, information-sharing controls, and FOIA response processes if the proposal is finalized.
EBA, EIOPA and ESMA propose amendments to bilateral margin requirements 03 August 2026 Joint Committee Trading The European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA – the ESAs) today published a final report on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS), proposing to simplify the bilateral margin requirements of…
AI Analysis
The ESAs have issued a Final Report and draft RTS proposing targeted amendments to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 so that counterparties below the EUR 8 billion initial margin threshold under EMIR are fully exempt from exchanging initial margin, both on new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives. This materially simplifies bilateral margining for smaller in-scope counterparties, reduces operational and custodial burdens, and aligns the EU regime with similar reforms already implemented in other jurisdictions (e.g. UK EMIR). Compliance teams must prepare now for the transition from a “legacy-only” margining obligation to a complete exemption once the EUR 8 billion AANA threshold is no longer met.
Key dates
03 August 2026
- ESAs publish the Final Report and draft RTS proposing amendments to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 to simplify bilateral margin requirements for counterparties below the EUR 8 billion initial margin threshold
TBD (European Commission adoption)
- The European Commission reviews and, if satisfied, endorses the draft RTS amending the EMIR bilateral margin Delegated Regulation; exact date to be set by the Commission’s internal process
TBD (European Parliament and Council scrutiny)
- Following Commission endorsement, the RTS are subject to scrutiny by the European Parliament and the Council under the standard RTS procedure before publication in the Official Journal
TBD (Entry into force – OJ publication + 20 days)
- The amended RTS enter into force on the date specified in the Official Journal (typically 20 days after publication), from which firms can legally apply the new exemption regime
TBD (Three years after entry into force) Deadline
- By the date three years after entry into force, the ESAs must complete a review of the application and impact of the exemption from initial margin requirements in Article 28(1), potentially informing further changes
Suggested considerations
Map all EMIR in-scope entities within the group and identify those whose AANA of non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives is close to or below the EUR 8 billion threshold, to assess which relationships may benefit from the expanded exemption.
Review current collateral and margin frameworks to identify legacy contracts where initial margin is still being exchanged solely because the regime requires continuation despite the counterparty having fallen below the EUR 8 billion threshold.
Prepare an internal policy update so that, once the RTS enter into force, initial margin requirements are switched off for counterparties below the EUR 8 billion threshold on both new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives, subject to group risk appetite.
Update EMIR margin procedures and AANA calculation processes to ensure accurate annual determination of whether each counterparty is above or below the EUR 8 billion threshold, including documentation of the March–May calculation methodology.
Review and amend collateral agreements, credit support annexes (CSAs) and associated legal documentation to incorporate the revised treatment for below-threshold counterparties, including terms for stopping margin exchange and potentially releasing segregated collateral.
What changed
- Counterparties whose average aggregate notional amount (AANA) of non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives falls below the EUR 8 billion threshold will no longer be required to exchange initial margin...
The current framework, under which below-threshold counterparties are exempt from initial margin for new trades but must continue to exchange initial margin for pre-existing “legacy” contracts, will...
Article 28(1) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 will be amended to explicitly extend the exemption from initial margin requirements to outstanding contracts where one of the two counterparties...
The RTS introduce a clearer operational framework for entry into and exit from the initial margin regime based on the annual AANA calculation for March–May, including scenarios where one or both...
Once a counterparty falls below the EUR 8 billion threshold under the revised rules, firms will be permitted to terminate related initial margin processes, including ceasing ongoing calculation,...
Compliance impact
The amendments reduce the risk of technical non-compliance for below-threshold counterparties by simplifying obligations, but firms that fail to correctly apply the new threshold-based exemption (e.g. continuing or ceasing margin exchanges incorrectly) may face supervisory findings, remediation demands and potential sanctions under EMIR. Non-compliance could also create contractual disputes and counterparty risk misalignment if margin treatment is inconsistent across jurisdictions or relationships.
The European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA – the ESAs) today published a final report on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS), proposing to simplify the bilateral margin requirements of the European Commission’s Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251.
AI Analysis
On 2026-08-03, the European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA) published a final report containing draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) to amend Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 on bilateral margin requirements under EMIR. The amendments would remove the obligation to exchange initial margin on both new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives for counterparties below the €8 billion initial margin threshold, simplifying the framework and aligning with other jurisdictions.
Key dates
2026-08-03
ESAs publish final report and draft RTS proposing amendments to Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 bilateral margin requirements
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current EMIR margin frameworks and inventories of uncleared OTC derivatives to identify portfolios and counterparties that are below the €8 billion initial margin threshold and could be affected by the proposed phase-out of initial margin exchange.
Risk and collateral management functions should consider assessing the operational processes, documentation and systems currently used to calculate, call and exchange initial margin on legacy uncleared OTC derivative contracts, to understand the potential impact of a removal of these obligations on collateral flows and counterparty risk management.
Legal and documentation teams may wish to map existing credit support annexes (CSAs) and collateral agreements to EMIR margin requirements, evaluating whether standard terms referencing Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251 would need amendment if the RTS are endorsed and the obligation to exchange initial margin for below-threshold portfolios is removed.
Regulatory affairs and policy teams should consider monitoring the European Commission’s endorsement process and subsequent scrutiny by the European Parliament and Council, tracking any changes to the draft RTS text that could affect scope, thresholds or transitional arrangements.
Firms subject to EMIR in multiple jurisdictions may wish to compare the proposed EU treatment of below-threshold initial margin portfolios with requirements in other key jurisdictions (e.g. US, UK) to ensure consistent cross-border collateral and margin policies and avoid regulatory arbitrage or misalignment.
Compliance teams may wish to prepare briefing materials for senior management and boards outlining the anticipated simplification and burden reduction, alongside any residual risks or supervisory expectations that could accompany the phase-out of initial margin for below-threshold counterparties.
What changed
Under the current EU bilateral margin framework in Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, counterparties with an aggregate average notional amount of non-centrally cleared derivatives below the €8 billion initial margin threshold specified in Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (EMIR) are exempt from exchanging initial margin on new uncleared OTC derivative contracts, but must continue to exchange initial margin on existing contracts.
Compliance impact
The proposed RTS would materially reduce operational and collateral management obligations for EMIR in-scope counterparties below the €8 billion initial margin threshold, by removing the need to exchange initial margin on both new and existing uncleared OTC derivatives. The ESAs frame the impact as simplification and burden reduction rather than a tightening of requirements, but firms may still face transitional work to adjust collateral frameworks and documentation once the RTS are adopted.
BOARD MATTERS | July 31, 2026 FDIC Board of Directors Approve New Actions By notational vote, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's Board of Directors today unanimously approved the following matters. Materials and information related to these Board actions are available on the Board Matters webpage . Notice of…
AI Analysis
The FDIC Board approved two **notices of proposed rulemaking** on July 31, 2026: one on **Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) regulations** and one on **extensions of credit to insiders**. Because both items are proposed rules, the immediate effect is to open or continue the FDIC rulemaking process rather than impose final obligations, but the proposals signal potential changes in bank CRA compliance and insider-lending controls.
Key dates
2026-07-31
FDIC Board approved the two notices of proposed rulemaking by notational vote
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the forthcoming NPRM text and accompanying Financial Institution Letter for specific amendments to CRA and insider-lending requirements.
Banks may wish to map current CRA policies, monitoring, and documentation against the existing regulation to identify where process changes could be needed if the proposal is adopted.
Institutions may wish to review insider-credit approval, reporting, and conflict-management controls so they can assess whether the proposal would require policy or system updates.
Stakeholders may wish to monitor the comment period and prepare submissions if the proposals raise operational, prudential, or conduct concerns.
What changed
The Board approved a proposed update to the FDIC’s **Community Reinvestment Act regulations**, which may affect how covered institutions are evaluated for community reinvestment performance and related compliance expectations. The Board also approved a proposed rule on **extensions of credit to insiders**, indicating possible changes to the FDIC’s insider lending restrictions, governance controls, and related reporting or approval requirements.
Compliance impact
The publication is a **consultation-stage** action, so the current compliance impact is limited to regulatory signalling rather than immediate legal change. The practical consequence is that affected institutions may need to prepare for future rule changes, especially in CRA examination processes and insider-credit controls, once the proposal text is issued and comments are considered.
The OCC and FDIC are proposing to amend their Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) rules by making certain substantive, technical, and process-oriented changes to refocus on the statutory objective of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their communities; to better ensure that community development grants reach…
AI Analysis
The OCC and FDIC issued an interagency notice of proposed rulemaking on July 31, 2026 to revise Community Reinvestment Act rules, with the stated goals of narrowing CRA evaluation toward lending, improving how community development grants are counted, reducing burden on smaller institutions, and clarifying qualification standards. For compliance teams, this is a significant consultation because it signals potential changes to CRA exam scope, bank-size categories, documentation expectations, and strategic plan treatment.
Key dates
2026-07-31
OCC Bulletin 2026-35 issued; interagency proposed CRA rule released
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current CRA inventories against the proposed lending-focused retail services framework to identify deposit-service items that could lose CRA consideration.
Firms may wish to review community development grant and donation controls to determine whether documentation exists to show direct use for a qualifying primary-purpose community development activity.
Large banks may wish to assess whether recipient overhead data, written commitments, attestations, tax filings, and budget records would be available to support the proposed 15% overhead limitation.
Banks near the $1 billion and $10 billion thresholds may wish to model whether the proposed size reclassification would change their CRA evaluation approach, reporting obligations, or supervisory expectations.
Institutions using or considering strategic plans may wish to reassess whether the proposal would make that option more operationally feasible under the revised framework.
CRA and public-disclosure teams may wish to inventory public file and notice processes to determine whether technology-enabled publication changes would require procedural updates.
What changed
['The proposal would narrow the retail banking services analyzed under CRA to focus on credit services and would exclude deposit services from that component of the evaluation, while giving greater weight to activities with a lending nexus.', 'Community development grants would count only if they are directly used for a plan, project, or initiative with community development as a primary purpose; for large banks, defined as banks with assets over $10 billion, the recipient would also need documented overhead costs not exceeding 15% of the grant amount.', 'The bank-size framework would be...
Compliance impact
The OCC describes the proposal as intended to reduce unnecessary burden while preserving continuity in much of the CRA framework, so the immediate impact is consultation-stage rather than binding change. If adopted, the rule could materially change which activities earn CRA credit, how banks are categorized for exams, and the documentation burden for community development grants, especially for banks above $10 billion in assets.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the agencies) today proposed targeted changes to their current rules implementing the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) to better align with the statutory mandate; better ensure that community development grants reach the…
AI Analysis
The OCC and FDIC issued a joint proposed rule on July 31, 2026 to amend the Community Reinvestment Act regulations, with the stated goals of tightening CRA consideration around lending and community development while reducing burden, especially for community banks. The proposal matters because it would rework CRA evaluation mechanics for banks of all sizes and would, if adopted, change what activities count for CRA credit and which banks must meet data collection and reporting requirements.
Key dates
2026-07-31
OCC and FDIC issued the joint proposal amending CRA rules
2026-10-01 Deadline
Approximate comment deadline, calculated as 60 days after the July 31, 2026 publication date if the proposal was published in the Federal Register on the same day as the release
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review whether current CRA strategies rely materially on deposit services, since the proposal would exclude deposit services from the retail banking services analysis.
Firms may wish to map all community development grants and donations to identify whether documentation would support that funds are used for the primary purpose of community development and reach the intended assessment areas.
Banks with assets at or below $10 billion may wish to assess the operational impact of being relieved from data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements under the proposal.
Institutions may wish to compare their current CRA performance-test approach against the proposed lending-focused framework and identify activities that could lose or gain CRA consideration.
Compliance functions may wish to track the Federal Register publication date closely, because the comment window runs for 60 days after publication.
What changed
['The agencies said the proposal would keep the core CRA framework that has generally been in place since 1995, while making substantive, technical, and process-oriented revisions. The proposal follows the agencies’ October 24, 2023 CRA final rules, which were enjoined by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas before they became effective.', 'The proposal would place greater emphasis on lending performance and would narrow the retail banking services considered under CRA to credit services, expressly excluding deposit services from that part of the analysis.', 'The...
Compliance impact
The OCC describes the proposal as a material recalibration of CRA examinations, especially for banks that rely on deposit-services activity or on current grant-and-donation structures for CRA credit. The agencies frame the changes as reducing burden and improving objectivity, but the proposal could still require significant policy, controls, and documentation updates if adopted.
Federal Reserve Board requests comment on a proposal to modernize its rule governing the extension of credit to bank "insiders"—bank executives, board members and major shareholders who could potentially influence a bank's lending decisions
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve Board requested comment on a proposal to modernize Regulation O, the insider-lending rule for banks. The proposal is significant because it would update long-standing dollar thresholds, index them to economic growth, and simplify or clarify several rule applications while preserving anti-preferential-treatment safeguards.
Key dates
2026-07-31
Federal Reserve Board requested comment on the proposed Regulation O modernization
2026-10-05 Deadline
Expected comment deadline stated in the Federal Register notice
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map current insider-credit controls, approval thresholds, and disclosure workflows against the proposed higher dollar limits.
Banks may wish to identify products and systems affected by Regulation O exceptions, including credit cards, overdraft lines, and other-purpose loans.
Institutions may wish to review whether any existing insider or related-interest procedures depend on legacy interpretations that the proposal would codify or reorganize.
Firms with investment fund ownership structures may wish to assess whether the proposed relief for passive interests would change current principal-shareholder or control analyses.
Interested parties may wish to prepare comments for the Federal Register comment period once publication occurs, as the proposal states comments are due 60 days after publication.
What changed
The proposal would increase several outdated dollar-based thresholds in Regulation O, including the amounts tied to certain credit card exceptions, overdraft exceptions, executive officer loans for other purposes, and the level at which prior board approval is required. It would also establish an indexing methodology so the thresholds are automatically adjusted over time based on cumulative nominal GDP growth, reducing the need for repeated rulemaking.
The Federal Reserve also says the proposal would address unnecessary applications of the rule to passive interests in companies held by...
Compliance impact
The proposal is material for banks because it would change core insider-lending thresholds and related control logic, which can affect credit approvals, monitoring, and disclosure processes. The Federal Reserve presents the update as preserving safeguards against preferential treatment while reducing unnecessary burden and improving clarity.
Federal Reserve Board requests comment on a proposal to modernize rules for mutual banking organizations
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve Board requested comment on a proposal to modernize the regulatory framework for mutual banking organizations, including mutual holding companies. The proposal matters because it would update rules first established in 1993 and could ease capital-raising and procedural burdens for a largely small-institution segment of the banking system.
Key dates
2026-07-31
Federal Reserve Board issued the request for comment on the proposal.
2026-08-04
Federal Register publication date referenced in the available materials.
2026-10-05 Deadline
Comment period closes 60 days after Federal Register publication, according to secondary reporting and the referenced publication timeline.
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review whether the institution falls within the mutual banking organization or mutual holding company framework and assess whether the proposal would affect capital planning.
Firms may wish to evaluate existing and planned capital instruments to determine whether they could qualify as regulatory capital under the proposed clarification.
Institutions may wish to review dividend-waiver, conversion, and other mutual-structure processes for possible operational or governance changes under the proposal.
Affected firms may wish to prepare comment letters on capital treatment, loss-absorption, conflicts of interest, accountability, and competition effects, consistent with the issues highlighted by the Board statement.
What changed
The proposal would modernize the Board’s rules applicable to mutual banking organizations, including mutual holding companies, for the first time in about 30 years. It would clarify which instruments may count as regulatory capital, expand flexibility for certain mutual banks to raise capital, and reduce procedural burdens. The Board’s memo says the proposal would amend Regulation MM and the capital rule to address limited access to equity and costly, unclear requirements.
Compliance impact
The proposal is a significant supervisory and capital-rule modernization initiative, but it is not yet binding. The Federal Reserve says the current framework is overly burdensome and complex, and the proposed changes are designed to preserve the mutual model while improving capital access and reducing compliance friction.
The Data Point Model Alliance, a joint initiative of the EBA, ECB and EIOPA, is committed to making financial sector statistical and supervisory reporting across the EU simpler, smarter and more proportionate. To facilitate the integration of reporting, they launched today a public consultation on enhancements to…
AI Analysis
The EBA-ECB-EIOPA Data Point Model (DPM) Alliance has launched a two‑month public consultation on DPM 2.1, a new version of the common metadata model and associated naming conventions intended to support integrated statistical and supervisory reporting in the EU. This is a standard-setting initiative that will shape how prudential, resolution and statistical data are modelled, named and reported across banking, insurance and pensions sectors.
Key dates
2026-07-31
Launch of the public consultation on DPM 2.1 and publication of naming conventions for metadata used in reporting
2026-09-30 Deadline
Deadline for submitting comments to the DPM 2.1 public consultation
2023-06-01
Publication month of DPM Standard 2.0 by EBA and EIOPA, establishing the current baseline data dictionary standard
2024-03-01
Establishment of the DPM Alliance joint governance framework by EBA, EIOPA and ECB to extend DPM to ECB statistical reporting
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the DPM 2.1 factsheet and the published naming conventions to understand proposed changes in metadata versioning, logical data model support and naming structures, and how these could impact existing COREP, FINREP, resolution and insurance reporting implementations.
Regulatory reporting and technology teams should consider mapping current data dictionaries and reporting taxonomies (including those used for CRR/CRD prudential reports, BRRD/SRB resolution reports and EIOPA insurance and pensions reports) against the DPM 2.1 metamodel to assess the scale of future migration effort and potential system changes.
Firms should consider engaging in the consultation process, either directly or via industry bodies, to provide feedback on the practicality of the proposed metamodel and naming conventions, particularly where they affect multi-framework reporting or large-scale data integration projects.
Compliance and regulatory change functions may wish to flag DPM 2.1 internally as a strategic development in EU reporting architecture and ensure it is reflected in medium-term reporting transformation programmes, including planning for alignment with the ESCB Integrated Reporting Framework (IReF).
Reporting vendors and in-house IT teams should consider evaluating whether their current regulatory reporting tools and data models can support DPM 2.1’s enhanced versioning and logical data model capabilities, and identify potential design changes needed to remain aligned with future EBA, EIOPA and ECB requirements.
Supervisory liaison and public policy teams may wish to monitor subsequent EBA, EIOPA, ECB and SRB communications following the close of the consultation for indications of timelines when DPM 2.1 and the naming conventions will become expected or mandatory for specific reporting frameworks.
What changed
The DPM Alliance is consulting on DPM 2.1, an updated version of the DPM metadata model that introduces enhanced metadata versioning and extends the metamodel to host logical data models, with the explicit objective of supporting integrated European reporting across all regulatory frameworks in the financial sphere. The consultation also covers newly published naming conventions that set out a common approach for naming metadata used in reporting, designed to ensure consistent use of the common data dictionary across regulatory reporting frameworks.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is moderate because this is a consultation rather than a binding rule, but it foreshadows significant medium-term changes to how EU prudential, resolution and statistical reports are modelled and integrated. The alliance emphasises reduced complexity, improved data quality and lower reporting costs, indicating that supervisors expect firms to adapt systems and data governance to a more unified, DPM-based reporting architecture.
The CFTC has issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to amend Part 37 (SEFs), Part 38 (DCMs), Part 39 (DCOs), and regulations 1.52 and 1.55 to address **affiliations and vertically integrated structures** among CFTC‑regulated entities and market participants. The proposal is explicitly aimed at managing **actual and perceived conflicts of interest** in affiliated structures (e.g. exchange/clearinghouse/intermediary/market‑maker combinations) through principles‑based rules that preserve responsible innovation while reinforcing market integrity.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026 / 2027)
- Potential adoption of final rules on affiliations requirements, depending on the volume and content of comments and Commission deliberations
TBD (mid‑2026) Deadline
- Federal Register publication date of the NPRM on affiliations (the comment deadline will run for 60 days from this publication; firms should monitor the Federal Register and CFTC website to confirm the exact date)
30 July 2026
- CFTC issues press release announcing the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on affiliations among CFTC‑regulated entities and indicates that comments will be accepted for 60 days following publication in the Federal Register
TBD (60 days after Federal Register publication)
- End of public comment period on the proposed amendments to Parts 37, 38, 39 and regulations 1.52 and 1.55 concerning affiliations and vertically integrated market structures
Suggested considerations
Identify and map all affiliate relationships involving CFTC‑regulated entities within your group (DCO, DCM, SEF, FCM, SD/MSP, trading entities, market makers) and document how roles and control relationships could create actual or perceived conflicts of interest.
Conduct a gap analysis of existing governance, conflicts‑of‑interest, information‑barrier, and supervision frameworks against the anticipated principles‑based expectations for vertically integrated structures under Parts 37, 38, 39 and regulations 1.52 and 1.55.
Review and, where necessary, enhance board‑level and committee‑level oversight arrangements for affiliated entities to ensure independent decision‑making on listing, clearing, rule enforcement, membership, and client treatment where affiliates are involved.
Assess current customer risk disclosures, including those required under regulation 1.55 for FCMs, to determine whether affiliate relationships and related conflicts are adequately described, and prepare draft revisions that could be implemented if the new requirements are finalized.
Engage legal, compliance, and business stakeholders for each affected entity (DCO, DCM, SEF, FCM, trading entity) to prepare a coordinated comment letter to the CFTC explaining operational impacts, potential unintended consequences, and recommendations on specific rule language.
What changed
- Introduces principles‑based requirements for vertically integrated market structures involving affiliations between derivatives clearing organizations, designated contract markets, swap execution...
Amends Part 37 to set additional governance, conflict‑management, and structural requirements for swap execution facilities where the SEF is affiliated with an intermediary or trading entity.
Amends Part 38 to impose enhanced conflict‑of‑interest and self‑regulatory safeguards for designated contract markets that are affiliated with futures commission merchants or proprietary trading...
Amends Part 39 to clarify and strengthen requirements on derivatives clearing organizations in group structures where the DCO is affiliated with intermediaries or other market participants, including...
Amends regulation 1.52 (accounts and records; FCM supervisory requirements) to reflect the heightened expectations placed on futures commission merchants that are part of vertically integrated...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the eventual affiliation rules is likely to be treated as a significant governance and market‑integrity issue, potentially affecting registration, examinations, enforcement exposure, and the viability of vertically integrated business models. Firms with complex group structures should treat this as a high‑impact regulatory development, with particular consequences for exchanges, clearinghouses, SEFs, and FCMs that rely on affiliated market‑making or intermediation.
The PRA’s LIAC02/26 consultation proposes targeted “low impact” changes to Solvency UK reporting for Lloyd’s syndicates and to PRA liquidity rules linked to Basel 3.1 and the forthcoming Overseas Prudential Requirements Regime. These changes will reduce reporting burdens for Lloyd’s syndicates and refine LCR eligibility/treatment of non‑UK covered bonds and related liquidity provisions, but they require systems, policy and reporting updates ahead of the 2026 year‑end and 2027 implementation.
Key dates
11 September 2026
- Consultation end date for proposals to amend SS25/15, SS26/15, IM.03 instructions, and the PRA liquidity rules (Liquidity (CRR) Part and LCR (CRR) Part)
31 December 2026 Deadline
- Proposed implementation date for the SS25/15 and SS26/15 changes and removal of Lloyd’s syndicates from IMO reporting, so syndicates are not required to report IMOs as part of their 2026 year‑end results
01 January 2027
- Proposed implementation date for amendments to the Liquidity (CRR) Part and Liquidity Coverage Ratio (CRR) Part, aligned with Basel 3.1 implementation, CRR restatement in the PRA Rulebook, and the expected entry into force of the Overseas Prudential Requirements Regime (Credit Institutions and Investment Firms) Regulations 2026
Suggested considerations
Review existing IMO reporting processes and systems for Lloyd’s syndicates and prepare to decommission IMO submissions to the PRA for 2026 year‑end, ensuring all dependent internal reports and controls are updated.
Map all uses of IMOs in ORSA processes and supervisory reporting for non‑life firms, and update ORSA documentation and methodologies to reflect that the IMO‑based option applies only to firms that remain in scope of IMO reporting.
Update internal reporting manuals and instructions for IM.03 and related Solvency UK templates to reflect the revised PRA wording, removal of outdated EU references, and alignment with the PRA’s Solvency UK framework.
For Lloyd’s managing agents and syndicates, confirm alternative data channels and reporting obligations to the PRA (via Lloyd’s or Solvency UK templates) that will replace the supervisory reliance previously placed on IMO reporting.
Conduct an inventory of non‑UK covered bonds currently recognised as Level 2A HQLA in LCR calculations and assess how the proposed amendments to Article 11(1)(d)(ii) would change eligibility, haircuts, or caps from 1 January 2027.
What changed
- Lloyd’s syndicates would be removed from the scope of Internal Model Output (IMO) reporting to the PRA via amendments to SS25/15 (Solvency II: Regulatory reporting, internal model outputs),...
SS26/15 (Solvency II: ORSA and the ultimate time horizon – non‑life firms) would be amended to clarify that the option to use IMO outputs in ORSA reporting applies only to firms still required to...
The IM.03 reporting instructions (section “General Comment”) would be amended to align the reporting template guidance with the removal of Lloyd’s syndicates from IMO reporting, avoiding inconsistent...
SS25/15 and SS26/15 would receive non‑substantive drafting updates to improve clarity and consistency, remove outdated EU references, and align terminology and framing with the PRA’s current Solvency...
For 2026 year‑end, Lloyd’s syndicates would no longer be required to submit IMOs to the PRA, with supervisory reliance instead on other Solvency UK reporting streams and data provided through the...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance would primarily manifest as defective regulatory reporting and mis‑stated LCR calculations, exposing firms to PRA supervisory challenge, potential remedial actions, and in serious cases liquidity add‑ons or restrictions on business activities. For Lloyd’s syndicates, failure to align with the new reporting model could also create data gaps in supervisory engagement and increase scrutiny under the PRA–Lloyd’s Cooperation Agreement.
Request for comment; extension of comment period. On June 25, 2026, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("Commission" or "CFTC") published in the Federal Register a request for comment ("RFC") titled "Request for Comment on the Extension of Standard Futures Contracts to 24/7 Trading and on Perpetual Contracts…
AI Analysis
The CFTC has extended the public comment period for its June 25, 2026 request for comment on 24/7 trading of standard futures contracts and on perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities. The new deadline is August 26, 2026, and the Commission also added a specific request for comment on CME NYMEX’s self-certified 24/7 crude oil contract that the CFTC stayed on July 9, 2026.
Key dates
2026-06-25
CFTC published the original request for comment in the Federal Register at 91 FR 38334
2026-07-08
CME NYMEX self-certified a 24/7 oil contract
2026-07-09
CFTC stayed the self-certified 24/7 oil contract
2026-07-28
CFTC published the extension of the comment period at 91 FR 47158
2026-08-26 Deadline
Extended comment deadline for the request for comment
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to assess whether existing trading, clearing, settlement, surveillance, and customer-protection controls would function on a 24/7 basis.
Firms may wish to review the CFTC’s additional questions on the stayed CME NYMEX crude oil contract and consider whether their comments should address execution, settlement, market integrity, and operational resilience issues.
Market participants may wish to prepare data-driven comments, because the CFTC’s consultation is focused on factual and empirical input rather than conclusory policy statements.
Firms considering perpetual or around-the-clock products may wish to map any dependencies on payment systems, margin processes, and holiday/weekend operational support before submitting comments.
What changed
This publication does not impose a new binding rule; it extends the comment deadline for an existing request for comment by 30 days. The underlying consultation covers two issues: whether standard futures contracts, including energy futures, can trade on a 24/7 basis without changing expiration, delivery, or settlement terms, and whether perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities should be permitted.
Compliance impact
The practical impact is moderate but broad for energy derivatives and exchange-traded products: the CFTC is signaling active scrutiny of 24/7 trading models and perpetual contracts, especially where physical delivery or storability of the underlying commodity is relevant. The extension gives firms more time to submit comments, but the consultation itself indicates the Commission is evaluating possible risks around liquidity, price formation, surveillance, clearing, settlement, and customer protection.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today published a draft technical package for version 4.4 of its reporting and disclosure framework, covering IFRS 18 reporting, Pillar 3 ESG disclosures and other technical amendments.
AI Analysis
On 2026-07-24, the EBA opened consultation on the draft technical package for reporting framework version 4.4, covering IFRS 18 FINREP templates, Pillar 3 ESG disclosures, FRTB-related disclosure templates, and technical amendments to resolution planning, MREL, and AMLA eligibility data. The package matters because it sets the first reporting reference dates for several new or amended templates and gives firms an early view of the DPM 2.0 transition ahead of final publication expected in September 2026.
Key dates
2026-07-24
EBA published the draft technical package for reporting framework 4.4 and opened the consultation
2026-08-24 Deadline
Deadline for stakeholders to submit comments and suggestions on the draft technical package 4.4 and new glossary
2026-09-30
EBA expects to publish the final technical package for reporting framework 4.4
2026-12-31
First reference date for amended Pillar 3 ESG, equity and shadow banking disclosures; technical amendments for resolution planning, MREL decisions, Pillar 3 disclosure templates; and AMLA eligibility templates
2027-03-31
First reference date for new IFRS 18-aligned FINREP templates and FRTB-related disclosure templates
2027-12-31
First reference date for Pillar 3 ESG, equity and shadow banking disclosures for SNCIs
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to assess the draft 4.4 package against current reporting architecture, especially where FINREP, Pillar 3, FRTB, resolution planning, MREL, or AMLA templates rely on local mapping or vendor implementation.
Firms may wish to review the new IFRS 18-aligned FINREP templates and identify any chart-of-accounts, data lineage, or consolidation changes needed ahead of the 2027-03-31 first reference date.
Reporting teams may wish to map the updated Pillar 3 ESG, equity exposure, and shadow banking disclosures to the 2026-12-31 reporting cycle, and to 2027-12-31 for SNCIs.
Institutions may wish to compare their DPM 1.0 to DPM 2.0 conversion controls against the new glossary conversion file and plan for taxonomy or validation rule changes in downstream reporting tools.
Affected firms may wish to submit comments on the draft technical package and glossary by 2026-08-24 if they have implementation concerns, data gaps, or interpretation issues.
Compliance functions may wish to monitor the expected September 2026 final publication for changes to validation rules, AML eligibility elements, and the AMLA risk assessment 2027 templates.
What changed
The draft technical package for release 4.4 includes validation rules, the Data Point Model, XBRL taxonomies, and a new conversion file between DPM 1.0 and the DPM 2.0 glossary. It introduces amendments to the ITS on Pillar 3 disclosures on ESG risks, equity exposures and shadow banking exposures, with first reference dates of 2026-12-31 and 2027-12-31 for SNCIs. It also adds new IFRS 18-aligned FINREP templates, with a first reference date of 2027-03-31, and integrates FRTB-related disclosure templates into the DPM, also with a first reference date of 2027-03-31.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is medium-high because the draft signals concrete reporting and disclosure changes with phased first reference dates, rather than a purely conceptual policy update. Firms that miss the data model and taxonomy changes risk implementation issues in supervisory reporting, disclosure production, and validation processing once the new templates become effective.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period. FinCEN is extending the comment period for the referenced notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) it published to amend the existing definition of Huione Group to include, within the definition of that group, H-Pay Service PLC, and adding and defining the term…
AI Analysis
FinCEN extended the comment period for its June 2026 proposed rule amending the Huione Group definition to add H-Pay Service PLC and define “successor entity.” The extension matters because FinCEN said a portal technology failure prevented electronic comments for six days, so it gave the public additional time to submit input.
Key dates
2026-06-25
FinCEN published the underlying NPRM to amend the Huione Group definition
2026-06-25
Electronic comment filing became unavailable due to a portal issue
2026-06-30
Portal issue period ended after six days of blocked electronic filing
2026-07-22
FinCEN dated the comment-period extension notice
2026-07-24
Federal Register publication of the extension notice at 91 FR 46761
2026-08-02 Deadline
Extended deadline for written comments on the NPRM
Suggested considerations
Consider whether to submit comments on the NPRM by the extended deadline of 2026-08-02.
Review customer, correspondent, and payment relationships for any exposure to Huione Group, H-Pay Service PLC, or entities that may be treated as successor entities if the proposal is finalized.
Assess whether internal screening, escalation, and due diligence procedures would need updates if FinCEN finalizes the expanded definition.
Monitor FinCEN’s final action on the NPRM and any resulting special-measures scope changes under 31 CFR 1010.
What changed
This publication does not impose a new final obligation; it extends the public comment deadline for an existing NPRM. The underlying proposal would amend FinCEN’s definition of Huione Group, a financial institution operating outside the United States of primary money laundering concern, to include H-Pay Service PLC and to add a defined term for “successor entity.” The extension was granted because a technological issue with the comment portal prevented electronic filing from June 25 through June 30, 2026.
Compliance impact
The immediate compliance impact is limited because this is a procedural extension, not a binding substantive rule. The practical significance is that the proposal signals FinCEN’s intent to broaden the Huione Group definition, which could affect screening, correspondent-account controls, and transaction monitoring if finalized.
The CFTC has extended by 30 days the public comment period on its targeted Request for Comment (RFC) covering (i) extension of **standard futures contracts (including energy futures) to 24/7 trading** and (ii) **perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities**. This extension signals that the Commission intends to build a more complete record on market structure, risk management, and investor protection before setting a regulatory framework, and compliance teams in energy and derivatives markets now have additional time to shape that framework and align their controls with emerging expectations.
Key dates
22 June 2026
- CFTC issues the targeted request for comment on extending standard energy futures to 24/7 trading and on the listing of perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities
26 July 2026 Deadline
- Original 30‑day comment deadline for the RFC on 24/7 trading and energy perpetual contracts (now superseded by the extension)
26 August 2026 Deadline
- Extended deadline for submission of public comments on the RFC regarding 24/7 trading of standard energy futures and perpetual contracts referencing physically delivered or storable energy commodities
Suggested considerations
Identify and convene an internal cross‑functional working group (trading, risk, operations, compliance, legal, and IT) to assess potential impacts of 24/7 trading and energy perpetual contracts on your firm’s business model and control environment.
Perform a gap analysis of current trading, clearing, surveillance, margin, and risk management frameworks against the operational and risk expectations articulated in recent CFTC staff advisories and policy statements on 24/7 markets and perpetual contracts.
Draft and submit a data‑driven comment to the CFTC by 26 August 2026 addressing the RFC questions most relevant to your activities, including empirical analysis of liquidity, price formation, manipulation risk, funding rate behavior, and customer protection in energy derivatives.
Review and update internal policies and procedures for trade surveillance, market abuse monitoring, and manipulation detection to address continuous 24/7 trading windows and any contemplated use of energy perpetual contracts.
Assess whether current staffing models, systems support, and incident‑response processes can support 24/7 trading or clearing operations, and document enhancements or mitigations that would be needed to maintain operational resilience.
What changed
- The CFTC has extended the comment deadline on the RFC regarding 24/7 trading of standard futures contracts and perpetual contracts in energy markets by 30 days, moving the due date to 26 August...
The RFC focuses on the extension of standard futures contracts, including energy futures, to a 24/7 trading schedule while keeping fixed expirations but allowing potentially material economic changes...
The RFC separately focuses on the listing and regulation of perpetual contracts that reference physically delivered or storable energy commodities, such as crude oil, and that have no fixed...
The Commission has added additional questions to the original RFC to probe market integrity, price formation, operational resilience, customer protections, and risk management implications of 24/7...
The RFC builds on and is informed by the CFTC’s May 29, 2026 coordinated actions on perpetual contracts and 24/7 trading in digital commodities, including the Policy Statement on perpetual contracts,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with eventual CFTC expectations and rules around 24/7 trading and perpetual energy contracts could result in denial of product listings, enforcement action for inadequate risk controls or misleading disclosures, and heightened supervisory scrutiny. Early alignment with the RFC themes and proactive engagement with the CFTC will reduce regulatory risk and position firms favorably as the framework solidifies.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched four public consultations on proposed rules to further strengthen depositor protection, preserve financial stability, and further harmonise depositor protection standards across the EU under the revised Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (DGSD3). The EBA seeks…
AI Analysis
On 2026-07-23, the EBA launched four consultations on draft ITS, RTS and Guidelines to implement the revised Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (DGSD3), focusing on depositor information, information exchange, client funds payouts, and investment of DGS financial means. These proposals will shape how EU Deposit Guarantee Schemes and credit institutions operationalise strengthened depositor protection and crisis management under DGSD3.
Key dates
2026-07-23
EBA launches consultations on draft ITS on depositor information, ITS on information exchange, RTS on DGS payouts of client funds deposits, and Guidelines on investment of available financial means under DGSD3
2026-09-21 Deadline
Registration deadline (12:00 CEST) for public hearing on all four regulatory products
2026-09-24
Public hearing on the four DGSD3-related regulatory products (10:00–13:00 CEST)
2026-10-23 Deadline
Deadline for submission of comments to the four consultation papers
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at EU credit institutions should consider reviewing existing depositor information sheets, account-opening documentation and ongoing communications to assess alignment with the emerging harmonised formats and content envisaged by the draft ITS on depositor information, particularly for merger and failure scenarios.
DGSs and banks may wish to map current data flows and reporting processes for covered deposits, available financial means and bank failure events against the proposed ITS on information exchange, to identify gaps in data granularity, timeliness, and standardisation that could require system and process changes.
Firms that hold client funds in pooled or intermediary deposit accounts (such as investment firms or payment institutions) should consider analysing how client identification and segregation data are captured and shared with DGSs, in light of the draft RTS on client funds that aim to ensure accurate and timely reimbursement of underlying clients and avoidance of duplicate payouts.
DGS operators and finance teams may wish to review investment policies, risk limits, eligible instruments and liquidity management frameworks for DGS financial means, to anticipate adjustments needed to comply with the forthcoming Guidelines on diversification, low risk and liquidity, including readiness to support resolution financing within the DGSD3 mandate.
All affected stakeholders should consider preparing internal positions and impact assessments and submit consultation responses to the EBA by the stated deadline, highlighting operational challenges, data availability issues, and any potential conflicts with existing national frameworks for depositor protection and crisis management.
Risk and treasury functions in banks may wish to engage with DGSs and supervisors to understand how enhanced reporting on covered deposits and DGS financial means under the ITS on information exchange could affect crisis-preparedness expectations, stress-testing assumptions and disclosure practices.
Legal and regulatory affairs teams should consider monitoring the progression of these four draft instruments alongside the remaining eight technical standards and guidelines mandated by DGSD3, to plan for a coordinated implementation programme once final texts and application dates are confirmed.
What changed
The publication launches consultations on four draft regulatory products mandated by DGSD3: (i) Implementing Technical Standards on depositor information, which define harmonised content and format for depositor information sheets at account opening and on a regular basis, and specify communication requirements in special situations such as bank mergers or failures; (ii) Implementing Technical Standards on information exchange between credit institutions, Deposit Guarantee Schemes (DGSs) and other relevant authorities, introducing standardised procedures, templates and minimum information...
Compliance impact
The consultations signal materially enhanced, more granular and harmonised operational requirements for depositor information, data reporting, client funds payout mechanics and DGS investment governance under DGSD3, with implications for systems, documentation and crisis-management playbooks. Once finalised and made binding, the EBA’s technical standards and guidelines are likely to require coordinated implementation efforts across banks, DGSs and competent authorities to ensure consistent depositor protection and effective use of DGS funds in resolution.
The proposals would provide more detail on the PRA’s approach to Part VIII transactions, helping firms plan amalgamations and transfers more efficiently.
AI Analysis
The PRA has opened a consultation on updating its guidance for **friendly society amalgamations and transfers** by revising Statement of Policy 3/15 to give firms more detail on how **Part VIII transfers** are expected to progress. For compliance teams, this matters because it clarifies the PRA’s process expectations, including sequencing, when a **member vote may be waived**, when an **independent actuary’s report** may be required, and whether the process applies to firms that are or are not friendly societies.
Key dates
TBD (following consultation responses, expected late 2026 or later)
- The final Policy Statement would be published, and the proposals would take effect on publication
22 October 2026
- The consultation closes
Suggested considerations
Firms planning a Part VIII transfer should map their transaction timetable against the PRA’s proposed step-by-step process and identify where the revised guidance may affect sequencing.
Firms should assess whether their proposed transaction could qualify for a waiver of the transferee member vote and prepare supporting rationale and evidence accordingly.
Firms should determine early whether the PRA is likely to expect an independent actuary’s report and build that workstream into the transaction plan.
Firms should confirm whether the proposal applies to their structure, including whether they are a friendly society or another type of firm within scope.
Firms and advisers should review current transaction playbooks and board papers to align them with the PRA’s stated approach before the consultation closes.
What changed
- The PRA proposes to set out a typical sequence of steps firms would follow when undertaking a Part VIII transfer.
The PRA proposes to provide greater transparency on its decision-making considerations for Part VIII transactions.
The PRA proposes to explain when it may waive the requirement for a member vote by the transferee.
The PRA proposes to explain when it may require an independent actuary’s report.
The PRA proposes to clarify the scope of applicability of the process for both friendly societies and non-friendly-society firms.
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is medium-to-high for firms engaged in, or preparing for, Part VIII transfers because the consultation signals more explicit supervisory expectations on process, evidence, and timing. Failure to align transaction planning with the final guidance could increase execution risk, delay approvals, or require rework of governance, actuarial, or member-consent steps once the final Policy Statement is issued.
The PRA’s CP12/26 proposes to codify and expand guidance on amalgamations and transfers of insurance friendly societies under Part VIII of the Friendly Societies Act 1992, aligning it more closely with its established approach to insurance business transfers. The consultation matters for compliance teams because it clarifies the PRA’s expectations, evidential standards, and discretionary powers (including member vote dispensations and independent actuarial reports), which will shape how friendly society restructurings must be planned, documented, and executed.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026 / early 2027)
– Expected PRA policy statement and finalised amendments to the Statement of Policy on insurance business transfers, following consultation feedback (exact date not specified in the CP)
Early July 2026
– PRA publishes CP12/26 “Insurance friendly societies, amalgamations and transfers”, launching the consultation on proposed codified guidance and Statement of Policy amendments
Suggested considerations
Map all current and planned amalgamations or transfers involving friendly societies against the proposed five‑part process (planning, analysis, member engagement and votes, application/notifications/representations, confirmation meetings) and identify procedural and evidential gaps.
Review internal policies, governance frameworks, and transaction playbooks for friendly society restructurings to ensure they reflect the PRA’s codified expectations under Part VIII of the Friendly Societies Act 1992, including early regulatory engagement and documentation standards.
Develop or enhance internal guidance for actuaries and finance teams on the required actuarial analysis for Part VIII transfers, ensuring the ability to evidence that preclusion grounds are not met and that the transaction is in the interests of members and policyholders.
Implement procedures to identify all classes of members and policyholders affected by proposed amalgamations or transfers, assess whether their existing terms and conditions are preserved or materially changed, and document the implications for benefit levels and distribution.
For partial transfers, establish a formal framework to assess and document how the interests of members remaining with the transferor society are considered, including any continuing obligations, capital support, and benefit expectations.
What changed
- The PRA proposes a more detailed, codified description of the end‑to‑end Part VIII process for friendly society amalgamations and transfers, organised into stages such as planning and preparation,...
The PRA intends to update and integrate its Statement of Policy on insurance business transfers to explicitly cover friendly society amalgamations and transfers under the Friendly Societies Act 1992,...
For transfers, the PRA sets out circumstances in which it may exercise its statutory discretion to dispense with the requirement for the transferee friendly society to hold a member vote, subject to...
The PRA proposes to clarify when it may direct the transferor and/or transferee to appoint an independent actuary to report on the proposed transfer’s effects on members and policyholders, including...
Firms undertaking a Part VIII transfer will be expected to provide robust actuarial analysis and supporting evidence demonstrating that statutory preclusion grounds are not met and that the transfer...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the clarified PRA expectations and statutory requirements under Part VIII of the Friendly Societies Act 1992 can result in refusal or delay of transaction confirmation, increased supervisory scrutiny, and potential member or policyholder detriment, reputational damage, and enforcement risk. Given the PRA’s focus on safety, soundness, and policyholder protection, poorly evidenced or poorly governed transactions will face a materially higher risk of challenge and failure.
The Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) and the French Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF) support the European Commission’s proposals to strengthen supervisory convergence and market integration through the Market Integration and Supervision Package (MISP). As discussions on the future of European…
AI Analysis
AFM and AMF have issued a joint position paper supporting the EU Commission’s Market Integration and Supervision Package (MISP) and setting out **five enablers** they see as conditions for effective, centralised EU‑level supervision by ESMA. This matters for compliance teams because it signals a medium‑term shift towards more **risk‑based, data‑driven, and ESMA‑centric supervision**, with impacts on funding models, governance expectations, data and reporting architecture, and enforcement across all major EU capital‑markets activities.
Key dates
22 July 2026
– AFM/AMF joint press release and position paper “From design to delivery – five enablers for effective European supervision” published, formally articulating the five enablers for centralised EU‑level supervision under the MISP
TBD (MISP legislative timeline)
– Specific dates for adoption and phased implementation of the Market Integration and Supervision Package will follow the EU legislative process; firms should anticipate a multi‑year transition with key milestones likely aligned to ESMA governance and funding reforms and initial scopes of direct supervision
Suggested considerations
Review and update the firm’s supervisory engagement strategy to include structured, proactive engagement with ESMA (not just NCAs), anticipating more direct interactions, thematic reviews, and data requests at EU level.
Assess current risk‑assessment and risk‑reporting frameworks to ensure they are compatible with a risk‑based and adaptive supervisory approach, including the ability to demonstrate how your firm identifies, measures, and mitigates emerging risks and new business models.
Conduct a gap analysis of data architecture and regulatory reporting, focusing on data quality, standardisation, and ability to feed into centralised EU data hubs; plan upgrades to systems, controls, and data governance to support ESMA‑level data centralisation.
Prepare for potential changes in supervisory levies and funding, by modelling the impact of EU‑level ESMA fees in addition to national contributions and incorporating them into medium‑term budgeting and pricing strategies.
Review governance arrangements, including board oversight, senior management responsibilities, and internal escalation processes, to ensure they can meet higher expectations of independent, transparent, and accountable governance under an ESMA‑centric model.
What changed
- ESMA is explicitly positioned as the central supervisory authority for selected capital‑markets activities, with national competent authorities (NCAs) expected to operate within a more formalised...
Supervisory objectives are reframed towards risk‑based and adaptive supervision, meaning firms should expect more differentiated supervisory intensity based on risk profile, business model, and...
The paper supports proportionate and transparent funding for ESMA, indicating a future where firms may be subject to EU‑level supervisory levies or fee structures in addition to national regimes,...
AFM and AMF call for independent, transparent, and accountable EU‑level supervisory governance, foreshadowing changes to ESMA’s decision‑making bodies, oversight processes, and accountability...
Data centralisation is identified as a core enabler, implying a stronger move towards EU‑wide data hubs, harmonised reporting formats, and central access for ESMA to transaction, position, and...
Compliance impact
The immediate impact is strategic rather than operational, but non‑compliance with future ESMA‑level requirements on data, governance, and cross‑border conduct could lead to EU‑wide enforcement, higher sanctions, and constraints on passporting and market access. Early alignment with the five enablers will position firms better for the coming supervisory architecture and reduce transition risk once binding rules are adopted.
Proposed rule. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC" or the "Commission") is proposing Regulation E-Delivery. The proposed rule sets forth conditions for covered entities to deliver covered information to covered recipients electronically without first obtaining their affirmative consent. The proposed rule…
AI Analysis
The SEC has proposed Regulation E-Delivery, a cross-cutting electronic delivery framework that would let covered entities send covered information electronically without first obtaining affirmative consent, subject to specified conditions. The proposal matters because it would reshape delivery obligations under the federal securities laws, including proxy and tender offer communications and fund shareholder report delivery, while preserving a paper opt-out path.
Key dates
2026-07-21
SEC proposed Regulation E-Delivery and published the proposal in the Federal Register
2026-09-21 Deadline
Comment period closes
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to inventory all information currently delivered under an opt-in electronic delivery framework and map it to the proposed covered information categories.
Firms may wish to assess whether their current customer or client communications systems can support a direct-delivery model and a statement-of-availability model, including website hosting and link accuracy controls.
Operational teams may wish to review whether they can generate and track the proposed transition notices for recipients currently receiving paper delivery.
Firms may wish to evaluate how they will handle paper-copy requests, opt-outs, and updates to electronic address records if the proposal is adopted.
Proxy and fund operations teams may wish to identify rule-specific processes that would need revision if Rule 30e-3 is rescinded and the proxy/tender offer amendments are finalized.
Compliance teams may wish to prepare comment letters focused on definitions, PFI handling, remediation obligations, and the transition process before the comment deadline.
What changed
The proposal would create a new Part 303 in the SEC rules for “Regulation E-Delivery: Delivering Covered Information Through Electronic Delivery.” It would define key concepts such as electronic delivery, electronic address, covered entity, covered information, and covered recipient, and would set conditions for when information may be delivered directly electronically versus when a statement of availability must be used.
Compliance impact
The proposal is significant because it would move a broad set of SEC delivery obligations from an affirmative-consent model toward a default electronic-delivery model, which would require firms to redesign notices, controls, and recordkeeping. The SEC frames the change as preserving paper delivery on request, but firms that rely on electronic communications would still need to meet new conditions to avoid delivery failures and compliance gaps.
Long term investment Shares The AMF publishes its response to the European Commission’s consultation on the review of the Shareholder Rights Directive (SRD)
AI Analysis
The AMF has submitted its response to the European Commission’s consultation on the review of the Shareholder Rights Directive (SRD), calling for stronger EU‑level harmonisation of shareholder rights, clearer rules on general meeting formats, and measures to support long‑term shareholder engagement. For compliance teams at listed issuers, intermediaries and custodians, this signals probable future changes to SRD II implementation that will affect general meeting organisation, shareholder identification and cross‑border voting processes across the EU.
Key dates
2007
– Original Shareholder Rights Directive (SRD I) adopted, establishing a basic EU framework for shareholder rights in listed companies
2017
– Revised Shareholder Rights Directive (SRD II) adopted, introducing measures to promote long‑term engagement, improve governance transparency and regulate exercise of shareholder rights, particularly at general meetings
20 July 2026
– AMF publishes its response to the European Commission’s consultation on the SRD review, setting out its expectations and proposals on harmonisation, meeting formats and shareholder engagement
Suggested considerations
Monitor the European Commission’s SRD review process closely, including the forthcoming legislative proposal and any related impact assessments, as these will determine concrete new obligations on meeting formats, shareholder identification and intermediaries’ duties.
Map current practices for general meetings (physical, hybrid, virtual‑only) against the AMF’s positions and SRD II requirements, and assess the extent to which existing procedures depend on national options or flexibilities that may be removed in a revised SRD.
For intermediaries and custodians, assess existing cross‑border voting, information transmission and shareholder identification processes to identify areas of fragmentation or reliance on local practices that may be affected by EU‑level harmonisation.
Engage with industry associations and local regulators to provide practical feedback on operational challenges (e.g. complex custody chains, vote confirmation, cut‑off times) so that future SRD revisions reflect realistic implementation constraints.
Update internal regulatory change logs and risk assessments to flag the SRD review as an emerging structural change to shareholder‑rights processes, with potential impacts on IT systems, contracts with intermediaries, and investor communications.
What changed
* The AMF advocates removal of many existing “Member State options” in SRD in order to achieve greater harmonisation of shareholder rights and issuer–shareholder interactions across the EU, reducing...
The AMF reiterates that long‑term shareholder engagement should remain a core objective of the revised SRD and that the framework should explicitly facilitate ongoing dialogue between issuers and...
The AMF supports the development of hybrid general meetings with real‑time remote voting as a structural feature of EU listed company governance, in line with the digitalisation of the economy and...
The AMF considers “closed‑door” general meetings (with no in‑person or remote shareholder participation) to be incompatible with SRD objectives and proposes that such formats be prohibited in the...
The AMF proposes that “virtual‑only” general meetings should remain possible but be subject to tighter regulation at EU level, including a requirement to obtain shareholders’ approval on a regular...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance risks are currently indirect but likely to become significant once the SRD review translates into binding EU law, with potential enforcement by national competent authorities on meeting formats, shareholder information flows and voting processes. Firms that rely heavily on flexible national options or minimalist SRD II implementation will face higher remediation and operational change costs if they delay preparation.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today published its final draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) and Implementing Technical Standards (ITSs) on material acquisitions, transfers of assets or liabilities, mergers and divisions involving credit institutions or (mixed) financial holding companies under the…
AI Analysis
On 2026-07-17, the EBA published final draft RTS and ITS under the Capital Requirements Directive to standardise notifications, supervisory assessment, and cooperation for material acquisitions, material transfers of assets or liabilities, mergers, and divisions involving credit institutions and mixed financial holding companies. For compliance teams, the significance is that the draft package would reduce uncertainty and create more harmonised, procedural expectations across EU competent authorities once adopted by the Commission.
Key dates
2026-07-17
EBA published the final draft RTS and ITS on material acquisitions, material transfers, mergers and divisions under the CRD
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map proposed acquisition, transfer, merger, and division workflows against the draft minimum-information template and identify which data points are already held by competent authorities.
Firms may wish to review whether planned intra-group transactions could qualify for the simplified treatment described in the draft RTS, including any discretion not to assess certain transactions.
Groups planning mergers or divisions may wish to check which documentation can be reused from Company Law Directive processes and where CRD-specific supplements will still be needed.
Legal and regulatory teams may wish to assess how multiple-notification scenarios are handled today and whether internal controls need to align with the proposed harmonised terminology and coordination timelines.
Firms may wish to prepare for supervisory coordination across jurisdictions by identifying the authorities likely to be involved in cross-border transactions and the likely sequence of notifications.
What changed
The EBA’s final draft RTS would specify the minimum information to be provided for material acquisitions, material transfers of assets and liabilities, mergers, and divisions, together with a common assessment methodology for the prudential scrutiny of those transactions. The draft RTS also streamline notifications by excluding information already held by competent authorities and by allowing reliance on documentation prepared under Directive (EU) 2017/1132 (the Company Law Directive) for mergers and divisions.
Compliance impact
The publication signals an imminent move toward a more harmonised EU prudential process for structural transactions, which should reduce uncertainty but also make notification and assessment procedures more standardised and traceable. The immediate impact is moderate to high for banking groups contemplating acquisitions, transfers, mergers, or divisions, especially where multiple supervisors or intra-group transactions are involved.
The European Banking Authority (EBA) today launched a consultation on amendments to the Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) governing the benchmarking of internal models and the standardised approach for market risk for the 2027 exercise. The proposed amendments aim to ensure that the benchmarking framework…
AI Analysis
The EBA has launched a 17 July 2026 consultation on amendments to the Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) for the 2027 market risk benchmarking exercise under Article 78 CRD. The changes recalibrate data collection for internal models and standardised approaches, align the benchmarking framework with CRR3/FRTB implementation from 1 January 2027, and adjust timing and scope to include institutions using the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA).
Key dates
2026-07-17
EBA launches consultation on amendments to ITS for the 2027 market risk benchmarking exercise
2026-07-27 Deadline
Deadline (16:00 CEST) for registration to the public hearing on the consultation
2026-07-28
Public hearing on the consultation (14:00–15:30 CEST)
2026-09-03 Deadline
Deadline for submission of comments to the EBA consultation on the 2027 market risk benchmarking ITS amendments
2027-01-01
Application date of the European Commission’s FRTB Delegated Act referenced in the amended ITS
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams at EU credit institutions using market risk internal models or the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach may wish to review the consultation paper and annexes (booking instructions, relevant dates, instruments and portfolios, template instructions, and templates) to understand proposed changes to the 2027 benchmarking data collection and reporting requirements.
Firms applying or planning to apply CRR2 Internal Model Approach for market risk should consider the implications of the resumption of CRR2-IMA data collection and assess whether existing reporting processes and systems can be reactivated or need updating to meet the revised ITS templates.
Institutions intending to use the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach for market risk may wish to assess the impact of being newly in scope of the EBA market risk benchmarking exercise, including internal governance, data availability, and operational readiness for participation in the second half of 2027.
Firms that anticipate using the CRR3 Alternative Internal Model Approach may wish to monitor the postponement of AIMA data collection and evaluate how the uncertainty in the effective implementation date interacts with their internal model development timelines and supervisory expectations.
Regulatory and reporting functions may wish to map current market risk reporting templates to the proposed reorganised and rationalised templates, identifying data gaps and system changes required once the final ITS enter into force.
Compliance teams may wish to coordinate with risk and reporting teams to prepare a response to the EBA consultation by the 3 September 2026 deadline, particularly on practical aspects of template design, data availability, and timing of the 2027 benchmarking exercise.
Institutions newly included in scope by virtue of using CRR3 ASA should consider whether additional internal documentation, model validation, and supervisory engagement are needed ahead of the second-half 2027 benchmarking exercise, given the EBA’s intention to adopt the final ITS earlier to give such institutions more preparation time.
What changed
The consultation proposes amendments to the ITS on supervisory benchmarking of market risk models for the 2027 exercise, updating the data collection framework and reporting templates used by institutions and competent authorities under Article 78 of Directive 2013/36/EU (CRD). The scope of the market risk benchmarking exercise would be expanded to include institutions applying the CRR3 Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA) for market risk, irrespective of whether they also use an Internal Model Approach (IMA).
Compliance impact
The impact is moderate but targeted, primarily affecting banks in scope of market risk benchmarking by expanding ASA coverage, restarting CRR2-IMA reporting, and adjusting the timing of the 2027 exercise. Failure to prepare for revised templates and data collection could result in supervisory findings on model quality and variability of own funds requirements under CRD benchmarking assessments.
The SEC issued a proposal for **Regulation E-Delivery**, which would let covered securities-law senders deliver required information electronically without first getting affirmative consent, so long as specified conditions are met. The proposal matters because it would shift the current paper/opt-in default toward an electronic default for a wide range of investor and client disclosures, while preserving paper delivery rights on request.
Key dates
2026-07-16
SEC proposed Regulation E-Delivery
2026-09-21 Deadline
Public comments due on the proposal
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map all current delivery obligations to determine which documents would qualify as 'covered information' under the proposal.
Firms may wish to review whether their records reliably capture valid electronic addresses for intended recipients.
Firms may wish to assess how they would evidence the required prominent disclosure and opt-out status before relying on electronic delivery.
Firms may wish to identify communications containing personal financial information and evaluate whether those items would need a statement-of-availability approach rather than direct electronic delivery.
Firms may wish to plan for paper-notice and transition workflows for recipients currently receiving paper delivery.
Firms may wish to review affected proxy, tender offer, fund reporting, Form CRS, and Form ADV processes for operational and disclosure changes if the proposal is finalized.
What changed
The proposal would create a new, cross-cutting framework under the federal securities laws for electronic delivery of 'covered information' by 'covered entities.' Under the proposal, electronic delivery could satisfy delivery obligations without prior affirmative consent if the recipient has provided an electronic address, has received prominent disclosure that information will be sent electronically, and has not opted out.
Compliance impact
The SEC’s proposal is potentially significant because it could materially change how firms satisfy delivery obligations across multiple securities-law regimes and require operational changes to consent, notice, address capture, and paper-transition processes. The SEC frames the proposal as increasing accessibility and usefulness of information while still preserving paper access on request.
The SEC proposed Regulation E-Delivery on July 16, 2026, to let covered entities satisfy many federal securities law delivery obligations electronically by default, without first obtaining affirmative consent. The proposal matters because it would replace the SEC’s long-standing opt-in orientation with a rule-based opt-out framework for a broad set of disclosures, while preserving paper delivery rights on request and adding transition notices for recipients moved from paper to electronic delivery.
Key dates
2026-07-16
SEC issued the proposal for Regulation E-Delivery
2026-07-21
Federal Register publication date for the proposing release
2026-09-21 Deadline
Deadline for public comments on the proposal
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to map which current disclosures could move to electronic delivery under the proposed framework.
Firms may wish to assess whether their client and investor records reliably capture valid electronic addresses and opt-out status.
Operations teams may wish to review how to generate the two required paper transition notices for recipients currently in paper delivery.
Firms may wish to evaluate whether existing website, authentication, and delivery controls could support the proposed delivery methods, especially for materials containing personal financial information.
Regulatory teams may wish to prepare comment letters before the SEC’s comment deadline.
Firms may wish to inventory downstream rule changes needed if the SEC finalizes conforming amendments to proxy and tender-offer delivery rules.
What changed
The proposal would create a new Regulation E-Delivery framework under which covered entities could deliver covered information electronically without first obtaining affirmative consent, provided specified conditions are met. The SEC says the rule would apply broadly across federal securities laws and cover issuers, broker-dealers, investment advisers, and others, including materials such as prospectuses, fund annual and semi-annual shareholder reports, proxy statements, trade confirmations, Form CRS disclosures, and Form ADV Part 2 brochures.
Compliance impact
The SEC characterizes the proposal as a broad modernization of delivery mechanics that could significantly reduce paper-based compliance workflows and change default disclosure delivery across the securities industry. If adopted, firms that rely on investor consent processes, paper notices, or legacy delivery controls would face meaningful operational and control redesign obligations, and recipients would retain the right to receive paper on request and to opt out of electronic delivery.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed Regulation E-Delivery, a new rule that would expand the ability of issuers, broker-dealers, investment advisers, and others to use electronic delivery to satisfy information delivery requirements…
AI Analysis
The SEC has proposed **Regulation E‑Delivery**, a new, technology‑neutral rule that would allow electronic delivery to become the **default method** for satisfying many information delivery requirements under the federal securities laws, while preserving a right to paper on request. This is a material shift away from the long‑standing, guidance‑based and “affirmative consent” model, and will require firms to redesign their disclosure, investor communication and recordkeeping frameworks to comply with new notice, opt‑out and failure‑remediation obligations.
Key dates
TBD (upon Federal Register publication)
– Start of the 60‑day public comment period on the Regulation E‑Delivery proposal
TBD Deadline
– End of the 60‑day comment period; market participants must have submitted feedback on scope, conditions, investor protections and operational impacts by this date
TBD (post‑adoption) Deadline
– Effective date of final Regulation E‑Delivery, after which firms may begin relying on the rule for default e‑delivery, subject to any specified compliance or phase‑in dates in the adopting release
TBD (post‑effective date) Deadline
– Commencement of required transition processes, including the mailing of two paper notices and implementation of opt‑out mechanisms, for investors currently receiving paper communications
Suggested considerations
Conduct a comprehensive mapping of all documents currently delivered under federal securities law requirements (prospectuses, shareholder reports, proxy materials, trade confirmations, Form CRS, Form ADV brochures) and determine how each will be delivered under Regulation E‑Delivery.
Review and update disclosure, investor communication and delivery policies to incorporate e‑delivery as the default method while clearly documenting investor rights to request and receive paper delivery at any time.
Design and implement procedures for maintaining accurate electronic contact information for investors and clients, including periodic verification processes and remediation steps for undeliverable emails or failed electronic transmissions.
Develop and operationalize the transition process for paper‑based recipients, including generation and mailing of the two required paper notices that explain the move to e‑delivery and the opt‑out option.
Update client and investor onboarding materials, account agreements and preference‑capture workflows to reflect the new default e‑delivery model and how investors can elect paper delivery or change their preferences.
What changed
- Regulation E‑Delivery would formally replace the SEC’s decades‑old, purely guidance‑based approach to electronic delivery and establish a rule‑based framework that expressly permits e‑delivery to...
Electronic delivery would become the default method of delivery, meaning firms could deliver required regulatory information electronically without first obtaining the investor’s affirmative consent,...
The rule would preserve investor choice by requiring that investors and other recipients be able to request paper delivery at any time and continue receiving paper format upon request.
The proposal would set out requirements and conditions for when e‑delivery is deemed compliant, including use of electronic addresses or other electronic methods reasonably designed to ensure receipt...
The range of deliverable documents under Regulation E‑Delivery would be broad, covering prospectuses for funds and other issuers, fund annual and semi‑annual shareholder reports, proxy statements,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance could result in failures to meet statutory disclosure and delivery obligations, exposing firms to SEC enforcement, supervisory findings, investor complaints, and potential civil liability where investors allege inadequate or inaccessible information. Mismanaged transitions or poor controls around e‑delivery failures may also create conduct risk, reputational damage and remediation costs, particularly for retail and senior investors.
Innovative new proposals aim to establish the UK as a centre for the fast-growing captive insurance market.
AI Analysis
The PRA and FCA have launched a consultation on a **bespoke UK regime for single‑parent captive insurers**, featuring streamlined authorisation, reduced capital and reporting, and exclusion from Solvency UK and Consumer Duty. The regime, targeted to go live in **summer 2027**, materially changes both prudential and conduct expectations for UK captives and creates a new, lighter regulatory pathway that groups will need to understand and factor into risk‑financing, governance, and group structuring decisions.
Key dates
Summer 2026
– PRA and FCA consultations expected to be issued on detailed rules for the new UK captive insurance regime
16 June 2026
– PRA speech by Shoib Khan outlining policy approach, boundaries of captive activity, and expectation of a consultation in summer 2026
14 October 2026
– Consultation closing date for responses to the PRA/FCA captive regime proposals
Summer 2027
– Target **launch of the new captive insurance regime**, following consideration of consultation feedback and finalisation of PRA/FCA rules and guidance
Mid‑2027
– Consistent target implementation window indicated in government and regulator communications for the new captive framework to become operational
Suggested considerations
Assess whether existing or planned group risk‑financing strategies would benefit from establishing a UK single‑parent captive under the proposed regime and document the strategic rationale.
Map current and planned intra‑group insurance and reinsurance arrangements, including any employee benefits‑related policies, to confirm which risks can be written directly and which must only be written on a reinsurance basis.
Engage early with internal stakeholders (risk, treasury, legal, tax, and senior management) to determine preferred captive structures (standalone vs future PCC) and governance arrangements aligned with PRA expectations.
Prepare to participate in the PRA and FCA consultations by drafting detailed, technical responses on authorisation processes, capital methodologies, reporting templates, and conduct requirements for captives.
Review existing Solvency UK and Consumer Duty compliance frameworks and identify which elements would no longer apply to captives under the proposed regime, while ensuring that any remaining protections and safeguards are maintained where appropriate.
What changed
- Introduction of a tailored regulatory framework for single‑parent captive insurers in the UK, distinct from the regimes applicable to traditional insurers and reinsurers.
Creation of a streamlined dual PRA/FCA authorisation process for captives, with an explicit target decision timeline of 4–6 weeks from application.
Exclusion of captives from Solvency UK requirements, with a move to a separate, flexible capital resources framework rather than Solvency II‑style minimum capital requirements.
Exclusion of captives from the FCA Consumer Duty, recognising that captives primarily insure intra‑group risks and have limited direct retail customer exposure.
Introduction of proportionately lower capital requirements for captives, reflecting their lower risk profile and group‑risk‑financing purpose.
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the bespoke captive regime (for example, writing prohibited direct employee benefits business, breaching capital expectations, or misusing the captive perimeter) may result in authorisation refusal, supervisory intervention, restrictions on business, or enforcement action impacting both the captive and its parent group. Compliance teams in affected groups will need to treat the regime as a material prudential and conduct change, with direct implications for group risk management, governance, and regulatory relationships.
The PRA’s CP10/26 proposes to delete the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter in the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part of the PRA Rulebook and make consequential amendments, effectively shifting continuity‑of‑services expectations for ring‑fenced bodies onto the broader operational continuity / resolution framework. For compliance teams, this is a material rationalisation of overlapping rule sets that will require careful mapping of existing ring‑fencing service‑continuity controls into the PRA’s operational continuity and resilience expectations, and engagement with the consultation by the response deadline.
Key dates
14 October 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting responses to PRA Consultation Paper CP10/26 on the deletion of the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter and related changes to the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part
Suggested considerations
Assess the current use of the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter in the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part within your firm’s ring‑fencing policies, procedures, contracts and governance, and identify all controls that explicitly rely on those rules.
Prepare and submit a considered response to CP10/26 by 14 October 2026, addressing the practical impact of deleting the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter, any residual areas of concern, and suggestions for guidance or transitional arrangements.
Coordinate with group entities acting as permitted suppliers or critical service providers to ensure their OCIR documentation, service catalogues, TSAs and liquidity arrangements remain aligned with the ring‑fenced body’s continuity requirements in the absence of the deleted chapter.
Monitor for the subsequent PRA policy statement that will follow CP10/26, and be prepared to implement any final rule changes, transitional provisions or clarifications on how ring‑fencing continuity expectations intersect with OCIR and operational resilience regimes.
What changed
- The PRA proposes to delete in full the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter in the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part of the PRA Rulebook, removing the specific ring‑fencing continuity‑of‑services...
The PRA will make consequential amendments to the Ring‑fenced Bodies Part to remove or adjust cross‑references, defined terms and obligations that are linked to the deleted Continuity of Provision of...
The proposal effectively retires the bespoke continuity‑of‑services construct that was introduced when ring‑fencing was implemented (including detailed constraints on termination, suspension or...
The consultation paper explains how the PRA intends to align ring‑fenced bodies’ continuity‑of‑services expectations with existing supervisory statements on operational continuity in resolution (for...
The PRA invites stakeholders to comment on whether deleting the Continuity of Provision of Services Chapter, and relying on the broader operational continuity regime, still adequately protects the...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance would primarily manifest as weaknesses in the continuity of core services and intra‑group service arrangements rather than direct breaches of the deleted rules, potentially leading to PRA supervisory findings, remediation requirements and heightened capital or resolvability expectations. Failure to realign ring‑fencing continuity controls with the PRA’s operational continuity and resilience framework could also impact resolvability assessments and increase the risk of adverse supervisory interventions in stress or resolution.
The PRA has issued Consultation Paper CP11/26 proposing a **tailored prudential regime for UK captive insurance undertakings**, with responses due by 14 October 2026. This matters for compliance teams in insurance groups and large corporates because it will create a distinct authorisation and supervisory framework for captives under Solvency UK, potentially changing capital, governance, and reporting expectations and opening a new strategic option to domicile captives in the UK.
Key dates
Summer 2026
– PRA (and FCA) indicated they would consult on a new UK captive insurance regime as part of their 2026 supervisory priorities and joint statements
14 October 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for responses to CP11/26 “A tailored regime for captive insurance”
Mid 2027
– Target implementation date for the new UK captive insurance regime, as indicated in prior PRA policy communications and government consultation responses
Suggested considerations
Review CP11/26 in detail and perform an internal impact assessment on how the proposed captive regime would affect your group’s current or planned captive insurance structures, including domicile and regulatory capital profile.
Identify whether any existing insurance entities within the group may fall within the PRA’s proposed definition of a captive and assess whether reclassification would be beneficial or would trigger additional compliance work.
Prepare and submit a coordinated consultation response by 14 October 2026, addressing eligibility criteria, proportionality of capital and reporting requirements, and any operational or tax implications for your captive strategy.
Map existing governance, risk management, and internal control frameworks for captives against PRA’s proposed expectations and identify gaps that would need remediation ahead of the regime’s expected go‑live in mid‑2027.
Engage with group legal, tax, and treasury teams to evaluate whether onshoring an offshore captive to the UK, or establishing a new UK captive, becomes strategically attractive under the tailored regime, and model scenarios accordingly.
What changed
- The PRA proposes to establish a dedicated UK regulatory regime for captive insurers, separate from the standard Solvency UK treatment for commercial (non‑captive) insurers.
Captive insurers would benefit from proportionate prudential requirements (for example simplified capital, reporting, and risk management expectations) reflecting their limited and group-focused risk...
The consultation seeks views on eligibility criteria for captives, likely including ownership (group‑owned), purpose (insuring or reinsuring parent/group risks), and restrictions on third‑party...
PRA proposes a UK authorisation and licensing pathway specifically tailored to captives, with adjusted expectations for business plans, risk appetites, and use of reinsurance and fronting structures.
The regime is intended to sit within Solvency UK rather than as a completely separate legislative framework, implying changes to the PRA Rulebook and supervisory statements rather than primary...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the eventual captive regime (for example mis‑classification of entities, inadequate capital or governance relative to PRA expectations) could lead to authorisation issues, supervisory interventions, restrictions on business, or requirements to restructure existing captive arrangements. Given the regime will sit within Solvency UK, failures may also affect group capital positions and broader regulatory assessments of risk management adequacy.
New Q&As available 10 July 2026 Digital Finance and Innovation Sustainable finance Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU's securities markets regulator, has published the following question and answer: EU ESG Ratings Regulation (ESGRR) Consulting activities to investors or undertakings…
AI Analysis
Key dates
10 July 2026
- ESMA publishes the new Q&As on ESGRR, MiCA, and MiFIR secondary market topics
Suggested considerations
Review ESG ratings policies to ensure consulting, notification, issuer feedback, and factual error review procedures align with ESMA’s latest ESGRR Q&As.
Update internal case-handling workflows so notifications are screened for the designated contact issue and the two-working-day notification period is calculated consistently.
Document how your firm distinguishes internal-use ESG ratings or in-house financial services from externally provided ESG ratings activity.
Reassess whether any second-party opinion business can rely on the ESGRR exemption and record the legal basis for that conclusion.
Re-map MiCA permissions for custody, administration, transfer, and lending services to confirm the firm is not performing activities outside its authorisation scope.
What changed
- ESMA added a Q&A clarifying consulting activities to investors or undertakings under the EU ESG Ratings Regulation (ESGRR), which is relevant where a ratings provider’s advisory services may...
ESMA added Q&As on the application and scope of the two working day notification period under ESGRR, indicating that firms must apply the notification clock consistently and in line with ESMA’s...
ESMA clarified access to the dataset for factual error review under ESGRR, which affects how rated entities or issuers can review underlying data used in ESG ratings processes.
ESMA added a Q&A on notifications without a designated contact under ESGRR, which is relevant for governance and outreach workflows when a notification lacks an identified recipient.
ESMA clarified the obligation to consider issuer feedback under ESGRR, reinforcing that issuer comments cannot be ignored and must be handled through a documented review process.
Compliance impact
Non-compliance risk is high because these Q&As affect how firms interpret regulatory scope, notification timing, and operational controls across sustainability, crypto, and market structure regimes. Firms that ignore the guidance may face supervisory challenge, remediation costs, and potential findings that their current procedures, permissions, or disclosures are misaligned with ESMA’s expectations.
Financial products and services shape some of the most important decisions we all make – from saving and borrowing, to protecting ourselves and our families when things go wrong.Consumer needs vary widely, and there’s no such thing as a standard consumer. Our Financial Lives data shows a huge spread of needs…
AI Analysis
The FCA blog “Why getting product design right really matters to consumers” is a supervisory communication reinforcing how firms must design, monitor and distribute products under the Consumer Duty, with a particular focus on product governance, target markets, and ongoing outcomes monitoring. It matters for compliance teams because it sets out FCA expectations beyond the black‑letter rules, highlighting good and poor practices that will inform future supervision, interventions, and potential enforcement.
Key dates
31 July 2023
– Consumer Duty (Principle 12 and PRIN 2A) applies to all new and existing in‑scope products and services open to new business for retail customers
31 July 2024
– Consumer Duty applies to closed products and services (legacy books), extending the expectations on product design, monitoring and fair value to those products
Suggested considerations
Review and update product governance frameworks to ensure they explicitly incorporate Consumer Duty outcomes, including structured consideration of customer needs, characteristics and objectives at every stage of product design and lifecycle.
Define and document granular target markets for each retail product and service, clearly articulating which customer segments the product is designed for, and excluding groups for whom the product could cause foreseeable harm.
Map products and services against vulnerable‑customer characteristics and update design, features, pricing and servicing models to mitigate risks and support good outcomes for vulnerable groups.
Implement or enhance processes to collect comprehensive management information on consumer outcomes (complaints, customer feedback, usage patterns, lapse and cancellation data, arrears and forbearance metrics) for each product.
Establish governance mechanisms to ensure that insights from monitoring and MI lead to timely, documented actions to improve products, pricing, communications or customer journeys where emerging risks or poor outcomes are identified.
What changed
- FCA reinforces that product design must be explicitly based on evidenced consumer needs, characteristics and behaviours, rather than generic assumptions or internal commercial priorities.
Firms are expected to define target markets at a granular level, avoiding broad or generic categories that mask differing needs or risks (especially for vulnerable customers).
Product governance must be embedded into business‑as‑usual decision‑making with clear ownership, challenge and accountability, not treated as a one‑off Consumer Duty implementation project.
Manufacturers and distributors must maintain robust, ongoing monitoring of consumer outcomes using a wide range of management information, including complaints, usage patterns, early cancellations...
There must be a clear, demonstrable link between monitoring and remedial action; collecting data without acting on emerging risks is characterised as weak practice.
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with these product‑design and governance expectations under Consumer Duty exposes firms to significant supervisory challenge, enforcement risk, potential redress exercises and reputational damage. FCA is signalling that weak product governance and failure to act on outcomes data will be treated as systemic conduct failings rather than isolated issues.
PS17/26 confirms the Bank of England’s and PRA’s final **fees and levies rates for 2026/27**, including a 3% overall increase in the Bank’s core levies (within CPI) but a small **reduction** in the PRA levy and a clarified mechanism for the “Cost of Transition” away from the legacy Cash Ratio Deposit (CRD) model.
For compliance and finance teams in PRA‑regulated firms, this directly affects **prudential fee budgets, cost allocation models, and forecasting**, and requires understanding of the new transition adjustment that can materially change the Bank of England Levy as interest rates move.
Key dates
March 2024
– Legacy Cash Ratio Deposit (CRD) non‑interest‑bearing balances are converted into remunerated central bank reserves and the corresponding gilts portfolio is transferred to the Bank’s Banking Department, triggering the start of the Cost of Transition mechanism
17 April 2026
– PRA publishes CP7/26 “Regulated fees and levies: Rates proposals 2026/27”, consulting on draft fee rates, AFR and TFR for the 2026/27 fee year
15 May 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for firms to submit consultation responses on CP7/26 to the PRA
Early July 2026
– PRA publishes PS17/26 setting the final regulated fees and levies, including final 2026/27 PRA Levy, FMI Levy, Bank of England Levy amounts, and the application of the Cost of Transition mechanism for the 2026/27 fee year
From July 2026
– FCA/PRA joint invoicing cycle for 2026/27 periodic fees and levies begins; firms start to receive invoices incorporating the PRA Levy, Bank of England Levy, FMI Levy, and related statutory levies for the 2026/27 fee year
Suggested considerations
Review the PS17/26 final numbers and tables to identify your firm’s applicable PRA fee‑block(s), the applicable Bank of England Levy and FMI Levy components, and quantify the 2026/27 impact relative to 2025/26.
Update internal regulatory fee and levy forecasts, budgets, and accrual models to incorporate the 3% increase in core Bank levies, the 1% reduction in the PRA Levy, and any firm‑specific changes driven by business volumes or fee‑block allocations.
For treasury and finance teams, model the Cost of Transition by stress‑testing scenarios where Bank Rate is above or below the legacy CRD gilt return, to understand potential upward or downward adjustments to the Bank of England Levy and reflect this in multi‑year financial planning.
Ensure that board and relevant governance committees (e.g. Audit Committee, Risk Committee) are briefed on the 2026/27 levy changes, including the Cost of Transition mechanism, and that any material budget variances versus prior plans are explained and approved.
For firms previously affected by the CRD scheme, update internal regulatory funding documentation and policies to remove references to CRD funding and to describe the new levy‑based and Cost of Transition arrangements, ensuring consistency with PS17/26 and the 2024 Bank of England Levy Framework.
What changed
- The Bank’s core levies (Bank of England Levy, PRA Levy, FMI Levy, and other core levies) are constrained to grow by no more than CPI in 2026/27, with the Bank’s operating costs and associated core...
Within this 3% cap, the Bank of England Levy (operational policy cost component) is budgeted to increase from £328 million (2025/26 budget) to £353 million in 2026/27, an 8% year‑on‑year rise driven...
The PRA Levy is set to decrease slightly from £350 million (2025/26) to £345 million in 2026/27, a 1% reduction reflecting the PRA’s lower overall Total Funding Requirement and a different investment...
The FMI Levy is budgeted to increase from £17 million (2025/26 budget) to £18 million in 2026/27, representing a 3% rise in costs for financial market infrastructure supervision.
Overall, the Bank’s core levies (Bank of England Levy, PRA Levy, FMI Levy) are forecast to move from £695 million (2025/26 budget) to £715 million in 2026/27, a £20 million (3%) increase within the...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with PRA and Bank of England fee and levy obligations, including late or non‑payment, can result in surcharges, debt collection, restrictions on permissions, and potentially enforcement action, with reputational and prudential supervision consequences.
Federal Reserve Board requests comment on a proposal to amend its requirements for banks to maintain anti-money laundering programs
AI Analysis
The Federal Reserve Board issued a consultation on July 7, 2026 proposing to amend its bank AML program requirements so they align with similar changes proposed by four other agencies. The proposal matters because it would push banks toward a more explicit risk-based AML/CFT framework, require FinCEN priorities to be built into risk assessments, and signal that supervision will focus on significant failures to implement an AML program rather than the mere existence of a program.
Key dates
2026-07-07
Federal Reserve Board issued the request for comment on the proposed AML program amendments
2026-09-05 Deadline
Indicative comment deadline if the proposal is published in the Federal Register on July 7, 2026; the Federal Reserve states comments are due 60 days after Federal Register publication
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current AML/CFT program governance against the proposed minimum program components, including risk-based controls, independent testing, training, and designated accountable oversight.
Firms may wish to map their current risk assessment methodology to the FinCEN AML priorities referenced in the proposal and identify any gaps in documentation or calibration.
Banks may wish to assess whether resources are demonstrably weighted toward higher-risk customers, products, services, and activities, since the proposal emphasizes risk-based allocation.
Compliance functions may wish to track the Federal Register publication date closely so the 60-day comment clock can be calculated once the notice is published.
Commenting stakeholders may wish to compare the Federal Reserve proposal with the parallel proposals from the other agencies to identify alignment issues or operational inconsistencies.
What changed
The proposal would amend the Federal Reserve's requirements for banks to maintain anti-money laundering programs to align with parallel proposals from four other agencies. It would require banks to allocate AML resources based on risk, with greater attention to higher-risk customers and activities. It would also require banks to incorporate the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network's AML priorities into their risk assessment processes.
Compliance impact
The regulatory impact is material because the Federal Reserve is proposing to tighten how banks evidence an effective AML/CFT program and how examiners will evaluate implementation. The Board indicates that supervision and enforcement will concentrate on significant implementation failures, which raises the stakes for documentation, governance, and demonstrable risk-based resourcing.
Inform insurers on the issuance of Consultation Paper on Proposed Framework for Protected Cell Companies in Singapore.
AI Analysis
MAS has launched Consultation Paper P013-2026 on a **Proposed Framework for Protected Cell Companies (PCCs)** in Singapore, with a consultation window from 07 July 2026 to 07 August 2026. The proposals would introduce a new corporatestructure for MAS-licensed insurance-related entities (including captives, ILS vehicles and sovereign risk pools) that enables statutory segregation of assets and liabilities by cell, materially affecting structuring, risk‑transfer and prudential oversight for insurance groups.
Key dates
07 July 2026
- MAS publishes Circular ID 08/26 and Consultation Paper P013-2026 on the Proposed Framework for Protected Cell Companies in Singapore, opening the consultation
07 August 2026
- Closing date for submissions to MAS on the PCC consultation paper
Suggested considerations
Review the MAS Consultation Paper P013-2026 in detail and map proposed PCC requirements against your current and planned captive, reinsurance, ILS and sovereign risk pool structures.
Conduct an internal impact assessment on how PCC introduction would affect corporate structuring, capital allocation, risk management, and policyholder/investor protections within your group.
Identify potential use cases for PCCs (e.g. multi‑cell captives, collateralised reinsurance platforms, ILS issuance vehicles, sovereign risk pools) and assess legal, tax, accounting and regulatory implications for each use case.
Engage legal, compliance, actuarial and treasury functions to develop a coordinated response to MAS addressing prudential treatment, segregation mechanics, governance expectations and disclosure considerations for PCCs.
Prepare and submit detailed consultation feedback to MAS by 07 August 2026, including any requested clarifications, suggested safeguards, or recommended scope limitations or expansions for PCC usage.
What changed
- MAS proposes introducing a Protected Cell Company (PCC) as a new corporate structure comprising a single legal entity with assets and liabilities statutorily segregated into distinct cells within...
The PCC structure is intended to be available only to MAS-licensed entities engaged in captive insurance, insurance‑linked securities (ILS) and sovereign risk pooling activities, not generally to all...
Each PCC will have a core and multiple cells, with ring‑fencing of assets and liabilities such that creditors of one cell should not have recourse to assets of other cells or the core, subject to...
The framework is positioned to enable multiple risk issuances and programs within one vehicle, improving cost and operational efficiency compared with establishing multiple standalone insurers or...
MAS signals that the PCC framework will complement existing special purpose reinsurance and alternative risk‑transfer structures, and is conceptually aligned with Singapore’s broader approach to...
Compliance impact
Non‑engagement with the consultation could result in a PCC framework that does not adequately reflect your business model, potentially creating future compliance burden or limiting structuring options. Once final rules are issued, failure to align PCC usage with MAS requirements could lead to supervisory intervention, restrictions on business lines, or enforcement action for governance, prudential or conduct shortcomings.
ESMA publishes preliminary findings on the Active Account Requirement and the first Annual Report of the Joint Monitoring Mechanism 06 July 2026 CCP The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has today published the Interim Report of the Effectiveness of…
AI Analysis
ESMA’s interim report on the EMIR 3 Active Account Requirement (AAR) and the first Annual Report of the Joint Monitoring Mechanism (JMM) confirm that the AAR is operational, materially impacting EU clearing behaviour and beginning to shift activity from Tier 2 (third‑country) CCPs to EU CCPs. For compliance teams, this marks a move from regime design to supervisory assessment: firms subject to AAR must now assume their notifications, clearing patterns, and reporting will be benchmarked against ESMA’s evolving effectiveness methodology and cross‑sectoral monitoring of EU clearing risks.
Key dates
24 December 2024
– EMIR 3 enters into force, establishing the legal basis for the Active Account Requirement and related RTS framework
2025 (full year)
– First year of operation of the Joint Monitoring Mechanism, covering monitoring of AAR implementation and broader EU clearing landscape developments, as described in the JMM’s first Annual Report
25 June 2025 Deadline
– Active Account Requirement becomes applicable, starting the reference period for AAR compliance and reporting and triggering obligations to maintain an active account at an EU CCP for specified derivatives
February 2026 (as of)
– Approximately 500 entities have notified ESMA and national competent authorities that they are subject to the AAR, marking a key supervisory data‑collection milestone
26 February 2026 Deadline
– Regulatory Technical Standards specifying detailed AAR conditions, including operational obligations, stress‑testing, activity and reporting requirements, enter into force, operationalising how the AAR must be met in practice
Suggested considerations
Confirm whether your entity (and any funds or branches) is subject to the Active Account Requirement by assessing EMIR clearing obligation status and relevant notional clearing volumes against EMIR 3 thresholds for AAR‑scope derivatives.
Implement and document annual stress‑testing of the active account arrangements, including at least one test per year, to evidence that positions and new trades can be shifted from Tier 2 CCPs to EU CCPs under stress scenarios.
Map and quantify exposures to Tier 2 CCPs across AAR‑relevant derivatives, and establish an internal monitoring framework to track shifts in clearing volumes between Tier 2 CCPs and EU CCPs in line with AAR objectives.
Align trade booking, clearing workflows, and client documentation so that the required minimum number of trades per relevant subcategory and contract class can be cleared through the EU active account on an annual average basis, taking into account representativeness requirements where applicable.
Prepare to submit the first AAR report by 31 July 2026, ensuring that systems and controls can capture and report activity from 25 June 2025 to 30 June 2026 in accordance with ESMA’s reporting templates and instructions.
What changed
- ESMA has published an Interim Report on the effectiveness of the Active Account Requirement, covering implementation and market impact during 2025 and early 2026, and explicitly framing this as the...
ESMA confirms that roughly 500 entities have formally notified ESMA and national competent authorities that they are subject to the AAR, indicating that competent authorities now have a defined...
Notified entities represent more than 90% of notional outstanding held by EU entities in relevant AAR‑scope derivatives, signalling supervisory focus on a concentrated set of high‑exposure...
ESMA identifies early signs of increased clearing activity at EU CCPs, particularly among smaller entities, including some full relocation of positions from Tier 2 CCPs to EU CCPs for AAR‑relevant...
ESMA notes a gradual but limited shift in market shares from systemically important Tier 2 CCPs to EU CCPs in certain AAR‑related products, indicating that supervisors will monitor market‑share...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the AAR and associated reporting and operational requirements raises significant supervisory and financial stability concerns, with a high risk of regulatory intervention, enforcement, and potential restrictions on clearing arrangements, especially for firms with large exposures to Tier 2 CCPs. Given ESMA’s explicit focus on effectiveness and systemic risk channels, persistent weaknesses in AAR implementation may also affect prudential assessments, stress‑testing outcomes, and broader supervisory views of CCP and clearing‑member risk management.
ESMA has launched a public consultation (via CSSF notification) on its technical advice to the European Commission for simplifying the EU Taxonomy disclosure framework, focusing on selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act and reducing reporting burdens. This matters for compliance teams because it is the first formal step in the review of Article 8 Taxonomy disclosure KPIs that will likely change how financial and non‑financial undertakings calculate and disclose Taxonomy‑related indicators from around Q3 2027.
Key dates
01 July 2026
- ESMA launches its public consultation on simplifying the EU Taxonomy disclosure framework and technical advice on selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act
22 July 2026
- ESMA holds a public hearing to present its proposals and engage with stakeholders on the consultation
12 August 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholders to submit responses to ESMA’s consultation on Taxonomy disclosure simplification
By October 2026
- ESMA (and other ESAs) are expected to deliver final technical advice on the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act KPIs to the European Commission
Q1 2027
- Target date for the European Commission to complete its review of the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act based on ESAs’ advice
Suggested considerations
Conduct an internal impact assessment of current Taxonomy Article 8 KPI calculation and reporting processes, focusing on OpEx, Commissions and Fees, Trading Book, and Underwriting KPIs, to identify pain points and simplification priorities.
Prepare and submit a response to ESMA’s consultation by 12 August 2026, either directly or via industry associations, articulating specific operational, data, and system challenges and concrete proposals for simplification.
Register for and attend ESMA’s public hearing on 22 July 2026 to understand the detailed proposals, ask clarifying questions, and align internal positions ahead of submission.
Coordinate with regulatory affairs, sustainability, risk, and finance functions to develop a unified institutional position on the desired design of revised KPIs and group‑level reporting under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act.
Map dependencies between Taxonomy Article 8 data and other ESG reporting (including SFDR product disclosures and CSRD/ESRS reporting) to anticipate how changes to KPIs may affect cross‑framework consistency and data architecture.
What changed
- ESMA is consulting on technical advice to the European Commission specifically targeting selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act (Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation), including...
The stated policy objective is simplification of the EU Taxonomy disclosure framework while preserving decision‑useful information for investors and supervisors.
ESMA aims to reduce reporting burdens for market participants, notably corporates and financial institutions subject to Taxonomy Article 8 disclosures.
The consultation covers selected KPIs under the Taxonomy Disclosures Delegated Act, with the European Commission having requested focused advice on: OpEx KPI of non‑financial firms; Commissions and...
ESMA is proposing more pragmatic approaches to group‑level reporting for mixed groups, including reporting at parent‑undertaking level to reduce complexity for conglomerates.
Compliance impact
In the short term, non‑participation in the consultation does not create direct non‑compliance risk but may leave firms exposed to a revised framework that does not reflect their operational realities. In the medium term (Q3 2027 onward), failure to implement the revised Taxonomy KPIs and disclosure rules will create material regulatory, supervisory, and reputational risk, given the central role of Taxonomy data in EU sustainable finance and investor disclosures.
FATF has launched a public consultation, flagged by the CSSF, on new **guidance for implementing the revised FATF Recommendation 16 (“travel rule”)**, with the objective of significantly increasing payment transparency by 2030. This consultation will shape how jurisdictions and supervisors (including Luxembourg/CSSF) expect payment and virtual asset flows to carry and use originator/beneficiary data, so compliance teams should treat this as an early signal of future mandatory AML/CTF requirements for both fiat and virtual asset transfers.
Key dates
18 June 2025
- FATF adopts modifications to Recommendation 16 to enhance payment transparency, including strengthened travel‑rule standards
24 June 2026
- FATF launches public consultation on guidance for the implementation of the updated Recommendation 16
21 August 2026 Deadline
- FATF public consultation period closes; this is the deadline for private‑sector contributions highlighted by the CSSF
End 2030
- FATF’s revised Recommendation 16 framework is expected to be fully effective, with jurisdictions having implemented the standard into national law or regulation by this date
Suggested considerations
Map and document all existing and planned cross‑border payment and value‑transfer flows (including virtual asset transfers) to identify where FATF Recommendation 16 and travel‑rule obligations currently apply or will apply by 2030.
Review the June 2025 FATF modifications to Recommendation 16 and the current consultation materials, and perform a gap analysis against your existing AML/CTF, KYC and payments data standards, including thresholds, data fields, and monitoring use‑cases.
Establish an internal project for travel‑rule implementation and enhancement that spans AML, operations, technology, legal and data‑protection teams, with explicit ownership and governance.
Strengthen beneficiary‑side transaction‑monitoring rules to use incoming travel‑rule data for sanctions, fraud and AML detection, including controls to identify misdirected or unusual payments based on name, location, and other attributes.
Review and, where necessary, update customer due diligence and KYC procedures to ensure the availability and verification of data fields that will be required to travel with transactions (for example, address, town and country, identification numbers, date of birth).
What changed
*(Based on the CSSF notice plus the 2025 FATF revisions to Recommendation 16 and existing travel‑rule standards; details may be further refined by the new guidance now under consultation.)*
FATF is issuing implementation guidance for the updated Recommendation 16, which already increased obligations regarding payment transparency, including more granular beneficiary data and expanded...
Cross‑border payments and value transfers above 1,000 USD/EUR are expected to include additional mandatory beneficiary information, such as beneficiary name, account or unique reference, and at least...
Beneficiary institutions are given enhanced responsibilities to use travel‑rule information (not just receive it) for transaction monitoring, including detecting misdirected payments and indicators...
The revised travel rule continues to apply to both traditional wire transfers and value transfers involving virtual assets, reinforcing that Virtual Asset Service Providers (VASPs) must collect,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the revised travel‑rule expectations will materially increase the risk of supervisory criticism, enforcement action, and restrictions on cross‑border business, especially in higher‑risk client segments and payment corridors. Failure to implement adequate data‑collection and monitoring capabilities may also compromise sanctions and AML controls, leading to heightened legal, financial and reputational exposure.
The CFTC has proposed amendments to Parts 15, 16, and 17 to establish a new reporting regime for certain covered event contracts, including a new **§16.03 “Covered Event Contracts”** provision. If adopted, the rule would require relevant market participants to report these contracts under the Parts 15 through 18 framework rather than under selected reporting provisions in Parts 38, 39, 43, and 45, making this a material compliance redesign for firms active in event contracts.
Key dates
2017
- Staff no-action letters began providing the interim reporting approach for certain fully collateralized event contracts
TBD (est. late 2026)
- The proposal will proceed through the public-comment process and could later be finalized, subject to Commission action
13 May 2026
- CFTC staff issued a no-action letter regarding swap data reporting and recordkeeping for event contracts, reinforcing the temporary relief framework
25 June 2026
- The CFTC published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking public comment on amendments to Parts 15, 16, and 17
Suggested considerations
Firms that list, clear, intermediate, or report covered event contracts should inventory all event-contract products and map each product to the current reporting regime and the proposed Parts 15 through 18 framework.
Compliance teams should identify all reporting fields, systems, and workflows currently relying on Parts 38, 39, 43, or 45 for event-contract reporting and assess whether those processes would need redesign.
FCMs, clearing members, and foreign brokers should review their data governance and source-of-truth controls to ensure they can produce the reporting elements required under §16.00, §16.01, Part 17, and Part 18 if the proposal is adopted.
Firms should track the public-comment process and prepare comments if the proposed framework creates operational gaps, duplicated reporting, or ambiguities in product scope.
Market participants should review reliance on existing no-action letters and prepare contingency plans for a transition from interim relief to a codified rule.
What changed
- The CFTC proposes an alternate reporting framework for certain fully collateralized event contracts, replacing reliance on certain reporting provisions in Parts 38, 39, 43, and 45 with reporting...
The proposal would amend Part 15, Part 16, and Part 17 of the CFTC’s regulations.
The proposal would add a new §16.03 titled “Covered Event Contracts” to Part 16.
The proposal would require reporting pursuant to §16.00, §16.01, Part 17, and Part 18 for covered event contracts.
The proposal would apply to reporting by certain reporting markets, futures commission merchants, clearing members, and foreign brokers.
Compliance impact
The compliance impact is moderate to high because the proposal could require firms to re-engineer reporting architecture, amend procedures, and retest controls for event-contract data submission. Non-compliance after final adoption could expose firms to CFTC supervisory findings, reporting deficiencies, and possible enforcement risk if required data are not reported correctly or on time.
Today marks a major milestone in the modernisation of the UK's payments landscape, with the Retail Payments Infrastructure Board (RPIB) launching a consultation on the future design of the UK's next-generation retail payments infrastructure.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England‑chaired Retail Payments Infrastructure Board (RPIB) has launched a formal consultation on the **design of the next‑generation UK retail payments infrastructure**, with responses due by 11 September 2026. This is a strategic, upstream change that will reshape core retail interbank rails (Faster Payments, Bacs, cheques) to support account‑to‑account point‑of‑sale payments, enhanced cross‑border functionality and a multi‑money ecosystem, creating significant medium‑term impacts for payment firms’ technology, access models, fraud controls and operational resilience.
Key dates
15 July 2025
– Payments Vision Delivery Committee agrees the new public‑private model to deliver the next‑generation UK retail payments infrastructure under the National Payments Vision
Late 2026
– HM Treasury and the Bank of England are expected to publish conclusions on whether, and in what form, to proceed with a digital pound, which will influence infrastructure design and multi‑money functionality (date inferred as “later this year”)
25 June 2026
– Retail Payments Infrastructure Board consultation on the design of the future UK retail payments infrastructure is launched
11 September 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for stakeholders to submit responses to the RPIB consultation on the next‑generation retail payments infrastructure
Suggested considerations
Identify internal stakeholders (payments product, technology, operations, legal, compliance, risk) and establish a formal project to coordinate your firm’s response to the RPIB consultation.
Perform a gap analysis of your firm’s current use of Faster Payments, Bacs and cheque imaging, focusing on account‑to‑account capabilities, cross‑border flows, fraud and financial crime controls, customer authentication and operational resilience.
Map and document key payment journeys relevant to your firm (e.g. point‑of‑sale account‑to‑account payments, bill payments, peer‑to‑peer transfers, ecommerce, cross‑border transactions) to enable substantive feedback on user needs and design priorities.
Assess your firm’s strategic interest in account‑to‑account payments at the point of sale and enhanced cross‑border services, and identify functional requirements (APIs, messaging, reconciliation, chargeback‑like protections) that should be reflected in the consultation response.
Review emerging regulatory publications under the National Payments Vision and Payments Forward Plan to ensure your consultation input aligns with expected regulatory outcomes on access, competition, resilience and innovation.
What changed
- The RPIB has opened a consultation to develop a high‑level “blueprint” for the future UK retail payments infrastructure, which will underpin the National Payments Vision and inform the design to be...
The consultation scope explicitly covers payment journeys, key design choices and priorities for the next‑generation infrastructure, rather than setting immediate prescriptive rules for firms.
The next‑generation infrastructure is intended to support new payment methods, including account‑to‑account payments at the point of sale (in‑store and online) as a complement to card payments, and...
Existing retail interbank payment systems (Faster Payments, Bacs, Image Clearing System) operated by Pay.UK will continue to run safely and resiliently during the transition, implying a multi‑year...
The new infrastructure is being designed to support a multi‑money ecosystem, including existing commercial bank money and emerging forms of digital money (e‑money, tokenised deposits, systemic...
Compliance impact
Non‑participation or limited engagement in this consultation increases the risk that future mandatory infrastructure changes will be misaligned with your business model, creating costly remediation, migration risks and potential non‑compliance with future access, resilience and fraud‑control obligations. In the medium term, failure to adapt systems, controls and governance to align with the redesigned infrastructure and National Payments Vision outcomes could threaten your ability to access core payment systems and maintain regulatory permissions.
The SFC has concluded its consultation and confirmed it will **implement an investor identification regime for Hong Kong’s exchange‑traded derivatives market (HKIDR‑DM)**, mirroring the existing HKIDR-S regime for the securities market. The regime will require derivatives brokers and proprietary traders to submit client identity data for on‑exchange futures and options orders into a central repository from **Q2 2028**, creating significant new data, systems, and privacy compliance obligations.
Key dates
22 September 2025
- SFC consultation on HKIDR‑DM published (page last updated on this date)
22 December 2025
- End of three‑month consultation period; last date for submissions to SFC on HKIDR‑DM proposals
Q2 2028
- Target implementation of HKIDR‑DM, concurrent with HKEX’s launch of the Orion Derivatives Platform, subject to completion of system testing and market rehearsals
Suggested considerations
Conduct a gap analysis comparing existing HKIDR‑S securities processes with expected HKIDR‑DM derivatives requirements, covering data fields, identifiers, and order tagging for futures and options.
Identify all business lines and systems that submit or route HKFE on‑exchange futures, options and stock options orders, and map required integration points with the HKIDR‑DM centralised data repository.
Design and implement or adapt a client identification and coding framework (e.g. investor IDs or broker‑to‑client numbers) for derivatives clients, ensuring consistency across securities and derivatives where clients trade both.
Review and update client onboarding, KYC and data collection forms to ensure capture of all identity information required under HKIDR‑DM, including for existing derivatives clients.
Develop and implement data protection and privacy controls to manage personal data submitted under HKIDR‑DM, including access controls, retention policies, and compliance with Hong Kong’s Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance.
What changed
- The SFC will implement the Hong Kong Investor Identification Regime for the Derivatives Market (HKIDR‑DM), extending investor ID requirements from securities (HKIDR‑S) to exchange‑traded...
HKIDR‑DM will apply to on‑exchange orders for futures contracts, options contracts and stock options executed through the trading system of Hong Kong Futures Exchange Limited (HKFE).
Licensed corporations and registered institutions which offer brokerage services or conduct proprietary trading in HKFE‑traded derivatives will be required to submit clients’ names and identity...
The operational model of HKIDR‑DM will be similar to HKIDR‑S, implying the use of unique client identifiers and order‑level tagging across trading, middle office and reporting systems.
Implementation of HKIDR‑DM is targeted for the second quarter of 2028, subject to successful completion of system testing and market rehearsals.
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with HKIDR‑DM is likely to result in an inability to submit derivatives orders to HKFE, regulatory breaches of SFC conduct requirements, and potential enforcement action, including fines and licence implications. The impact is therefore high for any firm active in Hong Kong’s exchange‑traded derivatives market, requiring multi‑year planning and investment in systems and controls.
The FCA has set out plans to drive greater consistency of standards in self-invested pensions (SIPPs), while maintaining the flexibility and broad investment choice they offer. Most SIPP providers are already doing the right thing and providing a good service to their customers. However, the FCA has historically found…
The Central Bank of Ireland has today launched a public consultation seeking views on its approach to Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) and on its approach to consultation with stakeholders. The consultation forms part of the Central Bank’s ongoing work to deliver a more effective and efficient regulatory framework…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) has launched a public consultation (closing 30 September 2026) on its **Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) framework** and on how it consults with stakeholders, as part of its wider programme to make Irish financial regulation more effective, efficient, and proportionate. For compliance teams, this is a key opportunity and a warning: the way the CBI designs, justifies, consults on, and reviews future rules will be formalised and made more evidence‑based, which will directly affect the cost, complexity, and predictability of future regulatory change across all sectors.
Key dates
10 December 2025
– CBI publishes its roadmap “Regulating & Supervising Well – a more effective and efficient framework”, committing to a public consultation on a new Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) Framework in H1 2026 and outlining a multi‑year programme of regulatory and supervisory reforms from H1 2026 to H1 2028
22 June 2026
– CBI launches the public consultation on its approach to RIA and stakeholder consultation, alongside references to its new supervisory approach and roadmap of regulatory initiatives
H1 2026
– Target window identified in the roadmap for the public consultation on the new RIA Framework; this is now operationalised by the consultation launched on 22 June 2026
TBD (post‑30 September 2026)
– CBI will consider all submissions and publish a feedback statement setting out its finalised approach to RIA and consultation, which will then guide the design of future regulatory initiatives
H2 2026
– Roadmap foresees drafting of revised Corporate Governance Codes for consultation, which are likely to be shaped by, and potentially used to pilot, the new RIA framework and consultation approach once finalised
Suggested considerations
Conduct an internal review of your firm’s experience with recent CBI consultations (e.g. Consumer Protection Code, governance, outsourcing, AML, reporting) and document challenges, costs, and data gaps that could be addressed through a more robust RIA and consultation framework.
Prepare and submit a response to the CBI consultation by 30 September 2026, either directly or via relevant industry associations, setting out detailed expectations on how RIA should address compliance costs, operational impacts, proportionality for smaller firms, and implementation lead times.
Update your regulatory affairs or public policy strategy to explicitly incorporate the emerging CBI RIA framework, including criteria for when to engage, escalation thresholds for high‑impact proposals, and internal approval processes for consultation submissions.
For Irish‑authorised groups operating cross‑border, align your approach to CBI RIA engagement with EU‑level impact assessment practices (e.g. European Commission and ESAs) to ensure consistency in messaging and evidence on cumulative regulatory burden and competitiveness.
Monitor subsequent CBI publications (including the forthcoming feedback statement, revised Corporate Governance Codes, and sectoral plans) to identify where the new RIA framework is being applied and to anticipate where the CBI may seek additional data or structured feedback from firms.
What changed
- The CBI has opened a public consultation on its approach to Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA), seeking views on how it should weigh evidence, assess costs and impacts, and structure its analysis...
The consultation also covers the CBI’s approach to stakeholder consultation, including how it engages with industry, civil society, consumer representatives, the public, policymakers, and peer...
The initiative sits within the CBI’s broader “more effective and efficient regulatory framework” programme, which includes a new supervisory approach and a roadmap of regulatory initiatives,...
The CBI aims to make regulation clear, coherent and proportionate, explicitly linking rule‑making to protections for consumers, investors, and financial stability, and to the resilience of the...
The CBI is moving towards a more structured, transparent, and evidence‑based policymaking process, where the rationale for regulatory interventions, the analysis of options, and the assessment of...
Compliance impact
In the short term, the consultation does not impose new binding obligations but shapes the procedural framework for all future CBI rule‑making, making early engagement strategically important for managing long‑term compliance cost and regulatory uncertainty. Over the medium term, once the RIA and consultation frameworks are finalised, firms that fail to engage effectively in consultations may find themselves facing more onerous or misaligned requirements with limited scope for later challenge or adjustment.
The Bank of England has today published its policy statement and draft Code of Practice (rules) for systemic stablecoin issuers.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England has issued a policy statement and draft **Code of Practice** setting out the prudential and conduct framework for **sterling‑denominated systemic stablecoin issuers**, replacing earlier consultation proposals with a more business‑viable model. For compliance teams, the key changes are a revised backing‑asset composition (70% gilts / 30% BoE deposits vs the previously consulted 60%/40%) and a shift from **per‑holder limits** to a **£40 billion per‑coin issuance guardrail**, plus a clear timetable to finalise rules by end‑2026 and enable UK‑regulated systemic stablecoins from 2027.
Key dates
2024
- UK Government publishes its National Payments Vision, which provides the policy backdrop for a UK regime on digital money, including stablecoins
10 November 2025
- BoE consultation paper “Proposed regulatory regime for sterling‑denominated systemic stablecoins” is published, setting out the initial framework, including 60% cap on gilts and per‑holder limits
10 November 2025
- BoE Financial Stability Paper on “The role of holding limits for sterling‑denominated systemic stablecoins and a potential digital pound” is published, exploring the macro‑prudential rationale for quantitative limits
End of 2026
- BoE intends to finalise the Code of Practice and supporting rules for systemic sterling‑denominated stablecoins, following the consultation feedback
02 February 2026
- Sarah Breeden speech “Talking ’bout next generation” elaborates on digital money and the proposed stablecoin regime
Suggested considerations
Conduct a regulatory perimeter and recognition analysis to determine whether any issued or planned sterling‑denominated stablecoin could meet the Banking Act 2009 systemic tests and therefore fall under the BoE systemic stablecoin regime.
Review and update treasury and investment policies for stablecoin backing assets to ensure the portfolio structure can comply with the revised requirement of up to 70% short‑term UK government debt and the remainder in BoE deposits.
Perform detailed liquidity and redemption stress‑testing to evidence that central bank deposits and gilt portfolios can support prompt redemption under extreme but plausible scenarios while remaining within the £40 billion issuance guardrail.
Re‑calibrate business plans and revenue models for systemic stablecoin issuance to reflect the increased allowable share of interest‑bearing gilts, the absence of per‑holder limits, and continued constraints on paying interest to coinholders.
Design and implement governance and risk‑management frameworks that meet BoE expectations for systemic payment systems, including Board‑level oversight, risk appetite for digital money, and clear accountability for prudential and operational risks.
What changed
- The Bank of England has published a policy statement “Sterling‑denominated systemic stablecoins” (22 June 2026) and a draft Code of Practice that will constitute the primary rulebook for systemic...
The regime applies only to systemic sterling‑denominated stablecoins used for UK payments, i.e. stablecoins recognised as systemic under Banking Act 2009 tests where disruption could threaten UK...
The previous proposal that at least 40% of backing assets be unremunerated central bank deposits and up to 60% in short‑term UK government debt has been revised so that up to 70% of backing assets...
Backing assets must remain highly liquid and low‑risk, with central bank deposits used explicitly to support prompt redemption in stress, while the expanded gilt component is intended to improve the...
The BoE has dropped the earlier concept of temporary per‑holder limits (for example, £20,000 per individual and £10 million per business that were consulted on in 2025) and replaced them with a...
Compliance impact
The regime is high‑impact and prudentially stringent, and non‑compliance could result in refusal of systemic recognition, restrictions on issuance, enforcement actions under the Banking Act 2009, and forced wind‑down or restructuring of stablecoin businesses. Given the 2027 go‑live and the depth of prudential, safeguarding, and operational changes required, firms intending to issue or support systemic sterling stablecoins face a multi‑year transformation programme with material supervisory scrutiny.
The CSSF has introduced two **mandatory standardised application forms** for authorisation of UCITS **domestic mergers** under the Luxembourg Law of 17 December 2010 and **outbound cross‑border mergers** where the receiving UCITS is located in another EU Member State under Directive 2009/65/EC. From 19 June 2026, any new UCITS merger authorisation request of these types must use the new forms and be filed by email with the full supporting documentation required by the applicable UCITS merger provisions.
Key dates
19 June 2026
- CSSF communiqué published announcing the two new merger authorisation forms for UCITS domestic mergers and UCITS outbound cross‑border mergers
19 June 2026 Deadline
- **Start of mandatory use of the new forms** for all **new merger authorisation applications** filed with the CSSF; applications submitted from this date must use the new templates and be sent to amendments.uci@cssf.lu
Suggested considerations
Identify all current and planned UCITS domestic and outbound cross‑border merger projects and determine which will have CSSF authorisation requests submitted on or after 19 June 2026 so that the new forms are used.
Download and review in detail the “Application form for authorisation of a UCITS domestic merger” and “Application form for authorisation of a UCITS outbound cross‑border merger” and map each field of the forms to existing internal data sources and documents.
Update internal UCITS merger procedures and checklists to replace any existing CSSF filing templates with the new standardised forms and to include the requirement that all merger authorisation applications are submitted to amendments.uci@cssf.lu.
Train legal, product, operations and compliance staff involved in UCITS mergers on how to complete the new forms accurately, including coordination of information across the prospectus, KIIDs/KIDs, common draft merger terms, depositary statements and shareholder communications.
Review and, where necessary, update board and governance templates (board minutes, resolutions approving merger terms) to ensure they produce all information that the new forms require to be confirmed or attached.
What changed
- The CSSF has created a standardised “Application form for authorisation of a UCITS domestic merger” specifically for merger authorisation requests where both merging and receiving UCITS are...
The CSSF has created a standardised “Application form for authorisation of a UCITS outbound cross‑border merger” for mergers where the merging UCITS is Luxembourg‑authorised and the receiving UCITS...
Use of the two new forms is mandatory for all new merger authorisation applications submitted to the CSSF from 19 June 2026 onwards; legacy formats (ad‑hoc letters or bespoke templates) may no longer...
Each application form must be “duly completed” and accompanied by all documents required under the applicable UCITS merger regulations, including the common draft terms of merger, updated prospectus...
The CSSF has specified a centralised submission channel for these applications: completed forms and supporting documentation must be sent to amendments.uci@cssf.lu, aligning merger filings with the...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance (e.g. using outdated templates or submitting incomplete forms) is likely to result in the CSSF treating the file as inadmissible or incomplete, delaying merger authorisation and potentially requiring postponement of planned merger effective dates. Repeated deficiencies or failure to comply with the standardised process may also raise supervisory concerns about the firm’s governance and regulatory controls around UCITS product actions.
ESMA contributes to global CCP fire drill exercise 19 June 2026 CCP In November 2025, 38 central counterparties (‘CCPs’) from across the world, together with clearing members, conducted a coordinated fire drill exercise simulating the failure of a hypothetical common participant. Known as the CCP Global International…
AI Analysis
ESMA has announced its participation as a lead authority in the 2025 CCP Global International Default Simulation (CIDS), a coordinated multi-jurisdictional default-management “fire drill” involving 38 CCPs and their clearing members, simulating the failure of a common participant in November 2025. This is not a new binding rule but it signals heightened supervisory expectations on default management, cross-CCP coordination, porting, and operational resilience, which EU CCPs and clearing members should treat as de facto supervisory standards.
Key dates
13 November 2023
– Week-long 2023 Global CCP fire drill coordinated by ESMA and other authorities, simulating the default of a hypothetical major clearing member across more than 30 CCPs
5 December 2024
– Kick-off meeting for the second industry-led multi-CCP default simulation (CIDS 2025) organised by CCP Global in Singapore, setting parameters and expectations for the 2025 exercise
3 November 2025
– Start of the 2025 CCP Global International Default Simulation (CIDS) multi-CCP fire drill window (up to 7 November 2025 for some CCPs), simulating the failure of a hypothetical common participant
4 December 2025
– Debrief meeting in Singapore for CIDS 2025 participants to discuss operational outcomes, bottlenecks, and potential improvements
19 June 2026
– ESMA and the lead authorities publish the 2025 CIDS key findings and recommendations, outlining expectations for further progress in standardisation, porting, portal-based solutions, and potential market stress overlay modules
Suggested considerations
CCPs should review and update their default management procedures to align with emerging cross-CCP standards, including harmonised communication conventions, standardised information templates, and coordinated auction timelines.
Clearing members should conduct a cross-CCP gap analysis of their default-management playbooks to ensure they can support simultaneous auctions and calls from multiple CCPs without creating operational bottlenecks.
CCPs and clearing members should implement or upgrade portal-based communication and workflow tools for default events, replacing fragmented email- or spreadsheet-based processes where feasible.
Clearing brokers and client-clearing firms should test and, where necessary, redesign their porting arrangements (including client consent, documentation, booking models, and operational capacity) to ensure they can port positions and collateral under stressed but realistic timelines.
Risk and operations teams at CCPs and clearing members should incorporate findings from the 2023 and 2025 CIDS exercises into their internal default-management training, drills, and board reporting on operational resilience.
What changed
- Supervisory expectations are raised for standardisation and reduction of fragmentation in CCP default-management procedures and communication conventions, with a strong push toward harmonised...
Lead authorities explicitly promote greater use of portal-based solutions (rather than ad hoc email or bespoke channels) for communication, information sharing, and auction-related workflows between...
Authorities call for more realistic testing of porting arrangements, including end-to-end operational tests that reflect real-life constraints (documentation, client consent, timing of transfers, and...
The lead authorities propose considering a voluntary “market stress overlay” module in future CIDS exercises, creating a coherent cross-CCP macro stress scenario to test whether operational capacity...
ESMA confirms that global CCP fire drills are now a core component of system-wide resilience expectations, effectively embedding regular multi-CCP default simulations into ongoing supervisory...
Compliance impact
The immediate legal impact is indirect, as the publication itself does not amend EMIR or introduce binding RTS/ITS, but it clearly elevates supervisory expectations on default management, porting, and operational resilience for CCPs and clearing members. Failure to adapt to these expectations may expose firms to supervisory criticism, remediation demands, and heightened scrutiny of their default management, operational resilience, and governance frameworks.
The Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) has today published a consultation on the internal model approach to market risk (IMA), which represents the final piece of Basel 3.1’s implementation in the UK.
AI Analysis
The PRA has launched a consultation on targeted adjustments to the **Basel 3.1 internal model approach (IMA) for market risk**, confirming that IMA will still go live in the UK on 01 January 2028 while refining key aspects of profit-and-loss attribution (PLA), modellability, mixed IMA/standardised use, and operational requirements. These changes matter for compliance teams because they alter how trading book risks can qualify for IMA capital treatment, affect the transition path from standardised to IMA, and require updates to model governance, documentation, and implementation plans ahead of the Basel 3.1 go‑live dates in 2027 and 2028.
Key dates
January 2027
- All Basel 3.1 rules other than the internal model approach for market risk come into force in the UK, including the new market risk standardised approaches and trading book boundary rules
01 January 2028
- The PRA’s adjusted internal model approach for market risk (FRTB‑IMA), as refined through this consultation, comes into effect; IMA capital requirements and associated reporting and testing obligations apply from this date
Suggested considerations
Review the PRA consultation on the Basel 3.1 market risk internal model approach in detail and map each proposed change (PLA monitoring, modellability, mixed‑use treatment, operational simplifications) to current and planned IMA designs and policies.
Update the Basel 3.1 implementation roadmap for market risk to reflect that all non‑IMA Basel 3.1 rules start in January 2027, while IMA goes live on 01 January 2028, ensuring dependencies between standardised and IMA implementations are clearly sequenced.
Reassess the design, calibration, and governance of the profit and loss attribution framework to accommodate a three‑year monitoring period, including data retention, desk‑level analytics, exception management, and documentation of PRA engagement during the monitoring phase.
Perform an inventory of trading book risk factors and positions with limited trading data and assess how the PRA’s more targeted approach to non‑modellable risks will change modellability classifications, capital impacts, and desk‑level model scope.
Analyse current and planned use of mixed IMA and standardised approaches across desks to ensure that migration pathways do not inadvertently increase capital requirements and adjust transition plans, capital forecasts, and management information accordingly.
What changed
- The PRA confirms that the Basel 3.1 internal model approach for market risk (FRTB‑IMA) will be implemented in the UK on 01 January 2028, with no further delay to the already-announced date.
The PRA proposes to extend the monitoring period for the profit and loss attribution (PLA) test from one year to three years before PLA outcomes are used to drive capital consequences for IMA trading...
The PRA proposes a more targeted approach for positions with limited trading data, adjusting the identification of risks that cannot be modelled under IMA so that more positions can be treated as...
The PRA proposes to modify the treatment of positions subject to a mix of IMA and standardised approaches, to avoid scenarios where capital requirements increase mechanically as firms gradually...
The PRA proposes operational simplifications and amendments to the IMA rules to improve proportionality, including simplifications in how firms evidence modellability, run tests, and manage the...
Compliance impact
Failure to adapt Basel 3.1 IMA implementation plans to the PRA’s adjusted framework could result in higher than necessary capital requirements, delayed or refused IMA permissions, and potential supervisory findings on model risk management and governance. For firms with significant trading books, misalignment with the new IMA rules will have material prudential, profitability, and strategic implications.
The PRA has issued CP9/26, a consultation on targeted adjustments to the **Basel 3.1 market risk Internal Model Approach (IMA)** that was finalized in PS1/26. The main compliance significance is that it refines how firms can use market risk models, including capital caps, collective investment undertaking treatment, reporting/disclosure, and other operational clarifications, while preserving the PRA’s objective of robust model standards and closer international consistency.
Key dates
20 January 2026
- PS1/26 finalized the PRA’s market risk IMA rules that this consultation seeks to adjust
19 June 2026
- CP9/26 is in force as an open consultation for industry response
18 September 2026 Deadline
- Consultation responses are due to the PRA
Suggested considerations
Review the proposed IMA amendments in CP9/26 against current Basel 3.1 implementation plans and identify where trading desk, model, and capital calculations would change.
Assess whether any current or planned IMA portfolios would be affected by the proposed permission-based cap at the full ASA level.
Recalculate the implications of the proposed 90% CIU de minimis look-through threshold for portfolio classification and capital treatment.
Check whether index-tracking fund positions should be re-mapped under the proposed extension of ASA treatment to IMA.
Update reporting and disclosure implementation workstreams to reflect the PRA’s proposed alignment changes.
What changed
- The PRA is consulting on a targeted set of adjustments to the market risk IMA rules and related policy materials that were finalized in PS1/26.
The proposals include replacing the existing partial caps on IMA capital with a permission-based cap on IMA capital at the full ASA level.
The PRA proposes to adjust the treatment of collective investment undertakings (CIUs) by introducing a 90% de minimis look-through threshold for IMA inclusion.
The PRA proposes to extend the ASA treatment of index-tracking funds to IMA.
The PRA proposes to update reporting and disclosure obligations so they align with the revised IMA framework.
Compliance impact
The compliance impact is material but targeted: firms using, or planning to use, the IMA must update model governance, capital methodology, and reporting/disclosure processes to match the revised framework. Failure to adapt could lead to miscalculated market risk capital, supervisory challenge, delayed approvals, or remediation expectations if a firm relies on outdated IMA assumptions.
Sections 16 and 16b of the Dutch Audit Firms Supervision Act (Wta) ensure that Auditors occupy a central position within the audit firm, enabling them to act in the public interest. Auditors must have a decisive influence within the audit firm. Following market consultation, the Netherlands Autoriteit Financiële…
AI Analysis
The AFM published a refined interpretation of Wta Articles 16 and 16b after market consultation, saying the rules require auditors to occupy a central governance role and to have decisive influence in audit firms. The guidance matters because the AFM will assess not only formal ownership and voting structures but also whether investor rights, shareholder agreements, and approval rights undermine auditors’ real control, especially in firms with private equity or other external capital.
Key dates
03 March 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting consultation responses on the interpretation of Wta Articles 16 and 16b
15 June 2026
- AFM publishes the refined interpretation and feedback statement on Wta Articles 16 and 16b
Suggested considerations
Audit firms must review their governance model to confirm that auditors genuinely hold a central position in both management and ownership decision-making.
Audit firms must test whether their current structure gives auditors decisive influence in practice, not just on paper.
Audit firms with external capital must review shareholder agreements, voting agreements, veto rights, and reserved matters to ensure these do not override auditor control.
Audit firms must assess whether approval rights are limited to fundamental matters and do not extend to routine business control or editorial influence over audit judgments.
Compliance teams must map who actually determines day-to-day policy and who can block or steer decisions in practice.
What changed
- The AFM has refined its interpretation of Wta Articles 16 and 16b after receiving market feedback, while keeping the core principle that auditors must remain central and influential in the firm.
The AFM now expressly states that auditors must have decisive influence within the audit firm, not merely formal status or nominal voting rights.
The AFM confirms that the requirements also apply when an audit firm admits external investors, including private equity investors.
The AFM indicates that it will look at the actual exercise of control, not just the legal form, when assessing compliance with the Wta.
The AFM’s interpretation allows investor participation only so long as it does not prevent auditors from using their majority rights in practice or from acting in the public interest.
Compliance impact
The compliance impact is high because the AFM is signaling a substantive supervisory focus on whether investor-backed governance models preserve auditor independence and real control. Firms that rely on formal majority ownership without effective auditor decision-making power may face supervisory intervention, remediation demands, or pressure to restructure governance arrangements.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to rescind Rules 611 and 610(e) of Regulation NMS.“After two decades of Rule 611, it is high time that the Commission review its unintended consequences that have hindered — rather than…
AI Analysis
The SEC has proposed to **rescind Regulation NMS Rules 611 (Order Protection Rule) and 610(e) (quotations access fee cap)**, fundamentally re‑opening how U.S. equity markets handle trade‑through protection and access fee limits. For compliance teams at equity trading venues and intermediaries, this is a structural market‑microstructure change that will eventually require re‑engineering best‑execution, routing, and surveillance frameworks that are currently built around Rule 611’s trade‑through regime and Rule 610(e)’s fee cap.
Key dates
TBD (post‑comment, est. 2027 or later) Deadline
– Potential SEC adoption of a final rule rescinding Rules 611 and 610(e), including any specified effective and compliance dates
TBD (proposal publication date in Federal Register)
– SEC proposal to rescind Regulation NMS Rules 611 and 610(e) is published, starting the public comment period
TBD (typically 30–60 days after Federal Register publication)
– End of the initial public comment period on the proposal to rescind Rules 611 and 610(e)
Suggested considerations
Map all current policies, procedures, and controls that explicitly reference or rely on Rule 611 (Order Protection Rule) and Rule 610(e) (access fee caps), including best‑execution frameworks, routing policies, fee schedules, and surveillance rules.
Conduct a system inventory of smart order routing, execution algorithms, and venue connectivity logic that prevents trade‑throughs of protected quotations and enforces access‑fee caps, and identify components that would need redesign if Rules 611 and 610(e) are rescinded.
Review and, if necessary, update best‑execution policies and client disclosures to decouple best‑execution rationales from mechanical Rule 611 compliance, preparing a framework that can operate in an environment without trade‑through prohibitions or fee caps.
Enhance governance processes to monitor the SEC rulemaking, assign ownership (e.g., to a market structure working group), and prepare internal impact assessments and board‑level briefings on potential business, conduct, and conflict‑of‑interest implications of rescission.
Develop scenario analyses and playbooks describing how routing strategies, venue selection, and payment‑for‑order‑flow or other economic arrangements would be adjusted in the absence of Rule 611 and Rule 610(e).
What changed
- The SEC proposes to rescind Rule 611 of Regulation NMS (17 CFR 242.611), which currently requires trading centers to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably...
The rescission would eliminate the current requirement on trading centers to prevent executions at prices inferior to protected quotations displayed on other trading centers, subject to the present...
The SEC proposes to rescind Rule 610(e) of Regulation NMS, which currently imposes caps on access fees that trading centers may charge for the execution of quotations in NMS stocks, intended to...
The proposal would remove the regulatory framework that links protection of top‑of‑book quotations with capped access fees, allowing market forces and competition to shape routing behavior, fee...
The proposal would likely be accompanied by conforming amendments to related definitions and cross‑references in Regulation NMS that currently rely on or reference Rules 611 and 610(e).
Compliance impact
Rescission would not immediately apply until a final rule and effective date, but once effective it will require a fundamental re‑design of U.S. equity order‑routing, best‑execution, and surveillance frameworks that have been built around Regulation NMS’s order‑protection architecture. Non‑compliance with any new framework (and with ongoing best‑execution and conduct duties during and after the transition) could lead to enforcement actions, client disputes, and significant market conduct risk, even if the specific NMS provisions are removed.
The CFTC is proposing to revise its whistleblower award framework to make smaller awards more predictable by presuming a **30% award rate for claims of $5 million or less**, subject to Commission judgment. This is a significant compliance development because it aligns more closely with SEC whistleblower methodology and may encourage more whistleblower submissions tied to Commodity Exchange Act violations, increasing the need for firms to detect issues early and respond quickly.
Key dates
11 June 2026
- The CFTC published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking public comment on amendments to its whistleblower rules
TBD (30 days after Federal Register publication)
- The public comment period closes 30 days after the NPRM is published in the Federal Register
TBD (after comment review)
- The CFTC may finalize, modify, or withdraw the proposal after reviewing public comments
Suggested considerations
Review whistleblower intake, escalation, and investigation procedures to ensure the firm can identify potential CEA violations before they become external whistleblower submissions.
Update training for front office, operations, compliance, and management personnel on CFTC whistleblower protections and the increased incentive structure.
Assess whether confidentiality, reporting, and non-retaliation controls are sufficiently documented to withstand scrutiny if a whistleblower complaint arises.
Reconfirm that internal policies do not discourage employees from communicating with the CFTC or otherwise create retaliation risk.
Monitor the Federal Register publication date and decide whether the firm, trade association, or counsel should submit a comment during the open comment period.
What changed
- The CFTC proposes a 30% presumption for whistleblower awards of $5 million or less.
The presumption remains subject to Commission discretion and application of relevant regulatory factors.
The proposal is modeled on SEC Rule 21F-6(c) to further harmonize CFTC and SEC whistleblower frameworks.
The CFTC says the change is intended to improve the efficiency, transparency, and predictability of award processing.
The proposal would affect how the CFTC’s Whistleblower Office evaluates award claims under Part 165.
Compliance impact
The practical impact is moderate to high because the proposal raises the attractiveness of reporting to the CFTC and may increase the likelihood of externally originated enforcement matters. Firms that fail to maintain strong internal reporting channels, prompt investigations, and anti-retaliation safeguards face higher risk of enforcement, litigation, and reputational harm if a whistleblower report is filed.
The SEC proposed rescinding Regulation NMS Rule 611, the trade-through/order protection rule, and Rule 610(e), the locked and crossed markets prohibition, along with related definitions and conforming amendments. Commissioner Peirce supported the package as a simplification measure, and the proposal matters because it would materially change core U.S. equity market-structure obligations if adopted.
Key dates
2026-06-11
SEC issued the proposal to rescind Rules 611 and 610(e) of Regulation NMS and related conforming changes
2026-08-10 Deadline
Comment period end date if counted as 60 days from the June 17, 2026 Federal Register publication date stated in the source materials
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review any policies and procedures built around Rule 611 trade-through prevention and Rule 610(e) locked/crossed quote handling.
Firms may wish to assess whether market-structure controls, best-execution surveillance, and routing logic would need revision if the proposal is finalized.
Trading and legal teams may wish to track the Federal Register publication date to determine the 60-day comment window.
Broker-dealers and exchanges may wish to inventory downstream rulebook, system, and disclosure references to Rule 611, Rule 610(e), and related Rule 600 definitions for conforming updates.
What changed
The Commission proposed to rescind Rule 611 of Regulation NMS in its entirety, eliminating the federal trade-through prohibition for national market system stocks. It also proposed to rescind Rule 610(e) in its entirety, which would remove the federal prohibition on locked and crossed quotations in NMS stocks. In addition, the proposal would rescind related defined terms in Rule 600 and make conforming changes to other related provisions. The SEC also stated that the public comment period would remain open for 60 days after publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register.
Compliance impact
The proposal is potentially high-impact for U.S. equity market-structure compliance because it would remove two foundational Regulation NMS obligations if adopted. The SEC describes the changes as removing rules that technological advances have rendered unnecessary and as simplifying and fostering innovation in markets.
Commissioner Uyeda’s statement announces a proposed SEC rollback of core Regulation NMS protections, centered on rescinding Rule 611’s trade-through prohibition and Rule 610(e)’s locked/crossed market restrictions. The proposal matters because it would materially change how national market system stocks are quoted and executed, shifting market structure obligations away from federal price-protection rules.
Key dates
2026-06-11
SEC issued the proposed amendments to rescind Regulation NMS Rule 611 and Rule 610(e)
2026-08-17 Deadline
Public comment period closes according to contemporaneous SEC practitioner coverage of the proposal
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review whether routing, best-execution, and market access controls rely on the continued operation of Rule 611 protected quotation logic.
Firms may wish to assess whether any surveillance, OMS/EMS configuration, or venue selection logic should be updated if trade-through and locked/crossed market protections are rescinded.
Market participants may wish to monitor the SEC comment process and any conforming amendments that could affect execution quality metrics, routing obligations, and exchange rulebooks.
What changed
The SEC proposes to rescind Rule 611 of Regulation NMS, which currently prohibits trade-throughs in national market system stocks. It also proposes to rescind Rule 610(e), which restricts locking and crossing quotations in national market system stocks. The proposal would additionally remove related defined terms in Rule 600 and make conforming changes to related provisions.
Compliance impact
The SEC describes this as a significant restructuring of Regulation NMS that would remove core federal protections against trade-throughs and locked/crossed quotations. For firms active in U.S. equities, the practical impact would likely be broad, because routing, execution oversight, and venue behavior would no longer be governed by those specific Rule 611 and Rule 610(e) constraints.
The CFTC has issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to amend Regulation 40.11 and add Appendix F to Part 40 to create a **structured, time‑bound framework** for reviewing event contracts that may involve the activities enumerated in CEA Section 5c(c)(5)(C) (terrorism, assassination, war, gaming, or unlawful conduct). This proposal matters because it will formalize how the CFTC determines whether such event contracts are **contrary to the public interest** and therefore cannot be listed or cleared by CFTC‑registered entities, with particular consequences for prediction markets and sports, political, and other “gaming” event contracts.
Key dates
10 June 2024
– Earlier CFTC NPRM on event contracts was published in the Federal Register as “Event Contracts; Proposed Rule, 89 FR 48968,” later withdrawn on 06 February 2026; the new NPRM effectively replaces that initiative with a more targeted framework
06 February 2026
– CFTC formally withdrew the 2024 Event Contracts proposed regulatory action (91 FR 5386), clearing the path for the current, more targeted NPRM on enumerated activities
12 March 2026
– CFTC issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) on prediction markets and a staff advisory to DCMs, launching a broader process to develop a tailored regulatory framework for prediction markets
30 April 2026 Deadline
– Comment deadline for the March 2026 prediction‑markets ANPRM, which this NPRM is described as addressing in part and which may lead to additional rulemaking
10 June 2026
– CFTC announces the new NPRM on amendments to Regulation 40.11 and addition of Appendix F to Part 40 regarding event contracts involving enumerated activities
Suggested considerations
Map and inventory all existing and planned event contracts listed or cleared through CFTC‑registered entities to identify those that may “involve” terrorism, assassination, war, gaming, or conduct unlawful under federal or state law.
Conduct a legal analysis of how the proposed definitions of “involve” and “gaming” would apply to your current product set, particularly sports, political, entertainment, and other contest‑based contracts, and document the rationale.
Review and update internal product‑approval and new‑contract listing procedures to incorporate the proposed 90‑day CFTC review process, including timelines, documentation standards, and decision gates tied to Section 5c(c)(5)(C).
Develop or update written policies and controls to ensure that contracts potentially involving enumerated activities are escalated for legal, compliance, and regulatory‑affairs review before submission to the CFTC.
For DCMs and SEFs, enhance product‑submission templates to clearly address the proposed Appendix F public‑interest factors, including description of the underlying event, potential for unlawful activity, market integrity risks, and consumer‑protection considerations.
What changed
- The NPRM would amend CFTC Regulation 40.11 to embed a formal analytical framework for assessing whether an event contract involves an activity enumerated in CEA Section 5c(c)(5)(C) and, if so,...
The NPRM would add Appendix F to Part 40 to set out the factors, tests, and procedural steps the Commission will apply when reviewing specific event contracts referencing enumerated activities.
The proposal would define key statutory terms, including at minimum “involve” and “gaming,” to clarify when an event contract is considered to touch an enumerated activity under CEA Section...
The NPRM would establish a 90‑day review process for the Commission to evaluate event contracts that may implicate enumerated activities, including procedural protections such as notice, opportunity...
The proposed framework would codify public‑interest factors the Commission will apply when deciding whether a particular contract involving an enumerated activity is contrary to the public interest...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the final rules emerging from this NPRM could result in the CFTC determining that listed or cleared contracts are contrary to the public interest, leading to forced delisting, enforcement exposure, and reputational damage for CFTC‑registered entities. The impact is particularly significant for firms whose business models rely on sports, political, and other “gaming” event contracts, as entire product lines may become impermissible if they are found to involve enumerated activities in a way that is contrary to the public interest.
The CSSF has launched a consultation on new **Guidance on Money Market Fund (MMF) Weekly Liquid Asset Levels**, signalling its intention to clarify supervisory expectations on the calibration and use of weekly liquid asset (WLA) buffers under the EU Money Market Funds Regulation (MMFR). This matters for compliance teams because it will likely drive changes to MMF liquidity risk frameworks, escalation triggers, governance around liquidity thresholds, and potentially the design of internal stress tests and contingency plans.
---
Key dates
TBD (final guidance – est. late 2026)
– Expected date for CSSF to publish final guidance on MMF weekly liquid asset levels, following review of consultation feedback
08 June 2026
– CSSF publishes consultation communiqué “Guidance on Money Market Fund Weekly Liquid Asset Levels” and opens consultation on its proposed guidance
– Expected closing date for industry comments on the consultation (to be confirmed once the full consultation paper and response deadline are made available by CSSF)
Suggested considerations
Review the CSSF consultation paper in full as soon as it is available and identify all proposed expectations relating to weekly liquid asset levels, monitoring, and escalation.
Map the proposed CSSF guidance against current MMF liquidity policies, prospectus disclosures, and internal procedures to identify gaps and potential areas needing enhancement.
Assess whether existing MMF weekly liquidity monitoring tools, dashboards, and reporting are sufficient to meet anticipated CSSF expectations on frequency, granularity, and early warning indicators.
Evaluate the current escalation framework for declining WLA levels, including board and senior management involvement, and update governance documentation to align with the likely CSSF approach to thresholds and decision‑making.
Review MMF stress‑testing methodologies to ensure that scenarios adequately capture severe but plausible redemption and market stress in relation to WLA levels and that results are integrated into risk appetite and contingency planning.
What changed
Given the consultation nature and the absence of a published consultation text in the extract, the following points reflect what compliance teams should reasonably anticipate and prepare for, based...
The CSSF is consulting on formal guidance that will specify how MMFs domiciled in Luxembourg should determine, monitor, and maintain weekly liquid asset levels under the EU Money Market Funds...
The guidance is expected to operationalise the MMFR WLA requirements (for example, minimum weekly liquidity levels and interaction with redemption activity) by setting out supervisory expectations on...
The consultation will likely address the interaction between WLA levels and the use of liquidity management tools (such as gates, fees, or suspensions), including expectations on when and how...
The CSSF is expected to clarify how MMFs should incorporate WLA targets and thresholds into their internal risk management policies, including stress-testing assumptions, early warning indicators,...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the forthcoming CSSF guidance, once finalised, could result in supervisory findings, remediation programmes, and potential restrictions on MMF activities, particularly in stressed markets where liquidity management failures are highly scrutinised. Given MMFs’ systemic importance, firms should treat this as a high‑impact development for liquidity risk management, board oversight, and investor protection.
The SFC and HKMA have concluded a joint consultation to amend the Clearing Rules for OTC derivative transactions by standardising the calculation periods used to determine mandatory clearing obligations. From 1 March 2027, two fixed annual periods—1 March to 31 May and 1 September to 30 November—will be designated as calculation periods, replacing the current practice of periodically updating the list via legislative amendments. This change increases regulatory certainty and reduces the need for frequent rule‑changes, but requires firms to adjust their internal systems, position‑monitoring processes, and compliance calendars to align with the new permanent schedule.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026)
– SFC and HKMA proceed with the legislative process to introduce the proposed amendments to the Clearing Rules, following the conclusion of the consultation
29 January 2026
– SFC and HKMA issue the joint consultation paper on standardising calculation periods under the Clearing Rules
27 February 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for market participants to submit comments on the proposed amendments to the Clearing Rules
01 March 2027
– Proposed amendments to the Clearing Rules come into effect, designating 1 March to 31 May and 1 September to 30 November each year as standard calculation periods
Suggested considerations
Map current OTC derivative portfolios and position‑monitoring systems to the new standard calculation periods (1 March–31 May and 1 September–30 November) and update internal calendars and compliance checklists accordingly.
Review and amend internal policies, procedures, and control frameworks for mandatory clearing, including position‑sizing methodologies, threshold calculations, and record‑keeping requirements, to reflect the permanent calculation‑period structure.
Coordinate with legal and compliance teams to track the progress of the legislative amendments and ensure that internal implementation timelines align with the expected effective date of 1 March 2027.
Update trade capture, risk, and reporting systems to flag trades and positions that fall within the new calculation periods and to generate alerts when clearing thresholds are approached or breached.
Train relevant front‑office, middle‑office, and compliance staff on the new calculation‑period regime, including the timing of Prescribed Days and the implications for trade execution, clearing decisions, and documentation.
What changed
- The Clearing Rules will be amended to designate two fixed calendar periods each year—1 March to 31 May and 1 September to 30 November—as calculation periods for determining mandatory clearing...
The new standard calculation periods will apply from 1 March 2027 onwards, creating a permanent formulaic approach that generates future calculation periods without requiring further legislative...
The existing approach of periodically updating the list of calculation periods in the Clearing Rules via legislative amendments will be replaced by this once‑and‑for‑all standardisation.
The Prescribed Days associated with each calculation period will also be aligned with the new standard periods, providing greater clarity on when clearing obligations are triggered and when positions...
The change is intended to increase certainty for derivative dealers in identifying future calculation periods and to facilitate more effective internal planning and compliance monitoring.
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the amended Clearing Rules could result in regulatory enforcement action, including fines, public censure, or restrictions on trading activities, as well as reputational damage and potential operational disruption if positions are not properly cleared within the prescribed periods. The shift to a permanent, formulaic approach also increases the importance of robust internal monitoring and governance, as firms will no longer be able to rely on ad hoc legislative updates to guide their compliance calendars.
The CSSF has published a Feedback Report following a thematic review of the **valuation framework for less liquid and illiquid assets**, focused primarily on Luxembourg AIFMs managing AIFs in asset classes such as private equity, real estate, infrastructure, private debt and fund of funds, and on UCITS “trash ratio” positions under Article 41(2) of the UCI Law. All Luxembourg IFMs are explicitly expected to benchmark their existing valuation frameworks against the CSSF’s observations and recommendations and to implement corrective measures, with valuation risk confirmed as a key supervisory priority for 2026.
Key dates
End 2023
– CSSF thematic review launched by dedicated questionnaire to IFMs, with work conducted through 2024 and 2025 (contextual start of the current thematic exercise)
Throughout 2024 and 2025
– CSSF conducts off‑site and on‑site work as part of the dedicated thematic review on valuation frameworks for less liquid and illiquid assets
2026 Deadline
– Valuation risk for less liquid and illiquid assets is confirmed as a key supervisory priority, implying heightened supervisory focus and potential follow‑up actions during the year; no hard implementation deadline is set but prompt action is implicitly expected
04 June 2026
– CSSF publishes the Communication and Feedback Report on the thematic review and formally expects IFMs to perform a benchmarking exercise and implement corrective measures as needed
Suggested considerations
Perform a structured benchmarking of existing valuation policies, procedures, methodologies and controls against the detailed observations and recommendations in the CSSF Feedback Report on valuation frameworks for less liquid and illiquid assets.
Document, at IFM and fund level, all identified gaps or weaknesses in the current valuation framework, including for AIFs in illiquid strategies and UCITS Article 41(2) trash ratio positions.
Develop and approve a remediation plan with clear owners, milestones and target dates to address identified shortcomings in valuation governance, methodologies, model validation, data sources and control processes.
Review and, where necessary, update valuation policies and procedures to ensure they explicitly cover less liquid and illiquid assets, stressed market conditions, use of external valuers, and documentation standards across the investment lifecycle.
Enhance valuation governance by clearly defining roles and responsibilities (including segregation from portfolio management where applicable), escalation procedures, and oversight by the board/senior management.
What changed
- The CSSF publishes a dedicated Feedback Report on the thematic review of valuation frameworks for less liquid and illiquid assets and formally expects IFMs to use it as guidance for implementing...
All Luxembourg IFMs are required to conduct a benchmarking exercise of their valuation frameworks against the CSSF’s observations and recommendations set out in the new Feedback Report.
Where gaps or weaknesses are identified through this benchmarking, IFMs are expected to implement corrective measures to strengthen their valuation policies, procedures and lifecycle controls for...
The thematic review scope formally covers AIFMs of AIFs investing in less liquid and illiquid assets (including private equity, real estate, infrastructure, private debt and fund of funds), and, on...
The CSSF explicitly links this thematic work to previous supervisory exercises (ESMA CSA on valuation, CSSF self‑assessment questionnaires, and on‑site inspection feedback) and consolidates...
Compliance impact
Failure to benchmark and remediate valuation frameworks for less liquid and illiquid assets exposes IFMs to material supervisory risk, including targeted reviews, formal remedial orders or sanctions, particularly given the CSSF’s designation of valuation risk as a key supervisory priority in 2026. Deficient valuation practices also heighten the risk of NAV errors, investor detriment and potential civil liability or reputational damage.
The CSSF has issued a feedback report on a thematic review of the **valuation framework for less liquid and illiquid assets**, signalling intensified supervisory focus on how Luxembourg investment fund managers value complex, hard‑to‑price positions. This matters because it will drive stricter expectations around valuation governance, model oversight, data validation, and the interaction between valuation, liquidity management, and investor protection for funds holding such assets.
Although the specific 2026 feedback report text is not yet available, it clearly follows and deepens the CSSF’s 2023 Feedback Report on ESMA’s CSA on Valuation and its 2026 supervisory priorities on valuation, with a narrower focus on less liquid and illiquid assets.
Key dates
18 July 2023
– CSSF publishes its Feedback Report on the ESMA Common Supervisory Action (CSA) on Valuation, setting out broad expectations for valuation frameworks, including for less liquid assets
31 December 2023 Deadline
– Deadline by which all IFMs managing UCITS and/or AIFs were required to complete a comprehensive assessment of their valuation frameworks and implement necessary corrective measures in line with the 2023 CSSF Feedback Report on valuation
Early 2026
– CSSF identifies valuation as an ongoing key supervisory priority for the investment fund sector in its 2026 priorities, with specific focus on IFM valuation organisation and processes
04 June 2026
– CSSF publishes the new Feedback Report on the thematic review of valuation frameworks for less liquid and illiquid assets, signalling renewed and more granular supervisory scrutiny of this area
TBD (2026–2027)
– CSSF is expected to conduct follow‑up supervisory work (off‑site reviews and on‑site inspections) to test implementation of its expectations on valuation of less liquid and illiquid assets; firms should plan remediation programmes within months rather than years
Suggested considerations
Conduct a comprehensive gap analysis of existing valuation policies and procedures against the CSSF’s feedback on valuation, with specific attention to less liquid and illiquid assets, and document all identified weaknesses and remediation actions.
Update and formally approve valuation policies and procedures to clearly define methodologies, model hierarchies, and data source selection for less liquid and illiquid assets, including explicit provisions for stressed market conditions.
Implement or enhance a formal valuation model governance framework for illiquid asset models, including independent model validation, periodic back‑testing, documentation of assumptions, and at least annual model reviews.
Review and, where necessary, redesign organisational arrangements to ensure the operational and hierarchical independence of the valuation function from portfolio management, and adjust remuneration policies to avoid performance‑linked incentives for valuation staff.
Strengthen controls over external pricing providers and external valuers by documenting selection criteria, performing initial and ongoing due diligence, challenging methodologies, and periodically back‑testing third‑party valuations of illiquid assets.
What changed
Based on the prior CSSF feedback on valuation and the indicated thematic focus, compliance teams should expect the following concrete expectations to apply specifically to less liquid and illiquid...
Investment fund managers must maintain concise, centralised, and comprehensive valuation policies and procedures that explicitly cover all asset types, including less liquid and illiquid instruments,...
Valuation policies must define and justify the valuation methodologies and models used for less liquid and illiquid assets, including the hierarchy of methods, model selection criteria, and...
Firms must perform robust model governance for valuation models used on less liquid and illiquid assets, including independent model review (by staff not involved in model development), back‑testing,...
Valuation frameworks must explicitly address stressed market conditions for illiquid and thinly traded assets, including triggers for stress conditions, alternative valuation methodologies under...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance exposes firms to heightened risk of CSSF supervisory measures, including remediation orders, restrictions on activities, and possible enforcement actions, especially where valuation weaknesses have led or could lead to investor detriment. Given the CSSF’s explicit supervisory priority on valuation, firms with significant illiquid exposures should treat this as a high‑impact issue requiring proactive remediation and robust documentation.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today published a Draft Strategic Plan that focuses on returning the agency to the core mission set by Congress more than 90 years ago: protecting investors; maintaining fair, orderly, and efficient…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a **Draft Strategic Plan for public comment** that sets out three agency-wide priorities: refocusing regulation on investor protection, market efficiency, and capital formation; improving stakeholder engagement and compliance facilitation; and modernizing internal operations and technology. For compliance teams, this matters because it signals where the Commission may concentrate rulemaking, examinations, enforcement, and disclosure modernization over the planning horizon.
Key dates
02 July 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting public comments on the Draft Strategic Plan
Suggested considerations
Submit written comments by 02 July 2026 if your firm wants to influence the SEC’s strategic priorities, especially on disclosure modernization, private markets, digital assets, or enforcement posture.
Include File Number DSP-3 on all comments and use only one submission method, because the SEC requires the file number on email subject lines and asks commenters to choose a single channel.
Review internal compliance roadmaps for likely impacts from disclosure simplification, rule retrospectives, and enforcement refocusing, and identify where current controls may become redundant or need redesign.
Assess whether your firm’s digital asset, tokenization, or distributed ledger activities may benefit from future SEC guidance or may face new framework requirements.
Monitor developments on EDGAR modernization and filing technology changes, and test whether internal reporting, tagging, or submission processes would need upgrades.
What changed
- The SEC is proposing a strategic reorientation toward core statutory objectives: investor protection, fair and orderly markets, and capital formation.
The plan emphasizes clearer, fit-for-purpose rules intended to support innovation while deterring misconduct.
The SEC says it will prioritize modernizing and simplifying disclosure practices, which may affect reporting frameworks and issuer-facing compliance processes.
The draft plan highlights expanded access to private markets and new capital-raising pathways, signaling possible future changes in offering, exemptive, and disclosure regimes.
The SEC identifies digital assets and distributed ledger technologies as an area needing a “firm regulatory foundation,” indicating continued policy development for crypto-related activities.
Compliance impact
The immediate legal risk is low because this is a consultation document, not a binding rule, but the strategic direction is important for supervisory planning, examination priorities, and future rulemaking. Firms that fail to engage or prepare may face higher remediation costs later if the SEC follows through on disclosure, enforcement, or technology changes.
CSSF is pressing Luxembourg market participants to complete T+1 readiness surveys by **9 June 2026** and to engage with ESMA’s broader T+1 consultation work, because the EU settlement cycle moves to **T+1 on 11 October 2027** under CSDR. The publication matters because it signals that supervisors are already assessing industry preparedness and that firms must accelerate post-trade process changes, especially around allocations, confirmations, and electronic messaging.
Key dates
02 June 2026
- CSSF publishes the reminder on T+1 readiness, survey participation, and ESMA’s consultation work
09 June 2026 Deadline
- Deadline to complete the CSSF national competent authorities’ T+1 readiness survey
07 December 2026
- Expected application date of the revised ESMA guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols
11 October 2027
- T+1 settlement cycle becomes effective under CSDR
Suggested considerations
Complete the CSSF T+1 readiness survey before 9 June 2026 and ensure the submission accurately reflects the firm’s current operational readiness.
Participate in the EU T+1 Industry Committee second readiness survey to demonstrate engagement with the EU-wide readiness process.
Review the firm’s allocation and confirmation workflows to ensure they can operate within T+1 timeframes.
Replace any reliance on oral, manual, or non-machine-readable communications with electronic, standardised messaging channels unless a temporary technical disruption justifies an exception.
Align internal messaging standards with international messaging protocols used for post-trade communication.
What changed
- CSSF is requiring market participants to complete the national competent authorities’ T+1 readiness survey by 9 June 2026, with responses visible only to CSSF and ESMA.
CSSF is strongly encouraging participation in the EU T+1 Industry Committee second readiness survey to support a Union-wide assessment of market preparedness.
CSSF is flagging that the transition to T+1 settlement on 11 October 2027 under CSDR will require coordinated changes across the trading and post-trading chain.
CSSF is warning that forthcoming amendments to the RTS on Settlement Discipline are expected to be endorsed by the European Commission and will further define operational requirements for the T+1...
ESMA’s revised guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols are intended to make post-trade communication faster, clearer, and more consistent across the EU.
Compliance impact
Non-participation in the surveys will not itself appear to be the substantive T+1 breach, but it will materially weaken supervisory visibility and may invite follow-up scrutiny from CSSF and ESMA. Firms that fail to adapt allocations, confirmations, and messaging processes risk being unprepared for the 7 December 2026 guidance phase-in and the 11 October 2027 settlement-cycle change, which could create settlement fails, operational disruption, and conduct/governance issues.
CSSF reminds Luxembourg market participants that the EU move to a **T+1 settlement cycle under CSDR on 11 October 2027** is now in execution phase and links this directly to concrete supervisory tools: mandatory-like readiness surveys, RTS on Settlement Discipline amendments, and new ESMA post‑trade communication guidelines. For compliance teams, this is a front‑to‑back operating model change: firms must demonstrate T+1 readiness to CSSF/ESMA, transition to fully electronic, standardised post‑trade communication, and align allocations/confirmations processes to tighter regulatory timelines.
Key dates
09 June 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for Luxembourg market participants to complete the CSSF national competent authorities’ T+1 readiness survey
07 December 2026
- Expected application date of revised ESMA guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols and the aligned new RTS on Settlement Discipline requirements on allocations and confirmations
11 October 2027
- Effective date for the transition to a T+1 settlement cycle in the EU under CSDR
Suggested considerations
Identify all group entities and business lines in Luxembourg that are in scope of CSDR T+1 (trading, clearing, settlement, custody, collateral, fund dealing) and formally designate a T+1 programme owner at senior management level.
Complete the CSSF T+1 national competent authorities’ survey in full and by 9 June 2026, ensuring that responses accurately reflect current readiness, key risks, dependencies on third parties, and planned remediation milestones.
Arrange for appropriate internal review and sign‑off (e.g. by Compliance and relevant senior management) of the responses to both the CSSF survey and the EUIC second readiness survey before submission.
Participate in the EU T+1 Industry Committee second readiness survey and ensure the firm’s answers are consistent with the information provided to CSSF and with internal T+1 project documentation.
Perform a comprehensive T+1 impact assessment of front‑to‑back trade flows, covering trade execution, allocation, confirmation, affirmation, clearing, settlement, collateral movements, cash and liquidity management, and corporate actions.
What changed
- The EU settlement cycle for in‑scope financial instruments under CSDR will shorten from T+2 to T+1 with effect from 11 October 2027, materially reducing the time to complete front‑to‑back trade,...
CSSF has launched a national competent authorities’ T+1 readiness survey and sets a firm completion deadline of 9 June 2026 for Luxembourg market participants, treating it as a critical supervisory...
In parallel, CSSF strongly encourages Luxembourg firms to complete the EU T+1 Industry Committee (EUIC) second readiness survey to support an EU‑wide view of T+1 readiness and potential systemic...
ESMA’s final draft amendments to the CSDR RTS on Settlement Discipline will introduce additional operational requirements specifically designed to support T+1 (e.g.
ESMA has launched a consultation on updated guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols for allocations, confirmations and affirmations, explicitly aimed at facilitating the T+1...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance is high‑impact: failure to prepare for T+1, to respond adequately to supervisory surveys, or to align processes with RTS on Settlement Discipline and ESMA guidelines can lead to increased settlement fails, penalties, supervisory scrutiny, and potential enforcement action. The T+1 change also amplifies operational, liquidity, and conduct risks if firms cannot meet accelerated timelines, making early execution of remediation plans a prudential and conduct priority.
ESMA’s annual data report shows increased quality, wider use and digital progress 29 May 2026 Market data The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, published today its annual report on the quality and use of regulatory data . It shows that improvements…
AI Analysis
ESMA’s latest annual report on the **quality and use of regulatory data** confirms a material step‑up in supervisory reliance on EMIR, SFTR, MiFIR, AIFMD and MMFR datasets, alongside new inclusion of Prospectus and DORA ICT‑incident reporting. For compliance teams this is a clear signal that data quality is now an enforcement‑relevant topic across a broader perimeter, and that ESMA is actively moving toward **streamlined, “report once” cross‑regime reporting** and an integrated funds reporting framework, which will reshape reporting architecture and controls over the next 1–3 years.
Key dates
2025 (exact dates TBD)
– ESMA’s Call for Evidence on streamlining reporting across EMIR, MiFIR and SFTR is scheduled, with stakeholders expected to provide input on duplication removal and “report once” options
18 June 2026
– ESMA will host a webinar to present the main findings of the annual report on the quality and use of regulatory data
Suggested considerations
Map all existing regulatory reporting obligations across EMIR, SFTR, MiFIR, AIFMD, MMFR, Prospectus and DORA ICT‑incident reporting, and document the underlying data sources, systems and ownership for each regime.
Review and enhance data quality controls for EMIR, SFTR and MiFIR reporting, including validation rules, completeness checks, reconciliations, pairing and matching processes, and governance around Unique Transaction Identifiers and counterparty data.
Perform a gap analysis of Prospectus reporting and DORA ICT‑incident reporting processes against ESMA’s emerging cross‑regime data quality expectations and ensure they are covered in the firm’s enterprise data governance framework.
Establish or update a centralised regulatory data governance framework that explicitly covers cross‑regime consistency (for example, trade and position data alignment between EMIR, SFTR and MiFIR) and defines clear accountability at senior management level.
Engage with internal IT and reporting teams to identify where a future “report once” model could be supported technically, including harmonised reference data, common identifiers and golden‑source transaction and position records.
What changed
- ESMA confirms measurable data quality improvements across EMIR, SFTR, MiFIR, AIFMD and MMFR regulatory datasets, indicating that regulators now consider these data sufficiently reliable for...
ESMA highlights extensive and growing supervisory use of regulatory data by ESMA and NCAs for investor protection, financial stability, orderly markets and market integrity, increasing the...
The scope of the annual data quality and use report is expanded to include Prospectus reporting obligations, bringing prospectus‑related data formally into ESMA’s cross‑regime data quality scrutiny.
The report scope is also expanded to include ICT‑related incident reporting under the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA), signaling that operational resilience incident data will be monitored...
ESMA has launched a 2025 Call for Evidence on streamlining reporting across EMIR, MiFIR and SFTR, including options to remove duplications and apply a “report once” approach, which will likely lead...
Compliance impact
Regulatory data reported under EMIR, SFTR, MiFIR, AIFMD, MMFR, Prospectus rules and DORA is increasingly used for day‑to‑day supervision, thematic reviews and enforcement, making poor data quality a direct source of regulatory, reputational and potentially financial sanctions risk. As ESMA and NCAs deploy more automated, risk‑based data quality tools, firms with weak controls or inconsistent cross‑regime reporting will be more visible and more likely to face targeted supervisory action.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed the rescission of overly burdensome and costly rules that require companies to provide certain climate-related information in their registration statements and annual reports. The Commission’s…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a **proposal to rescind its climate‑related disclosure rules** that currently require registrants to provide specified climate information in registration statements and Form 10‑K‑type annual reports. If finalized, this would materially reduce prescriptive federal climate disclosure obligations, but compliance teams must carefully manage the transition because existing rules remain in force until any rescission is adopted and effective, and investors, proxy advisors, and other regimes (notably EU and state-level) will still expect robust climate disclosure.
Key dates
TBD (est. late 2026 or later)
– Potential SEC adoption of a final rule rescinding, modifying, or replacing the climate‑related disclosure rules, subject to consideration of comments and potential legal challenges
29 May 2026
– SEC issues press release and proposing release announcing the proposed rescission of the climate‑related disclosure rules and opens the public consultation
TBD (comment deadline, est. mid‑2026) Deadline
– Public comment period expected to close a set number of days (typically 30–60) after publication of the proposing release in the Federal Register; the precise date will be specified in the Federal Register notice
TBD (effective date, est. 30–60 days after Federal Register publication of final rule) Deadline
– Effective date of any final rescission; compliance with the existing climate rules would continue to be required for reporting periods and filings before this date
Suggested considerations
Maintain full compliance with the existing SEC climate‑related disclosure rules in registration statements and annual reports until a final rescission (if any) becomes effective, and do not scale back disclosures based solely on the proposal.
Prepare internal briefing materials for the board, audit committee, and senior management explaining the proposed rescission, its potential implications, and the need to maintain current disclosures in the interim.
Coordinate with legal, finance, sustainability, and investor relations teams to develop a contingency disclosure strategy that anticipates both outcomes: (i) rescission is finalized and prescriptive line items disappear, or (ii) the rule is modified or retained following comments or litigation.
Review and update risk factor, MD&A, and business section drafting guidance to ensure that material climate‑related risks and opportunities continue to be addressed under general disclosure standards even if specialized climate items are removed.
Engage external counsel and proxy‑advisory or ESG stakeholders to assess how reduced prescriptive SEC climate requirements will interact with EU, UK and state‑level climate disclosure regimes, and align internal reporting processes to meet the most stringent applicable framework.
What changed
- The SEC proposes to rescind the 2024–2025 climate‑related disclosure rules that mandated detailed climate information in Securities Act registration statements and Exchange Act annual reports,...
The proposal would remove line‑item requirements for climate‑related governance and oversight by the board and management that had been added to Regulation S‑K and related forms.
The proposal would eliminate prescriptive disclosure of climate‑related risks over specified time horizons (short, medium, long term) and their impacts on strategy, business model, and outlook that...
The proposal would rescind obligations to provide certain climate‑related financial metrics in audited financial statements, including disaggregation of climate‑related impacts in footnotes, thereby...
The proposal would eliminate any mandatory greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions disclosures that were part of the climate rules, including Scopes that were required for large filers, returning GHG...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance remains significant because, until any rescission is effective, issuers are expected to meet existing climate disclosure requirements and can face enforcement, private litigation, and restatement risk for material misstatements or omissions. Even after rescission, climate‑related statements will remain subject to the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws and to scrutiny from investors, proxy advisors, and other regulators.
ESMA consults on revised guidelines to support smoother allocations and confirmations under T+1 26 May 2026 Post Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on the updated guidelines on standardised procedures and…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a consultation on **revised ESMA Guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols for allocations and confirmations**, aligning them with the forthcoming CSDR Settlement Discipline RTS amendments and the EU’s move to **T+1 settlement by 11 October 2027**. The draft guidelines harden expectations around **mandatory electronic, standardised, machine‑readable communication** for post‑trade processes and remove reliance on manual or non‑machine‑readable methods, significantly tightening operational requirements for EU trading, post‑trade and operations functions.
Key dates
07 July 2026 Deadline
– Deadline stated by ESMA for stakeholders to submit consultation feedback on the revised guidelines
October 2026
– ESMA expects to publish its final report, including updated and finalised guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols
07 December 2026
– Expected application date of the revised ESMA Guidelines on allocations and confirmations, aligned with the anticipated application of the amended CSDR RTS on Settlement Discipline requirements for allocations and confirmations
11 October 2027 Deadline
– EU transition date to a T+1 settlement cycle, when trades in in‑scope instruments must settle one business day after the trade date and firms must fully operate under the new T+1‑aligned post‑trade framework
Suggested considerations
Map all current allocation and confirmation workflows and identify any use of non‑electronic, non‑standardised or non‑machine‑readable communication (including email attachments, faxes, PDFs, and oral instructions).
Develop and execute a remediation plan to replace manual or oral allocation and confirmation processes with fully electronic, machine‑readable workflows using recognised international messaging standards.
Review and update front‑to‑back trade processing systems (OMS, EMS, middle‑office, back‑office, matching engines) to ensure they can generate, receive and process standardised electronic allocation and confirmation messages within same‑day T+1‑compatible timelines.
Engage with CSDs, custodians, brokers, counterparties and third‑party vendors to confirm their roadmap and readiness for the mandated electronic standards and to align implementation timelines to the 7 December 2026 application date.
Update contractual documentation with clients and counterparties (including terms of business and service level agreements) to incorporate obligations for electronic, standardised, machine‑readable allocations and confirmations and to remove reliance on manual methods except as contingency.
What changed
- ESMA proposes revised Guidelines on standardised procedures and messaging protocols for allocations and confirmations under CSDR Settlement Discipline, specifically to support the transition to a...
The guidelines will mandate the use of electronic, standardised communication channels for post‑trade allocations and confirmations, moving away from mixed paper / manual practice to fully electronic...
Firms will be required to use international messaging standards (e.g. ISO‑based protocols) for post‑trade communication, to ensure interoperability and faster straight‑through processing across EU...
The guidelines remove references to non‑electronic and non‑machine‑readable methods, including oral allocations and confirmations, except where there is a temporary technical disruption that prevents...
The revisions are explicitly aligned with ESMA’s Final Report on Amendments to the CSDR RTS on Settlement Discipline, which introduce same‑day timing for allocations and machine‑readable formats for...
Compliance impact
The change is high impact for operational and conduct compliance: failure to implement mandatory electronic, standardised post‑trade communication and to meet compressed T+1 timelines will directly increase settlement fails, trigger CSDR Settlement Discipline measures and may expose firms to supervisory findings, sanctions and client detriment. Given the hard deadlines and dependency on technology and counterparties, non‑compliance risks crystallising as both regulatory breaches and material operational risk.
The Financial Services and the Treasury Bureau (FSTB) and the Securities and Futures Commission (SFC) have concluded their consultation on **new virtual asset (VA) advisory and management regimes**, confirming that these will be legislated under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Ordinance (AMLO, Cap. 615) and aligned with existing Type 4 and Type 9 regimes under the Securities and Futures Ordinance.
This materially expands Hong Kong’s VA perimeter: firms providing VA investment advice or VA portfolio management will be brought into a statutory licensing and AML/CTF framework comparable to traditional securities and asset management, with an expected bill to be introduced into LegCo in 2026.
Key dates
19 February 2025
- SFC issues its ASPIRe roadmap, with “Access” identified as one of five pillars and VA regulatory expansion flagged as a strategic priority
27 June 2025
- Consultation papers published on legislative proposals to regulate VA dealing and VA custodian service providers, setting the broader perimeter for VA intermediaries
24 December 2025
- Consultation conclusions issued on legislative proposals to regulate VA dealing and VA custodian service providers, confirming direction for those regimes
24 December 2025
- FSTB and SFC launch further consultation on VA advisory and VA management regimes, which has now concluded
2026 (TBD – bill introduction)
- FSTB and SFC aim to introduce a bill into the Legislative Council to establish VA advisory and VA management regimes under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Ordinance (Cap. 615)
Suggested considerations
Conduct a gap analysis comparing current or planned virtual asset advisory and management activities against Type 4 and Type 9 requirements under the Securities and Futures Ordinance to identify where equivalent capabilities, controls and governance will be required under the new VA regimes.
Map all group entities and business lines that provide VA-related advice, research, recommendations or portfolio management to clients in or from Hong Kong, and determine which entities will need licensing or authorisation under the forthcoming AMLO-based regimes.
Initiate early engagement with the SFC (e.g. via pre-application meetings or WINGS enquiries) to clarify how existing licences, business models and cross-border arrangements will be treated under the new VA advisory and management regimes.
Review and, where necessary, enhance AML/CTF frameworks, including customer due diligence, transaction monitoring, sanctions screening and ongoing review procedures, to ensure they are robust enough for VA-specific risks anticipated under AMLO-based regulation.
Update internal policies and procedures on suitability, product due diligence, risk disclosure, conflicts of interest and best execution to explicitly cover VA advisory and VA management services in line with standards applied to traditional securities and funds.
What changed
- The Hong Kong Government and SFC have confirmed that dedicated regulatory regimes for VA advisory services and VA management services will be created under the Anti-Money Laundering and...
The regulatory scope and standards of the VA advisory regime will be aligned with Type 4 “advising on securities” regulated activity under the Securities and Futures Ordinance, applying a “same...
The regulatory scope and standards of the VA management regime will be aligned with Type 9 “asset management” regulated activity under the Securities and Futures Ordinance, implying broadly...
The consultation received broad market support across 51 responding stakeholders, and the SFC has treated this as a mandate to proceed to finalisation of the detailed legislative proposals and...
The new VA advisory and management regimes will sit alongside existing and proposed VA regimes for: VA trading platforms, stablecoin issuers, VA dealing and VA custody, forming an end-to-end...
Compliance impact
The impact is high: VA advisory and management activities that were previously in grey or partially covered areas will become explicitly regulated under AMLO, with enforcement, licensing and AML/CTF expectations aligned to traditional financial services.
OSFI has launched a 60‑day public consultation on targeted amendments to Guideline B‑12 – Interest Rate Risk Management, to update interest rate shock scenarios in line with the latest Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) standards. Compliance teams at federally regulated deposit‑taking institutions must prepare for recalibrated interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) measurements and associated Pillar 3 disclosure changes that will become effective for fiscal years starting late 2026.
Key dates
21 May 2026
- OSFI launches a 60‑day public consultation on targeted amendments to Guideline B‑12 – Interest Rate Risk Management and related IRRBB Pillar 3 disclosure expectations
20 July 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholders to submit comments on the draft Guideline B‑12 amendments and associated IRRBB disclosure proposals to Consultations@osfi-bsif.gc.ca
10 September 2026
- OSFI plans to publish the final revised Guideline B‑12, together with a non‑attributed summary of comments received and OSFI’s responses
01 November 2026
- Revised Guideline B‑12 becomes effective for institutions with a fiscal year ending 31 October
01 January 2027
- Revised Guideline B‑12 becomes effective for institutions with a fiscal year ending 31 December
Suggested considerations
Perform a gap analysis comparing current interest rate risk in the banking book methodologies, shock scenarios, and assumptions against the proposed revised Guideline B‑12 parameters and BCBS‑aligned calibration approach.
Engage internal stakeholders (risk management, treasury/ALM, finance, regulatory reporting, model validation, and internal audit) to review the consultation text and identify operational, data, and model impacts from the extended December 2015–December 2023 calibration window and new shock design.
Prepare and submit a detailed written response to OSFI at Consultations@osfi-bsif.gc.ca by 20 July 2026, highlighting any concerns with scenario calibration, procyclicality, data availability, systems impacts, and implementation timelines.
Update IRRBB models, interest rate scenario engines, behavioral assumptions (e.g., non‑maturity deposits, prepayments), and risk metrics (e.g., economic value of equity and earnings‑at‑risk) to incorporate the revised OSFI shock scenarios once the final guideline is published on 10 September 2026.
Revise internal IRRBB policies, risk appetite statements, limits frameworks, and governance documentation to align with the updated Guideline B‑12 expectations and ensure Board and senior management oversight reflects the new calibration.
What changed
- OSFI proposes to amend Guideline B‑12 – Interest Rate Risk Management to update prescribed interest rate shock scenarios used for measuring interest rate risk in the banking book.
The interest rate shock calibration will be aligned with the most recent BCBS methodology for IRRBB, including improved treatment of environments where policy rates are close to zero or negative.
The time series used to calibrate interest rate shock scenarios will be extended from a previous cut‑off of December 2015 to now incorporate data through December 2023, capturing the recent period of...
OSFI intends to strengthen transparency and market discipline by consulting simultaneously on proposed amendments to Pillar 3 disclosure expectations related to interest rate risk in the banking book.
The revised B‑12 guideline will introduce updated expectations for IRR measurement, monitoring, and reporting that ensure institutions recognize more recent market experience in their internal risk...
Compliance impact
Non‑compliance with the revised Guideline B‑12 and associated IRRBB disclosure expectations may result in supervisory findings, remediation orders, heightened capital expectations, and potential reputational damage due to incomplete or misleading interest rate risk reporting. Given recent rate volatility and OSFI’s focus on IRRBB, supervisors are likely to treat deficiencies in implementation or disclosure as material.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to its rules and forms governing registered offerings that are designed to increase efficiency, flexibility, and cost savings for public companies while maintaining robust investor…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a proposing release, “SEC Proposes Transformative Reforms to Help Public Companies Conduct Registered Offerings and Simplify Reporting Requirements,” that would overhaul key aspects of the Securities Act of 1933 registered offering framework and associated Exchange Act reporting. The proposal is aimed at streamlining shelf registration, communications, and periodic reporting to reduce cost and friction for seasoned public companies while preserving core disclosure and liability safeguards, so issuer compliance teams will need to reassess their entire offering and disclosure playbook if the rules are adopted.
Key dates
TBD 2026
– Federal Register publication of the SEC proposing release “SEC Proposes Transformative Reforms to Help Public Companies Conduct Registered Offerings and Simplify Reporting Requirements,” starting the formal comment period
TBD 2026 Deadline
– End of SEC comment period (typically 30–60 days after Federal Register publication; exact deadline to be confirmed in the notice)
TBD (est. late 2026 or 2027)
– Potential adoption of final rules by the SEC, following review of comment letters
TBD (effective date)
– Final rules become effective on a date specified in the adopting release (often 30–60 days after Federal Register publication of the final rules)
TBD (compliance date / transition period) Deadline
– Staggered or delayed compliance dates for specific form and disclosure changes, expected to give registrants time to update registration statements, shelf programs, and periodic reporting templates
Suggested considerations
Monitor the Federal Register and SEC website for the full proposing release text and the precise comment deadline for this rulemaking.
Coordinate among legal, finance, and investor relations teams to prepare and submit a comment letter to the SEC addressing practical implications of the proposed offering and reporting reforms for your issuer, including any concerns about liability, operational feasibility, and investor impact.
Inventory all existing shelf registration statements (including automatic shelves), universal shelves, and continuous‑offering programs and identify where proposed changes to shelf mechanics, incorporation by reference, or prospectus updating could affect structure, timing, or disclosure.
Review current offering communication practices, including use of free writing prospectuses, roadshow materials, and research reports, and map them against the proposed expanded communications safe harbors to determine what additional flexibilities could be used in future offerings.
Assess your firm’s use of Exchange Act reports incorporated by reference into Securities Act registration statements and plan to revise drafting and review procedures to take advantage of streamlined incorporation while managing Securities Act liability for incorporated information.
What changed
*(Based on the SEC’s description and consistent with prior offering‑reform initiatives; specific rule and form cites will need to be confirmed against the proposing release once reviewed in full.)*
The SEC proposes to modernize the shelf registration process for Form S‑3 and F‑3 issuers, including expanded use of automatic or “universal” shelves and greater flexibility to add classes of...
The proposal would streamline incorporation by reference, allowing more categories of Exchange Act reports and exhibits to be incorporated into Securities Act registration statements and prospectuses...
The SEC proposes to expand the use of “access equals delivery” for final prospectuses, permitting issuers in additional circumstances to satisfy Securities Act Section 5(b)(2) delivery requirements...
The reforms would broaden the range of permissible communications in connection with registered offerings, including issuer and underwriter use of certain factual and forward‑looking information,...
Compliance impact
Because the proposal seeks mainly to reduce friction and modernize existing processes rather than impose new prohibitions, the risk of traditional “non‑compliance” arises primarily from failing to adapt offering and disclosure practices to the updated framework, potentially leading to inefficient capital‑raising, errors in form usage, or Securities Act liability from misapplied incorporation and communication rules. Issuers and intermediaries that do not update their procedures once rules are finalized could face increased regulatory scrutiny, offering delays, or remedial filings.
Singapore, 15 May 2026…The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) today released its response to the feedback on proposals to enhance the requirements for Product Highlights Sheets (PHS) and streamline the distribution safeguards for complex products.
European Commission launches call for candidates for the ESAs’ Board of Appeal 12 May 2026 Board of Appeal The European Commission has launched a call for expression of interest for the appointment of members to the Board of Appeal of the three European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA – the ESAs). This…
On 12 May 2026, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultation on the partially revised AMLO-FINMA. The consultation will go on until 9 June 2026.
CPMI-IOSCO is seeking input from interested stakeholders on amendments to CCP-related resilience guidance and public quantitative disclosures requirements.
AI Analysis
CPMI and IOSCO have launched a consultation on targeted amendments to the 2017 CCP resilience guidance and the 2015 public quantitative disclosure (PQD) standards for central counterparties. The changes are intended to implement selected proposals from the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO report on initial margin transparency and responsiveness, with comments due by 30 June 2026.
Key dates
2026-05-06
CPMI-IOSCO published the consultation on updated CCP resilience guidance and PQD disclosures
2026-06-30 Deadline
Deadline to submit consultation comments to the CPMI and IOSCO secretariats
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO initial margin report to map likely changes to CCP resilience guidance and PQD disclosure expectations.
CCPs may wish to assess whether their current margin simulation tools, responsiveness metrics, override governance, and public disclosures could support the kind of targeted enhancements described in the consultation.
Clearing members and clients may wish to evaluate how more detailed CCP disclosures could affect margin forecasting, model validation, and due diligence workflows.
Firms may wish to prepare consultation submissions by the 30 June 2026 deadline, particularly if they have views on feasibility, data granularity, disclosure lags, or governance implications.
Compliance and legal teams may wish to monitor whether the final amendments create new reporting or disclosure obligations under the revised CCP guidance and PQD standards.
What changed
The consultation proposes targeted additions to the CPMI-IOSCO 2017 guidance on the resilience of central counterparties and to the 2015 PQD standards for CCPs. The stated purpose is to incorporate relevant elements of the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO final report on transparency and responsiveness of initial margin in centrally cleared markets.
The areas specifically addressed are simulation tools, the measurement of initial margin responsiveness, margin model governance frameworks, the use of margin model overrides, and CCP public disclosures.
Compliance impact
The publication is a consultation, so the immediate legal severity is moderate rather than binding, but it signals concrete supervisory direction on CCP margin transparency and governance. If adopted, the amendments could increase disclosure granularity and scrutiny of margin-model responsiveness, simulation tools, and override controls for CCPs and their clearing relationships.
CPMI-IOSCO is seeking input from interested stakeholders on amendments to CCP-related resilience guidance and public quantitative disclosures requirements.
Why this matters
This is a formal consultation by CPMI-IOSCO on proposed amendments to existing CCP resilience guidance (2017) and public quantitative disclosure standards (2015), incorporating proposals from the January 2025 BCBS-CPMI-IOSCO report on initial margin transparency.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed rule and form amendments that would give public companies the option of filing semiannual reports in lieu of quarterly reports to meet their interim reporting obligations under the federal securities…
ESMA launches its sixth stress test exercise for Central Counterparties 30 April 2026 CCP Press Releases The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, today launched its sixth stress test exercise for Central Counterparties (CCPs) . The CCP stress test…
ESMA consults on guidelines on endorsement under the ESG Ratings Regulation 29 April 2026 Credit Rating Agencies The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) has launched a public consultation on draft guidelines on endorsement under the ESG Ratings Regulation 1 . The consultation paper sets out ESMA’s…
Funded reinsurance transactions involving UK life insurers will face enhanced regulatory requirements under new proposals unveiled today by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA).
ESMA support ESEF implementation with updated taxonomy 21 April 2026 Electronic reporting The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has published the 2025 European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) XBRL taxonomy files , together with an updated ESEF…
The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) jointly proposed amendments to reduce private fund reporting burdens while enabling the continued collection of necessary and appropriate information. The…
AI Analysis
The SEC and CFTC have jointly proposed amendments to Form PF to reduce reporting burdens for private fund advisers by streamlining data requirements, simplifying calculations, and adjusting filing thresholds, while preserving essential information for systemic risk monitoring and investor protection. This matters for compliance professionals as it offers relief from prior expansions to Form PF (adopted in 2024), potentially lowering operational costs amid ongoing regulatory scrutiny, but requires monitoring during the comment period to influence final rules. https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-40-sec-cftc-jointly-propose-amendments-reduce-private-fund-reporting-burdens
Key dates
Nov. 17, 2027 Deadline
Extended compliance date for Names Rule-related Form N-PORT reporting (fund groups ≥$10B AUM); ; related relief via separate SEC action
May 18, 2028 Deadline
Extended compliance date for Names Rule-related Form N-PORT reporting (fund groups <$10B AUM)
60 days after Federal Register publication (est. mid
2026) - End of public comment period; ; proposing release to be published soon after April 2026 announcement
TBD (post
comment, est. late 2026/early 2027) - Adoption of final amendments; , subject to notice-and-comment revisions
Suggested considerations
Review Proposal: Download full proposing release post-Federal Register publication; assess current Form PF processes against proposed simplifications (e.g., audit AUM calculations, exposure schedules).
Submit Comments: File detailed feedback by comment deadline, focusing on burden estimates, implementation feasibility, and alternatives (e.g., via SEC's online portal); prioritize if your firm files quarterly/detailed sections.
Update Systems: Map current reporting workflows to proposed changes; pilot simplified data pulls for inflows, performance, and structures; prepare for potential transition rules if adopted.
Monitor Extensions: Track related no-action relief (e.g., CFTC Letter 25-50 for interim burden reduction) and Form N-PORT extensions.
Internal Training: Educate compliance teams on threshold changes and event reporting tweaks to avoid over-reporting during transition.
What changed
- Streamlined Reporting Items: Amendments propose removing or simplifying certain Form PF fields, such as reducing detailed breakdowns of investment exposures, counterparty data, and performance...
Adjusted Filing Thresholds: Raise thresholds for "large hedge fund advisers" and "large private equity advisers" (e.g., from $1.5B to potentially higher AUM levels for certain funds), limiting who...
Simplified Calculations: Eliminate complex aggregation rules for master-feeder/parallel structures, revert to prior methods for inflows/outflows and AUM (e.g., no double-counting exclusions for...
Event Reporting Relief: Propose delaying or narrowing 72-hour current event reporting (e.g., for large hedge funds under new Section 6), responding to burden complaints from 2024 amendments.
These...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Proposals signal imminent relief from 2024 Form PF expansions (effective 2025+), which added significant burdens like 72-hour events and granular exposures, but firms must act on comments now (within ~60 days) to shape outcomes and avoid sunk costs in current systems. Matters because it reverses prior increases (e.g., separate master-feeder reporting, detailed strategies), potentially saving millions in annual external costs, but non-response risks locking in suboptimal rules amid FSOC scrutiny.
The CSSF publication highlights AMLA's public consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) under Articles 16(4) and 17(3) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1624, specifying minimum group-wide AML/CFT requirements and additional measures for subsidiaries and branches in third countries. This matters because it aims to harmonize cross-border AML frameworks, ensuring groups maintain consolidated ML/TF risk views and robust controls, particularly in high-risk third-country operations, impacting EU financial groups' compliance structures. Private sector input is encouraged to align standards with practical operations.[https://www.cssf.lu/en/Document/public-consultation-by-amla-on-the-draft-rts-on-group-wide-minimum-requirements-and-additional-measures-for-subsidiaries-and-branches-in-third-countries/][https://www.amla.europa.eu/amla-consults-group-wide-requirements-and-business-wide-risk-assessment_en]
Suggested considerations
Register for 20 May 2026 public hearing to engage directly on practical application across group structures.[https://www.amla.europa.eu/events/public-hearing-draft-rts-group-wide-minimum-requirements-and-additional-measures-subsidiaries-and-2026-05-20_en]
Assess current group-wide AML/CFT frameworks against proposed minimums, identifying gaps in third-country controls, risk consolidation, and data sharing protocols.
What changed
- Group-wide AML/CFT frameworks: Establishes minimum standards for design and implementation across groups, including cross-border structures and third-country operations, to enable consolidated...
Third-country subsidiaries and branches: Introduces additional measures for entities in non-EU countries, extending requirements beyond traditional groups to other...
Information sharing and parent identification: Defines provisions for intra-group data sharing and criteria to identify the EU parent undertaking when multiple entities report to a third-country head...
Interlinked mandates: Cross-references obligations between Articles 16(4) and 17(3) for complementary requirements on organizational...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms with third-country exposure must act now on consultation (closes 15 July 2026) to influence final RTS, as these will mandate binding minimums for group-wide AML/CFT, potentially requiring significant framework overhauls for risk consolidation and controls. Non-engagement risks misaligned systems post-adoption, increasing supervisory scrutiny under harmonized EU standards; early assessment prevents rushed...
AMLA has launched a public consultation on draft Guidelines for business-wide risk assessments (BWRA) under the new Anti-Money Laundering Regulation (EU 2024/1624), with submissions open until 15 July 2026. These guidelines establish minimum requirements for all obliged entities across financial and non-financial sectors to systematically identify and manage money laundering and terrorist financing risks inherent to their operations.
Key dates
Later in 2026
- Final adoption of guidelines and technical standards
16 April 2026
- Consultation launched
20 May 2026, 10:00–12:00 CET
- Public hearing on draft RTS on group-wide requirements
28 May 2026, 10:00–12:00 CET
- Public hearing on draft Guidelines on business-wide risk assessment
15 July 2026 Deadline
- Consultation deadline for submissions
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (by 15 July 2026):
Review draft Guidelines and assess alignment with current BWRA practices
Identify gaps between existing risk assessment frameworks and proposed minimum requirements
Prepare formal consultation responses, particularly if your organization operates in non-financial sectors
Register for relevant public hearings (28 May for BWRA Guidelines; 20 May for group-wide RTS) to engage directly with AMLA
What changed
The draft Guidelines introduce four minimum requirements for conducting adequate business-wide risk assessments applicable to all obliged entities. The framework mandates that entities:
Identify risk exposure across their business model, customers, products, services, transactions, delivery channels, and geographical exposure
Maintain consolidated risk views across group structures, eliminating silos between branches and subsidiaries
Utilize internal and external data sources to build comprehensive risk landscapes, including monitoring customer behavior changes and tracking international typologies
Apply proportionality based on entity size, business model, and risk profile, while ensuring consistent application of policies across the organization
The guidelines specifically address evaluation...
The PRA's CP7/26 consultation proposes fee rates and amendments to the Fees Part of the PRA Rulebook for 2026/27 to meet a Total Funding Requirement (TFR) of £346.6 million, down 1% from 2025/26, primarily funding Ongoing Regulatory Activities (ORA) at £329.3 million. This matters for PRA-authorised firms as it involves adjusted periodic fees across blocks, increased allocations for initiatives like Future Banking Data, and other targeted fees, requiring budget planning and potential consultation responses.
Key dates
15 May 2026 Deadline
Consultation response deadline; (responses via email to CP7_26@bankofengland.co.uk or post to PRA Fees Policy Team)
2026/27
Proposed effective period for new fee rates; (following policy statement; exact implementation tied to PRA Rulebook amendments, typically post-consultation)
June/July 2026 (expected)
Policy statement with final rules; (analogous to FCA timeline in CP26/11)
Suggested considerations
Review proposed fee impacts using tariff data (e.g., via PRA-provided tables) and budget for 2026/27 TFR, including potential increases in FBD/other fees.
Submit responses by 15 May 2026, indicating confidentiality preferences, consent to name publication, and whether responding individually or for an organisation; personal data will be handled per Bank privacy notice.
For new applicants or restructuring firms: Factor in updated authorisation and Special Project Fees during planning.
Monitor PRA Business Plan 2026/27 for funded activities context.
What changed
- Proposed fee rates to cover the 2026/27 Annual Funding Requirement (AFR) of £329.3 million (ORA only, down 2% from 2025/26).
Increased cost allocation for the Future Banking Data (FBD) programme, from £3.2 million to £6.8 million (111% rise), contributing to 'other fees to industry' rising 26% to £17.4 million.
Adjustments to specific fees: internal model application fees, model maintenance fee (£9.6 million, unchanged), Special Project Fee for restructuring, and new firm authorisation fees for Type 1...
Fee block variations, e.g., A1 (Modified Eligible Liabilities) fee rates down 7% despite 6% tariff data growth; A3 (Gross Written Premiums) down 4%, Best Estimate Liabilities down 2%; minimum fees...
Overall TFR down 1% to £346.6 million, with provisional figures subject to revision based on final costs.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Firms must incorporate provisional fee changes into 2026/27 financial planning, but overall TFR/ORA reductions mitigate immediate pressure; however, block-specific adjustments (e.g., FBD uplift) and consultation response could affect budgets, with non-response risking unaddressed cost impacts. Dual-regulated firms face compounded effects from FCA CP26/11 (1% fee uplifts).
ESMA launches a call for evidence on restricted subscription and private credit ratings 16 April 2026 Credit Rating Agencies The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, today launched a call for evidence to gather stakeholder views on the purposes, market…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a call for evidence on restricted subscription and private credit ratings to gather stakeholder input on their market practices, uses, risks, and potential regulatory gaps under the CRA Regulation. This matters because rising use of these non-public ratings could prompt future clarifications or adjustments to ensure consistent standards with public ratings, impacting credit rating agencies (CRAs) and users reliant on them for regulatory or investment purposes.
Key dates
Q2 2026
- ESMA reviews responses to assess potential regulatory adjustments under CRA Regulation
31 May 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting evidence-based responses, including quantitative data and market examples, via ESMA's online consultation form in docx format
Suggested considerations
Review the full Call for Evidence document and annexes for specific questions on restricted subscription (Annex I) and private credit ratings (Annex II).
Prepare and submit evidence-based responses addressing key areas: use cases/benefits vs. public ratings, contracting/distribution parties, analytical/governance comparability, transparency impacts, risks/mitigations, and multi-CRA practices.
Provide quantitative data, concrete examples, and rationale; indicate specific questions and alternatives considered.
Submit online by 31 May 2026 using the docx reply form; note responses may be published unless confidentiality requested.
What changed
There are no immediate regulatory changes; this is a fact-finding call for evidence to assess whether adjustments to the CRA Regulation are needed. ESMA seeks views on definitions (e.g., restricted subscription ratings as selectively distributed to limited subscribers with economic interest; private ratings excluded from CRA scope if not distributed to >150 persons), production processes, governance comparability to public ratings, distribution risks, and market needs. Potential future outcomes include enhanced clarity on CRA Regulation application, but none are confirmed yet.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - This is not mandatory rulemaking but a critical opportunity to influence potential CRA Regulation clarifications amid growing private rating use, which could standardize governance/internal controls or expand scope. Firms using or issuing these ratings should engage to mitigate risks of future unaddressed practices leading to enforcement or restrictions; inaction may expose gaps if ESMA identifies inconsistencies with public rating standards.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today issued a conditional exemptive order that permits customer cross-margining of cash market positions in U.S. Treasury securities cleared by a registered clearing agency and futures positions in U.S. Treasury…
AI Analysis
The SEC has issued a conditional exemptive order and approved a proposed rule change by the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (FICC) to enable customer cross-margining between cash U.S. Treasury positions cleared at FICC and futures positions cleared at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME), extending a benefit previously limited to clearing members. This development enhances Treasury market liquidity and resilience by allowing dually registered broker-dealers/futures commission merchants (FCMs) to offer more efficient margin calculations to customers, aligning SEC and CFTC efforts in modernizing clearing infrastructure.
Key dates
April 15, 2026
- SEC issues conditional exemptive order and approves FICC's proposed rule change
Post
April 15, 2026 (prior to Federal Register publication); - Exemptive order and rule approval made available on SEC.gov; related CFTC order on CFTC.gov
TBD (after Federal Register publication) Deadline
- Official effective date upon Federal Register publication (no specific comment or implementation deadline specified in announcement)
Suggested considerations
Qualifying Firms: Review and ensure compliance with exemptive order conditions (e.g., customer eligibility, account segregation, risk controls) before offering cross-margining; update internal policies, systems, and customer agreements to support combined margin calculations in futures accounts.
Operational Updates: Implement changes to clearing and margining processes aligned with the Third Amended Cross-Margining Agreement; conduct testing with FICC and CME for customer-level arrangements.
Documentation and Reporting: Maintain records demonstrating adherence to Rule 15c3-3 exemptions and notify customers of new margining options; monitor for CFTC parallel requirements on commingled funds.
Legal/Compliance Review: Assess dual SEC/CFTC registration status and joint membership; consult with counsel on condition-specific interpretations.
What changed
- Exemptive Order: Provides relief from the SEC's broker-dealer customer protection rule (Rule 15c3-3), permitting dually registered broker-dealer/FCMs that are joint clearing members of FICC and CME...
Rule Change Approval: Approves FICC's filing to incorporate a Third Amended and Restated Cross-Margining Agreement with CME into its Government Securities Division rules, enabling cross-margining at...
Scope Expansion: Shifts from prior restrictions where only clearing members could cross-margin, now extending to eligible customers of qualifying firms, with safeguards for customer fund segregation...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - This enables immediate operational opportunities for margin efficiency but requires swift review of systems and controls to meet conditional safeguards, avoiding customer protection violations under Rule 15c3-3. Firms risk regulatory scrutiny or missed liquidity benefits if unprepared, especially amid ongoing Treasury clearing mandates; proactive adoption supports market resilience goals without mandatory overhaul.
The Financial Services Agency (FSA) and Tokyo Stock Exchange have launched a public consultation on draft revisions to Japan's Corporate Governance Code, with comments due by May 15, 2026. This represents the first major update since 2021 and aims to redirect corporate resource allocation toward growth investments, research and development, and human capital rather than short-term shareholder returns. The revised code will become effective this summer and requires listed companies to submit governance reports by July 2027.
Key dates
Summer 2026
- Official adoption of the revised Corporate Governance Code
May 15, 2026 Deadline
- Public consultation comment submission deadline (JST)
June 1, 2026
- Anticipated effective date (based on historical pattern; confirmation pending final adoption)
July 2027 Deadline
- Listed companies must submit governance reports under the new code
Suggested considerations
*For Listed Companies:
*Immediate (by May 15, 2026): Review the draft revisions (Materials 1 and 2) and consider submitting comments during the public consultation period if your organization wishes to influence final provisions.
*Pre-Implementation (Summer 2026): Conduct a comprehensive gap analysis comparing current governance practices against the draft requirements, particularly regarding:
Board processes for examining resource allocation decisions
Documentation of investment policy rationale
What changed
The draft revisions introduce several substantive modifications to Japan's corporate governance framework:
Resource Allocation Focus: Boards must continuously examine whether management resources (cash, deposits, real estate, and other assets) are allocated appropriately, with emphasis on growth...
Principles-Based Streamlining: The code has been streamlined to adopt a more principles-based approach, moving from form to substance and reducing prescriptive requirements.
Collective Engagement Promotion: The revisions aim to promote collective and collaborative engagements among investors, strengthening dialogue between companies and investors.
Beneficial Shareholder Transparency: Enhanced transparency requirements regarding the identification of beneficial shareholders.
CP6/26 from the PRA consults on reforms to the **high loan-to-income (LTI)** lending rules for residential mortgages, building on prior adjustments to the flow limit that caps high-LTI loans (≥4.5x borrower income) at 15% of total new lending for larger lenders. This matters for mortgage providers as it aims to balance financial stability, support housing market growth, and adapt macroprudential measures to current economic conditions, potentially influencing lending capacity and risk management ahead of the June 2026 review deadline (https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/prudential-regulation/publication/2026/april/high-loan-to-income-lending-consultation-paper).
Key dates
9 July 2025 Deadline
PRA offers interim modification by consent applications; firms must submit business plan/risk info within 1 month, then monthly reports (first covering prior 3 months)
11 July 2025
£150M threshold increase effective
TBD 2026 Deadline
PRA consultation on permanent LTI flow limit changes (due course post-review)
30 June 2026
Interim modifications expire (or earlier if rules amended)
Suggested considerations
Apply for modification (if seeking >15% high-LTI): Submit detailed business plan (incl. quarterly high-LTI projections), risk appetite, management frameworks; provide monthly notifications on approvals/completions.
Monitor thresholds: Track rolling 4-quarter mortgage volumes/contracts (≥£150M and ≥300 contracts in two periods triggers limit).
Record-keeping: Document high-LTI allowances, group allocations, exclusions.
Respond to consultation: Provide feedback on CP6/26 proposals via PRA channels (deadline not specified in summary; check full paper).
Engage regulators: FCA firms contact FCA for tailored guidance on high-LTI increases.
What changed
- Review of LTI flow limit: PRA is reviewing the rule limiting new residential mortgages with LTI ≥4.5x to 15% of total new lending, following FPC recommendations; no final changes proposed yet, but...
Threshold increase (prior update): Flow limit now triggers only for firms issuing ≥£150M in residential mortgages annually (up from £100M), effective 11 July 2025, exempting ~80 smaller lenders (up...
Interim modification by consent: Firms can apply to disapply the 15% cap temporarily; requires submitting business plans, risk frameworks, and monthly reporting on high-LTI volumes.
Exclusions remain: No LTI limit for re-mortgages (no principal change), lifetime mortgages, or second/subsequent charge mortgages (per historical rules).
Group allocations: Firms in groups can share high-LTI allowances, with record-keeping required.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms near £150M threshold or planning high-LTI growth must act imminently on modifications (monthly reporting starts soon) to avoid breaches before June 2026 expiry; non-compliance risks enforcement, while opportunities for smaller lenders enhance competitiveness amid housing market pressures (https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/prudential-regulation/publication/2026/april/high-loan-to-income-lending-consultation-paper).
Markets Europe & international Cooperation FMSB signs Consultation Agreement with Autorité des Marchés Financiers
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF) and Financial Markets Standards Board (FMSB) have signed a Consultation Agreement to enhance collaboration on developing guidance for wholesale Fixed Income, Currencies, and Commodities (FICC) markets, allowing AMF to provide expertise on FMSB drafts. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals regulatory endorsement of FMSB's non-binding standards, potentially elevating their influence on market conduct expectations in France and Europe, particularly as Paris grows as a trading hub. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/fmsb-signs-consultation-agreement-autorite-des-marches-financiers
Key dates
Ongoing from 2026
- Operational oral updates on FMSB workplan/priorities as needed. https://www.amf-france.org/sites/institutionnel/files/private/2026-03/fmsb-amf-accord-2026.pdf
30 March 2026
- Agreement signed and announced, marking effective date of collaboration (today's date). https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/fmsb-signs-consultation-agreement-autorite-des-marches-financiers
Annually (starting 2026)
- FMSB provides high-level oral update to AMF on strategy progress
At least annually (starting 2026)
- FMSB Chair/CEO discusses strategy refresh with AMF for input
Suggested considerations
Review and monitor FMSB's 2026 Workplan for upcoming Standards/Statements, noting AMF-influenced drafts (e.g., via FMSB committees and buy-side forum). https://fmsb.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/FMSB-2026-Workplan_Final.pdf
Benchmark internal FICC practices against FMSB guidance, especially vulnerability areas like market structures or conduct.
Engage with FMSB membership or working groups if applicable, to align with emerging standards endorsed by AMF.
Track AMF/FMSB updates for Paris-specific FICC developments. https://fmsb.com/fmsbsignsconsultationagreementwithamf/
What changed
This is not a regulatory change imposing new rules but a bilateral Consultation Agreement outlining cooperation mechanisms. Key elements include: AMF input on FMSB's annual strategy refresh via discussions with FMSB Chair/CEO; annual high-level oral updates on FMSB strategy progress; operational updates on FMSB workplan/priorities; and AMF's ability to review and challenge draft FMSB guidance materials and publications for wholesale FICC markets. The agreement is non-binding, personal to the parties, and amendable only by mutual written consent, with no third-party rights.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Low - This agreement introduces no direct obligations, deadlines, or penalties; it fosters indirect influence via enhanced credibility of FMSB's voluntary standards in AMF-regulated markets. It matters for long-term conduct risk management in FICC, as firms ignoring FMSB guidance (now AMF-supported) may face heightened supervisory scrutiny, especially amid Paris's trading growth and AMF's 2026 priorities for resilient markets. https://zoominvest.fr/actualites/patrimoine/amf-des-priorites-2026-axees-sur-l-attractivite-l-innovation-et-la-securite-des-marches/iob24fnqfmfh258iwmxwwicy
On 3 March 2026, we said we’d bring forward our planned review of the UK Listing Rules for Investment entities, including how they apply to board independence and related party provisions.Since then, there has been substantial debate over our role in relation to investment trusts, including calls for us to ‘get to…
AI Analysis
This FCA blog post announces an accelerated review of UK Listing Rules for investment entities, focusing on board independence, related party provisions, conflicts of interest, and shareholder rights amid debates over activist minority shareholders targeting investment trusts. It matters because it clarifies the FCA's limited role (rules apply to issuers, not shareholders), reinforces Companies Act protections, and signals upcoming proposals to ensure rules fit novel scenarios like concentrated ownership, potentially impacting governance and listing compliance for investment trusts.[FCA blog]
Key dates
End of 2026
- FCA to complete review and publish consultation paper with proposals.[FCA blog]
3 March 2026
- FCA announces acceleration of planned Listing Rules review for investment entities.[FCA blog]
Suggested considerations
Monitor and engage: Investment trust boards/managers should track the upcoming consultation (expected end-2026) and consider submitting responses on board independence, conflicts, and shareholder protections.[FCA blog]
Review governance: Assess articles of association for voting enhancements (e.g., electronic voting, opt-ins) and ensure boards understand powers to challenge vexatious requisitions under Companies Act.[FCA blog]
Enhance shareholder engagement: Platforms and intermediaries to digitize voting processes; firms to promote high turnout (recently >80%) and clear information on director nominations.[FCA blog]
Conflict checks: Proactively manage related party issues and concentrated ownership risks in line with current Listing Rules, anticipating review focus.
What changed
No immediate regulatory changes or new requirements are introduced; this is a consultation precursor outlining a planned review. The review will assess:
Application of Listing Rules to board independence and related party transactions for investment entities.
How rules, alongside company law, support shareholder rights, engagement, and conflict management (e.g., protecting against "back door takeovers" by minority activists like Saba).
Proposals will be...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This signals future changes via consultation but imposes no immediate obligations; however, it heightens scrutiny on investment trust governance amid activist pressures, risking enforcement if conflicts or independence lapses occur pre-review. Matters for compliance teams to audit current setups against Listing Rules and Companies Act, avoiding missteps in high-profile cases like Saba campaigns, while preparing for end-2026 proposals that could tighten related party and board rules.[FCA blog]
The Prudential Regulation Authority has today published proposals aimed at ensuring banks can monetise liquid assets quickly in a fast-paced stress event – such as the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank in 2023.
AI Analysis
The PRA has launched a three-month consultation on modernized liquidity standards designed to ensure banks can rapidly convert liquid assets to cash during stress events, responding directly to lessons from the 2023 collapses of Silicon Valley Bank and Credit Suisse. Rather than requiring banks to hold more liquid assets, the reforms focus on **operationalizing existing liquidity** through enhanced stress testing, removal of exemptions for sovereign bonds, and improved preparedness for central bank facility access.
Key dates
March 17, 2026
- Consultation launch (today)
April 27, 2026
- Consultation closes (three-month window)
September 30, 2026
- Insurance liquidity reporting effective date (parallel reform)
Early 2027 – 2030
- Implementation timeline for final rules (phased approach)
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (by April 27, 2026):
Review the full consultation document and impact assessment
Identify internal stakeholders (Treasury, Risk, Operations, Compliance) for response coordination
Assess current liquidity stress testing capabilities against proposed weekly timeframe requirement
The consultation proposes four primary regulatory modifications:
Weekly stress testing requirement: Firms must conduct internal stress tests evaluating rapid outflows within one week, supplementing the existing monthly reporting framework
Removal of Level 1 asset exemption: Sovereign bonds and other "level 1 assets" will no longer be exempt from annual testing of monetization capability for non-liquid assets, closing a significant...
Barrier identification mandate: Firms must systematically evaluate their liquidity, identify barriers to asset monetization, and document findings
Central bank facility preparedness: Regulatory encouragement (not mandate) for operational readiness to access Bank of England facilities during stress
Critically, the PRA explicitly states these...
CP5/26 is a PRA consultation paper proposing updates to the liquidity policy framework to address modern risks from digital banking, payments, and technology that can amplify liquidity stresses. It matters because it strengthens firms' resilience by emphasizing liquidity resource composition, monetisation risk, and short-term stress scenarios, ensuring firms can meet outflows in acute crises.
Key dates
17 June 2026 Deadline
Consultation responses due; (submit to CP5_26@bankofengland.co.uk or Liquidity Policy Team)
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation by 17 June 2026, indicating confidentiality and publication consent.
Update internal processes: Revise ILAAP/ILAA to include new stress scenario (sudden/severe outflows in first 7 days), monetisation risk assessments (with template), liquidity composition analysis, central bank facility readiness (pre-positioned collateral monitoring).
Stress testing: Design firm-specific acute stress with daily granularity, lowest cumulative net cashflows analysis over LCR/survival horizons.
Systems check: Assess impact on validation processes from PRA110 changes; ensure operational readiness for asset monetisation.
What changed
- Composition of liquidity resources: Revise the Overall Liquidity Adequacy Rule (OLAR) to explicitly require adequate composition (not just amount) of liquidity resources, balancing cash, non-cash...
Monetisation risk assessment: Replace 'marketable asset risk' with monetisation risk in ILAA rule 11.5, with detailed expectations in updated SS24/15 on market access, accounting treatment, repo/sale...
Stress scenario design: New requirement for a business model-specific stress scenario with sudden, severe outflows peaking in the first week (up to 7 days), integrated into ILAAP/ILAA.
Governance and ILAAP updates: Embed governance for ILAAP preparation, OLAR reviews, ALM committees; clarify risk appetite, Liquidity Contingency Plans (LCP), funding plans; streamline SS24/15...
Central bank facilities: Expectations to assess pre-positioned collateral, drawing capacity, operational readiness for publicly available facilities (excluding emergency assistance); monitor in ILAAP.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms must engage now as the 17 June 2026 response deadline is ~3 months away (today: 17 March 2026), and changes target evolving digital risks that could amplify outflows. Non-engagement risks supervisory scrutiny on ILAAP adequacy, OLAR compliance, and resilience in stresses; proportionate but requires ILAAP revisions pre-final rules.
The Securities and Exchange Commission today proposed amendments to Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11, which sets out certain information gathering and review requirements for broker-dealers that publish quotations for, or maintain a continuous quoted market in…
AI Analysis
The SEC is proposing amendments to Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11, which governs broker-dealer quotation requirements in OTC markets outside national securities exchanges, aiming to update information review standards for enhanced investor protection. This matters for compliance professionals as it could impose stricter due diligence on broker-dealers quoting OTC securities, building on 2020 amendments amid ongoing fixed income implementation challenges, potentially reducing fraud in retail-heavy OTC markets. https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-28-sec-proposes-amendments-exchange-act-rule-15c2-11
Key dates
TBD (post
Federal Register publication) - Proposed comment period closes; SEC seeks input on amendments.; (Inferred from "consultation" type; exact date not in summary.) https://www.sec.gov/newsroom/press-releases/2026-28-sec-proposes-amendments-exchange-act-rule-15c2-11
Suggested considerations
Review processes: Broker-dealers must verify current issuer info (financials for last 2 years, filings) is publicly available (EDGAR/website) before quoting; annual checks for Phase 3 fixed income.
Exception compliance: Limit piggyback to priced quotes, avoid 60-day post-suspension, cap shell quoting at 18 months.
Systems updates: Implement OTC quote surveillance for fixed income/private securities; document reviews.
Issuer coordination: OTC issuers ensure info on EDGAR/website; monitor no-action phases.
Comment submission: Firms respond to proposal via SEC portal during consultation.
What changed
Rule 15c2-11 requires broker-dealers to review current, publicly available issuer information (e.g., via EDGAR or issuer websites) before publishing or submitting quotations for OTC securities, with exceptions like piggybacking limited to scenarios with one-way priced quotes, post-trading suspension restrictions (60 days), and time-bound quoting for shell companies (18 months).
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Builds on enforced 2020/2021 changes with fixed income phases expired (Phase 3 active since 2024), pressuring broker-dealers on ongoing quotes amid SEC scrutiny; proposals could tighten "publicly available" standards or exceptions, risking enforcement for non-compliant OTC activity in fraud-prone markets. Matters as OTC is retail-dominated, amplifying gatekeeper liability; operational overhauls needed now to avoid quoting halts.
The CFTC has issued an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) seeking public comments on potential amendments or new regulations for event contracts in prediction markets, focusing on statutory compliance, public interest prohibitions, and cost-benefit analysis. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals heightened CFTC scrutiny and forthcoming rules that could reshape prediction market operations, amid jurisdictional disputes and enforcement priorities. (https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9194-26)
Key dates
April 26, 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for public comments (45 days after Federal Register publication; ANPRM published March 12, 2026). Comments via CFTC Public Comments Portal. (https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9194-26)
Suggested considerations
Submit comments: Affected parties should prepare and file written comments within 45 days via the CFTC Public Comments Portal, addressing ANPRM questions on CEA principles, prohibited contracts, and costs/benefits.
Monitor developments: Track Federal Register publication, related litigation (e.g., state challenges to CFTC jurisdiction), and CFTC Enforcement Division advisories. (https://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/PressReleases/9183-26)
What changed
This ANPRM proposes no immediate changes, as it is an early-stage consultation seeking input on:
Application of Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) core principles and existing CFTC regulations to prediction markets.
Criteria for prohibiting event contracts deemed contrary to the public interest (e.g., potentially sports, politics, or sensitive topics like government employee outcomes).
Cost-benefit analyses for regulating prediction markets.
It builds on prior actions, including withdrawal of a 2024 proposed ban on certain event contracts and a 2025 staff advisory on sports-related...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - This ANPRM initiates rulemaking that could prohibit certain event contracts or impose new CEA compliance burdens, amid CFTC Enforcement Division advisories on misconduct (e.g., MNPI, manipulation) and jurisdictional defenses against states/SEC. Firms risk enforcement actions if unprepared, especially as prediction markets grow with institutional interest; proactive commenting and program reviews are essential to influence outcomes and mitigate risks.
Central Bank of Ireland today published a Discussion Paper examining the potential role of Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) and tokenisation in the financial system . Deputy Governor Vasileios Madouros, commenting on the publication, said: “Distributed ledger technology and tokenisation have the potential to…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) has launched Discussion Paper 12 (DP12) on Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) and tokenisation in financial services to explore their transformative potential in areas like markets, funds, payments, and money, while assessing opportunities, risks, and enablers such as legal clarity and interoperability. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals CBI's proactive stance on integrating these technologies into a resilient financial system, aligning with EU ambitions like the Savings and Investment Union, and invites stakeholder input to shape future policy without proposing immediate rules. (Source: https://www.centralbank.ie/news/article/press-release-discussion-paper-tokenisation-and-distributed-ledger-technology-in-financial-services-5-march-26 [publication]; https://www.arthurcox.com/insights/central-bank-issues-discussion-paper-on-dlt-tokenisation-in-financial-services/ )
Key dates
5 June 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholder submissions responding to the 16 questions in DP12
Post
5 June 2026; - CBI to publish a feedback statement assessing responses and existing policy fit. (Source: https://www.centralbank.ie/news/article/press-release-discussion-paper-tokenisation-and-distributed-ledger-technology-in-financial-services-5-march-26 [publication]; https://www.arthurcox.com/insights/central-bank-issues-discussion-paper-on-dlt-tokenisation-in-financial-services/ )
Suggested considerations
Review DP12 (PDF available via CBI site) and prepare/ submit responses to the 16 questions by 5 June 2026, focusing on legal clarity, risks, funds tokenisation, and enablers like interoperability.
Engage in CBI's structured stakeholder dialogues to influence future frameworks.
Assess internal DLT/tokenisation pilots or plans against discussed risks (e.g., operational resilience, scalability) and opportunities (e.g., fractional ownership, 24/7 liquidity).
What changed
This is a non-binding discussion paper, not a regulatory change or new requirement; it poses 16 questions on topics including legal recognition of tokenised instruments, governance, infrastructure, funds (e.g., tokenised MMFs and ETFs), payments, and risks like operational resilience and interoperability. It highlights needs for policy intervention to avoid fragmented "walled gardens," ensure central bank money's role, and address challenges in fractionalisation, transparency, and settlement finality, but no mandates are imposed yet.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – This consultative paper poses no immediate rules but represents a key opportunity to shape emerging DLT/tokenisation regulation amid CBI's 2026 priorities on tech-driven transformations and resilience; inaction risks missing input on critical enablers like legal finality for tokens, potentially leading to stricter future requirements misaligned with firm needs. It aligns with broader EU/BIS pushes (e.g., MiCA, tokenized reserves), amplifying relevance for firms in funds, payments, and crypto.
The Financial Services Agency (FSA) has released the **AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.1)**, an updated consultation document addressing the sound utilization of artificial intelligence in Japan's financial sector. This revised version incorporates stakeholder feedback from the FSA AI Public-Private Forum (June-December 2025) and establishes the regulatory foundation for how financial institutions should approach AI governance, risk management, and compliance as AI adoption accelerates.
Key dates
March 2025
- Original AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.0) published
March 3, 2026
- FSA publishes AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.1) in Japanese
Ongoing
- Comment submission period (no specified end date provided; comments accepted via email to ai.survey@fsa.go.jp)
June
December 2025; - Previous stakeholder engagement period (completed; informed Version 1.1)
Suggested considerations
*Immediate (for compliance and risk teams):
*Obtain and review the full AI Discussion Paper (Version 1.1) (available as Attachment 1 from the FSA website)
*Assess current AI implementations against the preliminary discussion points outlined in the paper
*Identify regulatory gaps in existing AI governance frameworks relative to FSA expectations
*Short-term (30-90 days):
What changed
The Version 1.1 update reflects a stakeholder-informed evolution rather than a complete regulatory overhaul:
Incorporation of industry feedback: The revision integrates insights from the FSA AI Public-Private Forum discussions on AI utilization status, risk management practices, and regulatory application...
Expanded scope: The paper now addresses "a broad range of related issues" beyond the initial Version 1.0 framework, reflecting emerging challenges identified through industry dialogue
Preliminary guidance framework: The document provides initial guidance on current state assessment and challenge identification, explicitly acknowledging that technological advancements may alter...
Regulatory clarity initiative: The paper addresses "situations that require clarification on how regulations apply" to AI implementations, signaling the FSA's intent to reduce regulatory ambiguity...
ESMA consults on post-trade risk reduction services under EMIR 3 26 February 2026 Post Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation on the requirements for how post-trade risk reduction (PTRR) services can benefit from…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a consultation on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) that establish requirements for **post-trade risk reduction (PTRR) services** to qualify for a conditioned exemption from the mandatory clearing obligation under EMIR 3. This framework is critical because it balances market efficiency gains from risk reduction tools against systemic risk concerns, requiring compliance professionals to understand new operational, transparency, and monitoring requirements before the standards take effect.
Key dates
26 February 2026
- ESMA launches consultation
Q2 2026
- ESMA considers feedback received and prepares final report
20 April 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholder feedback submissions
Q4 2026
- Draft RTS submitted to the European Commission
Suggested considerations
*For PTRR Service Providers:
*Assess current operations against proposed RTS requirements, particularly regarding market risk neutrality and risk reduction thresholds
*Review algorithm safeguards and execution protocols to ensure compliance with transparency and non-discrimination standards
*Establish record-keeping systems capable of documenting PTRR exercises and demonstrating exemption qualification
*Prepare monitoring capabilities to support NCA oversight and supervisory reporting
What changed
The draft RTS introduce a structured framework governing how PTRR services operate under the clearing obligation exemption:
Eligible Service Types
The standards focus on three primary PTRR service...
Market risk neutrality in PTRR exercises—transactions must not alter the overall market risk profile of portfolios
Required risk reduction in submitted portfolios—genuine risk mitigation rather than speculative activity
Compliance with pre-agreed rules and reasonable, transparent, non-discriminatory conduct
Operational & Governance Framework
The RTS establish requirements across multiple dimensions:
Transparency towards participants in PTRR exercises
The Basel Committee has published a consultation on a consolidated version of its guidelines and sound practices. The consolidated version aims to improve accessibility and substantially streamline guidance materials. Comments on the consultation are requested by 26 June 2026.
AI Analysis
The Basel Committee has opened a consultation on a new consolidated website version of its guidelines and sound practices for banks and supervisors, with comments due by 2026-06-26. The key compliance significance is structural rather than substantive: the Committee says the exercise is intended to improve accessibility and streamline existing guidance, not introduce new expectations.
Key dates
2026-02-26
Basel Committee published the consultation and launched the draft consolidated guidelines and sound practices website
2026-06-26 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the consultation
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultative document and assess whether the new modular structure affects internal policy libraries, control inventories, or regulatory mapping tools.
Firms may wish to compare their current reliance on BIS guidelines and sound practices against the consolidated version to identify any content that has been removed as outdated, duplicative, or superseded.
Stakeholders may wish to submit comments by 2026-06-26 if the draft structure, organization, or accessibility of the consolidated guidance would affect supervisory implementation or internal interpretive work.
Supervisory liaison teams may wish to confirm that local or group-wide references to BIS guidance remain aligned with the consolidated presentation rather than legacy PDF documents.
What changed
The Committee has launched a draft consolidated version of its guidelines and sound practices in a modular format on a new BIS website section. It says the new structure reorganises existing guidance, mirrors the format used for the Basel Framework, and is intended to make the materials more user-friendly and easier to navigate.
The Committee states there was no intention to introduce new expectations through this exercise.
Compliance impact
The practical impact is moderate because the Basel Committee explicitly says the exercise does not create new expectations. The main consequence is that firms and supervisors may need to re-map references to legacy guidance, since the Committee has restructured and materially reduced the volume of published materials.
The EBA and ESMA consult on revised suitability assessment requirements for banks and investment firms 25 February 2026 Investor protection The European Banking Authority (EBA) and the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) today launched a consultation on the revised joint guidelines on the assessment of…
AI Analysis
The EBA and ESMA have launched a consultation on revised joint guidelines updating suitability assessments for management body members and key function holders in banks and investment firms, incorporating new requirements from the revised CRD and MiFID II to enhance harmonization and supervisory convergence. This matters for compliance professionals as it introduces mandatory assessments for additional roles, strengthens AML/CFT links, and includes simplifications to reduce burdens, potentially impacting governance processes once finalized and replacing the 2021 guidelines.
Key dates
15 April 2026, 14:00
15:30; - Public hearing on joint guidelines
15 April 2026, 15:30
16:30; - Public hearing on EBA RTS
25 May 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for submitting comments on joint guidelines and EBA RTS
Post
25 May 2026; - EBA publishes all contributions (unless requested otherwise)
TBD (post
consultation); - Revised guidelines enter into force, repealing 2021 guidelines
Suggested considerations
Assess current suitability processes against new requirements (e.g., ex-ante applications, AML/CFT checks, third-country branch specs) and prepare for mandatory assessments of additional roles like CFOs.
For large institutions, evaluate EBA RTS on documentation and align internal templates (e.g., suitability questionnaires, CVs).
Participate in public hearings on 15 April 2026 if relevant.
Plan governance updates, including ongoing monitoring of collective/individual suitability and corrective measures.
What changed
- Incorporation of revised CRD requirements for large institutions, including ex-ante applications where authorities perform ex-post assessments, and mandatory suitability assessments for key roles...
Expanded application to CRD-covered entities and MiFID II investment firms, with further specifications for third-country branches.
Strengthened integration with AML/CFT framework, providing guidance on identifying reasonable grounds to suspect money laundering or terrorist financing risks during assessments.
Introduction of targeted simplifications to streamline processes, reduce administrative burdens, and offer greater flexibility/clarity for institutions and supervisors.
Parallel EBA consultation on RTS specifying standardized documentation (e.g., suitability questionnaires, CVs, internal assessments) for large institutions to ensure consistent submissions.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - As a consultation launched today (25 February 2026), firms have ~3 months to engage, but final guidelines will repeal existing ones, mandating process updates for core governance/AML functions in banks and investment firms; delays risk non-compliance with harmonized EU standards, especially for large institutions facing RTS on documentation. Matters due to expanded scope (e.g., CFOs, third-country branches) and AML ties, amplifying fit-and-proper regime enforcement amid supervisory convergence push.
CP4/26 proposes targeted amendments to UK Solvency II own funds rules in the PRA Rulebook, addressing inconsistencies, clarifying requirements, and restating EU guidelines for better accessibility. These updates matter as they reduce regulatory burden, enhance clarity, and align rules with market practices, supporting PRA objectives of firm safety, policyholder protection, and competitiveness without introducing new risks.
Key dates
24 April 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline
2026 H2
- Publication of dedicated policy statement (PS) with effective date for remaining changes
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation by 24 April 2026 via email to CP4_26@bankofengland.co.uk or post, indicating confidentiality and publication consent preferences.
Assess current own funds instruments against proposed clarifications (e.g., redemption permissions, MCR eligibility, maturity requirements) and update internal classifications or applications if needed.
Evaluate reconciliation reserve calculations for potential adjustments post-permission grants.
Engage PRA on concurrent transactions (e.g., redemptions) for streamlined processes under clarified expectations.
Prepare for Rulebook updates by mapping impacts to Own Funds, Reporting, Group Supervision, Glossary, and SCR Standard Formula parts.
What changed
- Amendments to prior permission requirements for repaying or redeeming Tier 1 and Tier 3 own funds instruments, clarifying application to items classified under own funds permissions.
Clarification that Tier 2 basic own funds items can cover 20% of the Minimum Capital Requirement (MCR), while Tier 2 Ancillary Own Funds cannot.
Requirement that both minimum maturity date and first contractual opportunity to redeem must be met for Tier 1 and Tier 2 basic own funds classification.
Correction to reconciliation reserve calculation to avoid canceling eligible own funds increases from classification permissions for balance sheet liabilities.
Updates to guidelines on capital instrument redemption, including early calls for unforeseen regulatory/tax changes and treatment of tender offers.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Proposals are refinements and clarifications rather than new burdens, with modest impacts focused on error corrections and alignment with practices; however, they affect core own funds calculations critical for solvency, requiring review before H2 2026 implementation to avoid misclassifications or PRA engagement delays.
ESMA consults on guarantees as CCP collateral and on certain aspects of CCP investment policy 23 February 2026 CCP The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a public consultation following the review of the European Market Infrastructure…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a public consultation under EMIR 3 to gather stakeholder input on conditions for CCPs accepting public guarantees, public bank guarantees, and commercial bank guarantees as collateral, eligibility of debt instruments for CCP investment policies, and secured arrangements for emission allowances as margins or default fund contributions. This matters because it permanently broadens eligible collateral types and extends access to NFC clients, enhancing EU CCP efficiency, competitiveness, and accessibility amid liquidity pressures in energy and other markets.
Key dates
End of 2026
- ESMA to submit final draft technical standards to the European Commission following final report preparation
30 April 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline; submit online via ESMA portal, addressing specific questions with rationale
Suggested considerations
Review and Respond to Consultation: CCPs, clearing members, NFCs, and clients should analyze the paper, prepare responses to Annex 1 questions by 30 April 2026, and submit online; indicate confidentiality if needed.
Assess Internal Policies: CCPs must evaluate current collateral, investment, and emission allowance frameworks against proposed conditions; clearing members/NFCs should model impacts on liquidity and margin posting.
Monitor Developments: Track ESMA's final report and RTS submission; prepare for potential supervisory expectations on guarantee acceptance and debt instrument eligibility post-2026.
Engage with Industry: Join associations like EACH for coordinated feedback on risk-based approaches and proportionality.
What changed
- Permanent expansion of eligible CCP collateral to include public guarantees, public bank guarantees, and commercial bank guarantees, with specified conditions for acceptance.
Criteria for deeming debt instruments as eligible financial instruments under CCP investment policies.
Requirements for highly secured arrangements to deposit emission allowances as margins or default fund contributions.
These build on EMIR 3's measures to broaden collateral scope and entity coverage,...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - Firms face a tight 2-month window (from 23 February 2026) to influence final RTS, with implementation likely in 2027+ affecting core clearing operations; delays risk non-compliance with broadened collateral rules amid ongoing liquidity strains, especially for NFCs in volatile markets like energy.
ESMA seeks input to streamline and simplify its market abuse guidelines 19 February 2026 Market Abuse Market Integrity The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched a consultation proposing amendments to its Market Abuse Regulation (MAR)…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a consultation on amending its Market Abuse Regulation (MAR) guidelines on delaying disclosure of inside information, aligning them with changes introduced by the Listing Act to reduce issuer burdens and clarify requirements. This matters because it simplifies compliance for issuers by removing outdated delay justifications and adding new ones, effective from June 2026, potentially lowering administrative costs while maintaining market integrity.
Key dates
19 February 2026
Consultation launch date
29 April 2026 Deadline
Consultation response deadline; (10-week period)
5 June 2026 Deadline
Entry into application of amended MAR disclosure regime; (issuers no longer required to immediately disclose protracted process inside information)
Q4 2026
ESMA final report and updated guidelines publication
Suggested considerations
Respond to consultation: Submit feedback via ESMA's online .docx form by 29 April 2026, focusing on proposed amendments, additional legitimate interests, and interactions with prudential supervision (Annex IV of Consultation Paper).
Review and update policies: Assess current inside information disclosure procedures against proposed changes, particularly removing protracted process delays and incorporating new legitimate interests; prepare for non-contradiction with latest public announcements.
Train staff: Update compliance training on MAR delay conditions ahead of June 2026, ensuring alignment with Listing Act changes.
Monitor updates: Track ESMA's Q4 2026 final report for binding guidelines and adjust insider lists, PDMR notifications, and disclosure workflows accordingly.
What changed
- Alignment with Listing Act: Guidelines will reflect MAR amendments, removing the requirement for immediate disclosure of inside information on protracted processes before completion (effective June...
New legitimate interests for delay: Adds scenarios such as public authority requests for non-disclosure, issuer need for more time to collect information, or involvement in multiple similar...
Elimination of "no misleading the public" condition: Removes Guideline 2 entirely, as the Listing Act deleted this from MAR; replaces with requirement that delayed disclosure must not contradict the...
Overall simplification: Reduces administrative burdens for issuers while providing clearer, non-exhaustive lists of delay situations.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This is a consultation on simplifications that reduce burdens rather than impose new obligations, with changes not effective until June 2026—giving firms over four months post-consultation to adapt. It matters for issuers to engage now for influence and early policy alignment, avoiding future misalignment penalties under MAR, but lacks immediate enforcement risk.
ESMA publishes list of supplementary deferrals for sovereign bonds 19 February 2026 Post Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), together with National Competent Authorities (NCAs), has agreed supplementary deferrals that may be applied on top of the standard Markets in Financial Instruments…
AI Analysis
ESMA has authorized **supplementary deferrals for sovereign bond post-trade transparency**, allowing market participants to omit transaction volumes from immediate publication for medium-sized trades on liquid bonds, with full disclosure required by end-of-day. This measure balances market transparency with liquidity protection in EU sovereign bond markets, effective May 4, 2026, with a compressed implementation timeline requiring immediate compliance planning.
Key dates
February 17, 2026
- ESMA Board of Supervisors adopts decision
February 19, 2026
- ESMA publishes supplementary deferrals list
March 2, 2026
- Original implementation date (subsequently extended)
May 4, 2026
- **Effective date for supplementary deferrals application**
Suggested considerations
*Immediate Compliance Preparation (by May 4, 2026)
*System Configuration: Trading venues and investment firms must update post-trade reporting systems to implement volume omission deferrals for Group 1, Category 1 sovereign bonds, with automated end-of-day publication triggers.
*Instrument Classification: Establish processes to correctly identify which sovereign bonds qualify as Group 1, Category 1 under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/583 (RTS 2), referencing Table 2.6 of Annex III.
*APA Coordination: Approved Publication Arrangements must configure deferral management services to apply volume omission rules consistently across all reporting firms, with fallback procedures for system failures.
*Policy Documentation: Update post-trade transparency policies, procedures, and client disclosures to reflect the new deferral regime and explain the timing of volume publication.
What changed
Scope of Supplementary Deferrals
The decision permits volume omission deferrals for sovereign bonds classified as Group 1, Category 1 instruments (medium-size, liquid instruments) under MiFIR's post-trade transparency framework. Market operators and investment firms may defer publication of transaction volumes until end-of-trading-day, rather than the standard 15-minute deferral period.
Regulatory Rationale
ESMA determined that these deferrals are necessary to account for specific characteristics of sovereign bond markets, particularly protecting market liquidity and ensuring orderly price...
The PRA's CP3/26 proposes rule amendments to align its Rulebook with HM Treasury's (HMT) Overseas Prudential Requirements Regime (OPRR), which restates and modifies existing CRR equivalence provisions for treating overseas entities' exposures as preferential "exposures to institutions." This matters for **PRA-authorised firms** as it clarifies capital treatment for cross-border exposures, reduces interpretive burdens, and ensures consistency post-Brexit, advancing the PRA's safety and soundness objective while facilitating HMT designations.
Key dates
Thursday 2 April 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline; submit to CP3_26@bankofengland.co.uk or PRA at 20 Moorgate, London EC2R 6DA
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation by 2 April 2026, indicating consent for name/organisation publication and any confidentiality claims.
Assess current exposures to overseas institutions/exchanges against proposed OPRR criteria; model impacts on capital requirements under SA, IRB, and large exposures rules.
Update internal policies on exposure classification once final rules published; monitor HMT OPRR designations for affected jurisdictions.
Indicate response as individual or organisational; personal data handled per Bank of England privacy notice.
What changed
- Credit Risk Standardised Approach (SA): Exposures to overseas credit institutions, investment firms, or exchanges treated as "exposures to institutions" only if from UK or HMT-designated OPRR...
IRB Approach: Preserves CRR Article 107(3) effect by aligning exposure class allocation with SA's updated "exposures to institutions" concept.
Large Exposures: Amends Rule 1.3 definition of "institution" to limit preferential treatment to UK or OPRR-designated overseas entities.
General Scope: Applies changes across PRA Rulebook for consistency; not relevant to credit unions or third-country branches.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms must engage promptly on consultation (deadline ~10 weeks from publication) to influence outcomes; changes clarify but could increase capital for non-designated overseas exposures, impacting safety/soundness and competitiveness. Failure to adapt risks non-compliance with updated Rulebook and higher prudential burdens.
Anti-money Laundering Asset management The AMF invites financial market participants to AMLA’s consultations on three draft AML/CFT implementing standards
AI Analysis
The AMF is urging financial market participants, especially in asset management and related sectors, to engage in AMLA's public consultations on three draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) under the new EU AML/CFT package, covering customer due diligence (CDD), identification of business relationships/transactions, and enforcement measures. These RTS aim to provide harmonized, proportionate implementation guidance, significantly impacting CDD processes and supervisory consistency across the EU, with underlying rules applying from 10 July 2027.[Source URL: https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-invites-financial-market-participants-amlas-consultations-three-draft-amlcft-implementing#xts=607212&xtor=RSS-11&type=RSS]
Key dates
9 February 2026
- Consultations opened by AMLA on three draft RTS.[Source URL: https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-invites-financial-market-participants-amlas-consultations-three-draft-amlcft-implementing#xts=607212&xtor=RSS-11&type=RSS]
9 March 2026
- Consultation closes on RTS for pecuniary sanctions/administrative measures
24 March 2026
- Online public hearing on CDD and business relationships RTS
8 May 2026
- Consultations close on CDD RTS and business relationships/linked transactions RTS.[Source URL: https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-invites-financial-market-participants-amlas-consultations-three-draft-amlcft-implementing#xts=607212&xtor=RSS-11&type=RSS]
10 July 2026
- AMLA submits final draft RTS to European Commission for adoption
Suggested considerations
Gap analysis and preparation: Assess current CDD/business identification/enforcement processes against drafts; identify changes for remote onboarding, PEPs, sectoral measures (e.g., asset manager Article 17 scenarios), and sanctions screening; set milestones for policy/system updates by July 2027.
Engage hearings: Attend 24 March 2026 public hearing for CDD/business RTS.
Monitor post-consultation: Track AMLA/EC adoption (expected Q1 2026 for some related RTS) and national implementations (e.g., CSSF data reporting).
What changed
- CDD RTS: Builds on EBA's prior draft with AMLA refinements for legal clarity, proportionality, and risk adaptation; specifies information/sources for identity verification of natural persons/legal...
Business Relationships/Occasional/Linked Transactions RTS: Defines criteria under AMLR Article 19(9) to harmonize identification, ensuring consistent EU-wide application beyond basic...
Enforcement RTS (Pecuniary Sanctions/Administrative Measures): Under AMLD6 Article 53(10), standardizes supervisor assessment/categorization of breaches for proportionate, effective, dissuasive...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - These RTS operationalize core AMLR/AMLD6 mandates with July 2027 applicability, demanding immediate consultation input to influence final rules and 18-month lead time for system/process overhauls (e.g., CDD verification sources, harmonized transaction linking). Failure to engage risks non-compliant frameworks amid AMLA's push for EU-wide consistency, elevated direct supervision risks, and stricter enforcement; asset managers face acute challenges from intermediary distribution rules.[Source URL:...
CP2/26 is a PRA consultation paper proposing targeted reforms to UK securitisation rules to reduce prescriptiveness and burden while maintaining prudential soundness, building on recent CRR restatements. It matters for compliance professionals as it streamlines due diligence, risk retention, disclosures, and capital treatments, potentially lowering costs for PRA-authorised firms in the securitisation market amid Basel 3.1 implementation. These changes aim to enhance proportionality without compromising investor protection or oversight.
Key dates
1 January 2026
- Related CRR/Solvency II restatement (PS12/25) already effective, preserving core securitisation requirements
18 May 2026 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline
1 January 2027
- Expected implementation aligning with Basel 3.1 and CRR restatement (PS3/26), with transitional arrangements to 2030
Post
SI (TBD); - Changes to repository requirements effective upon HM Treasury Statutory Instrument amending UK Securitisation Regulation 2024
Suggested considerations
Review and respond: Analyse proposals against current operations; submit feedback by 18 May 2026 to CP2_26@bankofengland.co.uk, indicating confidentiality and publication consent.
Gap analysis: Assess due diligence processes, risk retention setups, disclosure templates, reporting (e.g., COREP), and capital models for resecuritisations/MGS loans; update for proportionality.
Coordinate with FCA: Align on shared templates/transparency (per FCA CP26/6); prepare for repository shift.
Policy updates: Revise internal policies, training, and systems for new risk retention modality, reduced verifications, and readability improvements post-final PS.
Monitor legislation: Track HM Treasury SI and PRA policy statement for final rules.
What changed
The proposals amend PRA rules and supervisory guidance in the Securitisation Part of the PRA Rulebook, including:
Due diligence: Remove prescriptive verification of credit-granting criteria (Chapter 2 Article 9), risk retention (Chapter 2 Article 6 and Chapter 4), STS criteria, specific information availability,...
Risk retention: Introduce a new combined modality merging two existing ones.
Market disclosure (transparency): Streamline for all securitisations; amend underlying documentation, delete PRA templates (use revised FCA Handbook templates), disapply templates for investor...
Urgency: High – Proposals reduce burden (e.g., less prescriptive due diligence, streamlined disclosures) but require immediate review ahead of 18 May 2026 deadline and 1 January 2027 implementation, aligning with Basel 3.1. Non-response risks misaligned systems during CRR restatement transition; benefits include cost savings and proportionality, but firms must validate ongoing compliance with retained prudential standards.
Green notices cover significant and/or significant proposals for Bank of England reporting. If any of these proposals are finalised and are to be implemented, they will appear in a statistical notice.
AI Analysis
Green Notice 2026/01 from the Bank of England (BoE) updates the consultation on discontinuing Form BN data collection, which tracks non-resident business by UK Monetary Financial Institutions (MFIs), following positive feedback on burden reduction but with a pause due to Office for National Statistics (ONS) reliance. Firms must continue reporting Form BN indefinitely pending BoE's assessment of alternatives like Forms CC and CL. This matters for compliance teams as it maintains current reporting obligations while signaling potential future relief, avoiding premature process changes.
Key dates
31 December 2025 Deadline
- Consultation feedback deadline on original Form BN discontinuation proposal (now closed; summarized in this notice)
April 2026
- Proposed final reference period for Form BN data collection (tentative, pending assessment)
May 2026
- Proposed final publication date for Form BN data (tentative)
TBD
- Completion of BoE assessment on Forms CC/CL alternatives and issuance of further Statistical Notice with confirmed changes
Suggested considerations
Continue submitting Form BN as per current thresholds and schedules; do not discontinue reporting.
Monitor BoE statistics notices for updates on assessment outcomes and any confirmed changes.
Review internal processes for Forms CC and CL to prepare for potential expanded use or adjustments if Form BN ends.
If previously provided feedback, no further action needed on consultation (closed).
What changed
- No immediate discontinuation of Form BN; BoE is assessing Forms CC and CL as alternatives to meet ONS needs, considering data suitability, methodological impacts, and cost-benefit trade-offs.
Consultation feedback confirmed no objections to discontinuation and broad agreement on reduced burden, though some firms noted limited savings due to integrated reporting processes.
Any final changes will be via a future Statistical Notice; proposed end-date (April 2026 reference period) from Green Notice 2025/01 remains tentative.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - Firms face no new burdens or changes yet, but must sustain Form BN reporting to avoid non-compliance risks, as explicitly required. This matters because premature cessation could disrupt ONS statistics and invite regulatory scrutiny; however, low urgency stems from no fixed end-date and positive feedback on eventual burden reduction, allowing time for monitoring without immediate resource reallocation.
This FSCA publication lists multiple active and draft consultation documents primarily focused on capital markets regulations (e.g., JSE rules amendments) and collective investment schemes (CIS) standards, inviting stakeholder input on proposed changes to enhance market integrity, trading mechanisms, and governance. It matters for compliance professionals as it signals imminent updates to listing requirements, equities rules, and conduct standards that could reshape operational, disclosure, and access protocols in South Africa's financial markets, requiring proactive review to avoid enforcement risks. https://www.fsca.co.za/Document-For-Consultation [FSCA source].
Suggested considerations
Review and submit comments on proposed amendments using FSCA templates (e.g., to specified emails like Marius.DeJongh@fsca.co.za or FSCA.RFDStandards@fsca.co.za for older drafts; check for updates).
Assess internal policies against changes (e.g., update JSE equities trading protocols for BookBuild/Krugerrands/access; revise CIS advertising/governance frameworks).
For market infrastructures: Prepare recovery plans, benchmark determinations, collateral protocols.
What changed
- Capital Markets: Proposed amendments to JSE listing requirements (e.g., Market Segmentation project, Delegation via BN 640/668 of 2024); JSE Equities Rules changes for Off-Book BookBuild Trades (BN...
Collective Investment Schemes: Draft exemptions and conduct standards for advertising/marketing/disclosure (closing 4 December 2020), governance/fit and proper requirements (closing 15 February...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Many consultations are dated (pre-2025), suggesting some may be resolved, but 2024 items (e.g., JSE amendments, Strate notices) align with FSCA's active 2024-2027 Regulation Plan and 2025-2028 Strategy, risking enforcement if finalized without preparation. Matters due to potential impacts on trading operations, market access, and CIS conduct in a FATF grey-list context, where non-compliance could trigger penalties or supervision.
The CFTC has withdrawn its 2024 proposed rulemaking on "Event Contracts" (which sought to prohibit political event contracts) and the 2025 Staff Advisory (No. 25-36) on sports event contracts, signaling a policy shift under new Chairman Michael S. Selig toward promoting innovation via new rulemaking. This matters because it removes prior restrictive guidance, reduces immediate compliance burdens on prediction market operators, and opens the door for lawful event contracts while hinting at CFTC asserting exclusive jurisdiction over these derivatives.
Key dates
June 10, 2024
- Publication of withdrawn "Event Contracts" Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
September 30, 2025
- Issuance of withdrawn CFTC Staff Letter 25-36 (Sports Event Contracts Advisory)
February 4, 2026
- CFTC announcement withdrawing both the 2024 proposal and 2025 advisory; no final rules from 2024 proposal; new rulemaking to advance
Suggested considerations
Review and disregard prior compliance programs built around the 2024 proposal or 2025 advisory (e.g., cease preparations for prohibiting political/sports contracts).
Monitor CFTC docket for new event contracts rulemaking notice and provide comments during any future consultation period.
Assess current offerings for event contracts under existing Commodity Exchange Act prohibitions (e.g., gaming, manipulation); document reliance on CFTC's innovation stance pending new rules.
Evaluate litigation exposure, especially state gaming regulator actions; prepare for potential CFTC intervention asserting exclusive jurisdiction.
No immediate prohibitions lifted or mandates imposed—continue operating within current CEA framework (e.g., anti-fraud, market integrity).
What changed
- Withdrawal of the June 10, 2024, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking titled “Event Contracts,” which proposed prohibiting political event contracts as contrary to public interest (e.g., akin to war or...
Withdrawal of CFTC Staff Letter 25-36 (issued Sept. 30, 2025), a Staff Advisory cautioning designated contract markets (DCMs) against offering sports event contracts due to litigation risks and state...
Commitment to new event contracts rulemaking based on a "rational and coherent interpretation of the Commodity Exchange Act" to promote innovation, with clear standards for prediction markets; CFTC...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – This withdrawal immediately eliminates overhang from restrictive proposals/advisories, allowing firms to pivot from prohibition compliance to innovation planning without urgent deadlines. It matters for reducing uncertainty in prediction markets but requires vigilance for new rules, jurisdictional fights, and insider trading clarity, as platforms like Polymarket face ongoing scrutiny.
The PRA's DP1/26 outlines its Future Banking Data (FBD) programme, reviewing strategic regulatory reporting for banks to reduce costs, enhance data quality, timeliness, and relevance, while aligning with its secondary competitiveness and growth objective. This discussion paper seeks industry feedback on pragmatic, incremental reforms to reporting templates, processes, and principles, balancing supervisory needs with proportionality. It matters for compliance teams as it signals potential simplifications in data submissions, but requires proactive engagement to influence outcomes and prepare for evolving requirements.
Key dates
5 May 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for responses to DP1/26
Suggested considerations
Submit responses: By 5 May 2026 via email to DP1_26@bankofengland.co.uk or post to PRA address; indicate confidentiality preferences, noting no guaranteed protection under FOIA/data regimes.
Review and assess impact: Evaluate current reporting against proposed principles/trade-offs; identify cost-saving opportunities and gaps in data processes.
Engage proactively: Provide feedback on reforms (e.g., template reviews, standardization) to shape roadmap; benchmark data capabilities (e.g., vs. BCBS 239).
Prepare internally: Anticipate clearer instructions, potential UK-wide coherence (with FCA), and shifts in regular/ad-hoc balance; no immediate submissions changed.
What changed
DP1/26 proposes no immediate binding changes, as it is a discussion paper seeking views rather than a consultation with firm rules. Key elements include:
Incremental reforms: Extending recent template deletions (e.g., from Strong and Simple initiative for liquidity returns in small banks) to wider collections, aiming for cost reductions estimated at...
Guiding principles: Four principles to shape FBD: (i) anchor data in PRA objectives; (ii) collect data 'once and well' (minimize volume, maximize use); (iii) ease firm supply processes; (iv) ensure...
Trade-offs: Balancing data standardization, comparability, international alignment, granularity vs. aggregation, and regular vs. ad-hoc requests.
Future roadmap: PRA will develop reforms based on responses, focusing on clearer instructions, coherent UK-wide processes, and addressing gaps for emerging risks.
No finalized requirements yet;...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Not critical, as no immediate rules or deadlines beyond response submission (3+ months away from 5 Feb 2026). Matters for strategic planning: signals cost reductions but requires input to avoid unfavorable changes; aligns with PRA's 2026 priorities on data accuracy/quality (e.g., for risk reporting, stress testing). Firms with high reporting burdens should prioritize to influence simplifications and mitigate risks from evolving data needs (e.g., emerging risks, AI).
ESMA launches selection process for its next Chair 03 February 2026 About ESMA Careers Vacancies The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has launched the selection procedure for the position of ESMA Chair . This key leadership role offers the…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched a selection process for its next Chair, a full-time independent role based in Paris responsible for leading strategic direction, governance, and representation amid evolving EU financial markets regulation. This matters for compliance professionals as the incoming Chair will influence ESMA's supervisory priorities, enforcement approach, and adaptation to upcoming legislative changes like market integration proposals, potentially impacting how firms navigate cross-border supervision and reporting requirements.
Key dates
3 March 2026 Deadline
- Application deadline for ESMA Chair position
What changed
This publication announces no direct regulatory changes or new requirements; it is a vacancy notice for ESMA's leadership position rather than a policy update or consultation imposing obligations on market participants. Responsibilities outlined align with the existing ESMA Regulation, including chairing the Board of Supervisors and Management Board, strategy development, and navigating potential governance adjustments from the European Commission's market integration proposal.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Low. This leadership transition poses minimal immediate compliance burden, as it introduces no new rules or deadlines for firms; however, the new Chair's tenure from mid-2026 onward could shape enforcement consistency, risk-based supervision, and adaptation to reforms like DORA and EMIR 3, warranting long-term tracking by governance and public affairs teams.
The PRA and FCA have jointly issued consultation paper CP1/26 proposing to set the **Management Expenses Levy Limit (MELL) for the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) at £113 million for 2026/27**, comprising a £108 million management expenses budget and a £5 million unlevied reserve. This consultation determines the maximum amount the FSCS can levy on authorised financial services firms to fund its statutory compensation scheme operations, directly affecting compliance costs for all regulated entities.
Key dates
10 February 2026 Deadline
– Consultation deadline for comments on CP1/26
1 April 2026
– Effective date: proposed MELL applies from start of FSCS financial year
31 March 2027
– End date of 2026/27 MELL period
Suggested considerations
*Review the consultation paper (CP1/26) in detail, particularly Appendices 3 and 4 detailing budget line items and PRA/FCA funding class allocations
*Assess levy impact on your firm's 2026/27 budget based on your regulated business volume and funding class allocation
*Prepare internal stakeholder communication regarding the £4.4 million aggregate increase and its implications for your firm's regulatory costs
*Monitor the FSCS January 2026 budget update for detailed cost breakdowns and compensation levy forecasts
*Submit consultation responses if your firm wishes to comment on the proposal by 10 February 2026
What changed
The proposed MELL for 2026/27 introduces the following material changes:
Budget increase of £4.4 million from 2025/26 (from approximately £103.6 million to £108 million), broadly aligned with inflation
Nominal reduction of £6.6 million on a like-for-like basis when excluding the cost of enhancements to the FSCS's revolving credit facility (RCF)
Real terms reduction of £11 million when accounting for inflation adjustments
RCF enhancement to £3 billion to support the Bank of England's recapitalisation powers and enable faster depositor payouts
ESAs publish joint Guidelines on ESG stress testing 08 January 2026 Guidelines and Technical standards Joint Committee The European Supervisory Authorities (EBA, EIOPA and ESMA - the ESAs) published today their Joint Guidelines on environmental, social, and governance (ESG) stress testing . These Guidelines provide…
AI Analysis
The European Supervisory Authorities (ESAs)—EBA, EIOPA, and ESMA—published final Joint Guidelines on 8 January 2026 to standardize how national competent authorities (NCAs) integrate ESG risks into supervisory stress testing frameworks for banking and insurance sectors, without mandating new ESG-specific tests. These guidelines promote consistency, long-term methodologies, and common standards across the EU, initially prioritizing climate and environmental risks (physical and transition) before expanding to social and governance factors. They matter for compliance professionals as they shape future supervisory expectations, enhancing resilience assessments and aligning with CRD (Article 100(4)) and Solvency II (Article 304c(3)) mandates, potentially influencing firm-level stress testing preparations.
Key dates
08 January 2026
Publication of Final Report and Joint Guidelines by ESAs
10 January 2026 Deadline
Statutory deadline for ESAs to publish guidelines per CRD Article 100(4) and Solvency II Article 304c(3)
Two months after official EU translations (expected ~March/April 2026) Deadline
NCAs notify respective ESAs of compliance or intent to comply
01 January 2027
Application date of Joint Guidelines for NCAs
Suggested considerations
For NCAs: Review and integrate ESG risks into stress testing frameworks via materiality assessments; define objectives, scenarios, and governance; notify ESAs of compliance post-translation; maintain risk-based, phased approach.
For Firms: No direct mandates, but prepare by enhancing internal ESG risk modeling, data collection (especially climate/physical/transition risks), and stress testing capabilities to align with supervisory expectations; conduct voluntary ESG scenario analyses.
General: Monitor NCA implementations, update policies for ESG risk integration in ICAAP/ORSA, and engage in industry feedback on data/methodological gaps.
What changed
- Standardized Integration of ESG Risks: NCAs must embed ESG risks into existing supervisory stress tests or ad-hoc assessments, using a risk-based materiality assessment to scope relevant risks,...
Methodological and Governance Guidance: Outlines design for ESG-inclusive tests, including objectives (e.g., capital/liquidity robustness, strategy resilience), scenario analysis, and organizational...
No New Obligations: Does not require NCAs to conduct dedicated ESG stress tests, but ensures consistency when they do, improving legal certainty and transparency in approval processes.
Phased Approach: Initial focus on climate/environmental risks, with gradual extension to full ESG coverage based on data and model maturity.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. While not imposing immediate firm-level requirements, the guidelines signal escalating supervisory focus on ESG risks from 2027, with potential for more frequent/punitive stress tests; firms delaying ESG integration risk capital/liquidity shortfalls in exercises, amplified by improving data availability and EU sustainability push (e.g., CSRD, SFDR). Proactive preparation mitigates future remediation costs and supports strategic resilience.
ESMA launches selection of Consolidated Tape Provider for OTC derivatives 05 January 2026 MiFID - Secondary Markets Trading The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, is launching the first selection procedure for the Consolidated Tape Provider (CTP) for…
AI Analysis
ESMA has launched the first selection procedure for a **Consolidated Tape Provider (CTP) for OTC derivatives**, with applications due by 11 February 2026 and a decision expected by early July 2026. This initiative establishes a critical market infrastructure component to enhance transparency and efficiency in the EU's OTC derivatives market by consolidating post-trade data into a single, continuous electronic stream.
Key dates
11 February 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for entities to register and submit requests to participate in the selection procedure
Early July 2026
– ESMA to adopt reasoned decision on selected applicant
1 September 2026
– Mandatory use of new OTC derivatives identifying reference data (Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/1003)
1 March 2027
– Single application date for all derivatives-related changes: amendments to RTS 2, Package Order RTS, and OTC derivatives CTP data requirements
Suggested considerations
*For prospective CTP applicants:
*For trading venues and data contributors:
trade OTC derivatives data to the selected CTP from 1 March 2027
minute maximum delay for real-time dissemination
*For market participants:
What changed
The regulatory framework introduces several substantive requirements:
CTP Mandate: The selected provider will consolidate post-trade data from trading venues and other data contributors into a unified electronic stream, enabling market participants to access accurate,...
Data Scope: The CTP will collect and disseminate OTC derivatives data in accordance with ESMA's Final Report on transparency for derivatives, with specific technical standards governing pre- and...
Technical Standards: ESMA has finalized regulatory technical standards (RTS) prescribing data quality requirements for CTPs and data contributors.
Implementation Date: All derivatives-related changes, including amendments to RTS 2 (derivatives transparency) and the OTC derivatives CTP data requirements, are scheduled for 1 March 2027.
This circular informs licensed financial advisers, exempt financial advisers, holders of capital markets services licence, exempt capital markets services entities, registered insurance brokers, exempt insurance brokers and licensed direct insurers of the issuance of the response to the Consultation Paper on Revised…
AI Analysis
MAS issued its response to the 2022 consultation and three revised misconduct-reporting Notices on 30 December 2025. The Notices create a more structured framework for misconduct, investigation and update reports, generally require reporting within 21 calendar days after reasonable grounds arise, and take effect on 1 January 2027, giving affected firms one year to prepare.
Key dates
2022-04-19
MAS opened Consultation P002-2022 on revised misconduct-reporting Notices.
2022-05-20
Consultation P002-2022 closed.
2025-12-30
MAS issued the consultation response and Revised Notices FAA-N27, Notice 508 and SFA 04-N24.
2026-06-30
MAS targeted the second quarter of 2026 for sharing finalised misconduct and investigation-report templates; the source does not specify a precise day.
2027-01-01 Deadline
The Revised Notices take effect and affected firms must comply with the revised misconduct-reporting framework.
Suggested considerations
Firms should map their representative and broking-staff populations, regulated activities and product lines to the applicable Notice, including the separate FAA and IA reporting treatment where conduct involves both a designated investment product and a long-term accident and health policy.
Compliance teams may wish to update misconduct taxonomies and escalation criteria to cover Part 12 SFA market-conduct breaches, fraud, dishonesty, illegal monetary gains, client detriment, gross negligence, inappropriate advice, misrepresentation and inadequate disclosure, while documenting how non-reportable internal-policy breaches are distinguished from reportable underlying conduct.
Firms should design procedures that identify when reasonable grounds arise and start the 21-calendar-day reporting clock without waiting for conclusive findings of culpability.
Firms should establish decision trees for simultaneous misconduct and investigation reports, later investigation reports, update reports, police-report assessments and developments received from law enforcement or public sources.
Firms should implement controls to provide reports and updates to current and former representatives, including identity verification, secure transmission, reasonable attempts using last-known contact details, acknowledgement or mailing evidence, and documented exceptions where disclosure could prejudice an investigation.
Firms should review disciplinary frameworks, proportionality factors, fine calibration, appeal processes and governance to evidence a fair and transparent assessment of severity and client impact.
Firms should enhance record-retention procedures to preserve relevant investigation, reporting, representative-notification and submission records in accessible and retrievable form for at least five years.
Firms should monitor MAS implementation materials and final reporting templates, which MAS targeted to publish by the second quarter of 2026, and test operational readiness before the effective date.
What changed
The revised instruments are Notice FAA-N27 under the Financial Advisers Act 2001, Notice 508 under the Insurance Act 1966, and Notice SFA 04-N24 under the Securities and Futures Act 2001. A firm must generally submit a misconduct report within 21 calendar days after it has reasonable grounds to believe that misconduct was committed; conclusive proof of culpability is not required.
Compliance impact
This is a binding conduct-reporting change with broad impact across Singapore financial advisers, capital-markets firms, insurance brokers and direct insurers. Failure to identify reasonable grounds promptly, report within 21 calendar days, provide required copies, submit investigation or update reports, or retain supporting records could lead to supervisory engagement and concerns about the firm’s governance, controls and fitness-and-propriety oversight.
The Financial Services and the Treasury Bureau (FSTB) and Securities and Futures Commission (SFC) have concluded consultations launched on 27 June 2025 on licensing regimes for virtual asset (VA) dealers and VA custodians, confirming legislative proposals to regulate these activities while further consulting on new regimes for VA advisers and asset managers. This advances Hong Kong's comprehensive VA regulatory roadmap, mandating SFC licensing for core VA dealing (e.g., VA-to-VA conversions, broker-dealer services) and custody (focusing on private key safekeeping), with strict requirements for asset segregation and use of licensed custodians to mitigate risks like insolvency, fraud, and cyberattacks. It matters for compliance professionals as it closes gaps in VA oversight, enforces Type 1/Type 13-equivalent standards, and signals accelerated implementation in 2026, potentially reshaping market structures for trading, custody, and related services.
Suggested considerations
Pre-Application Engagement: Contact SFC immediately for discussions on VA custodian licensing, especially for existing VATPs/banks holding keys.
License Applications: Prepare applications for VA dealer/custodian licenses once regimes commence; appoint responsible officers/managers-in-charge meeting fit-and-proper criteria, implement cold wallet infrastructure, private key controls, insurance, audits, and business continuity plans.
Custody Segregation: Existing intermediaries/VA dealers must transition client VA custody to SFC-licensed VA custodians; cease use of non-compliant overseas providers.
Compliance Mapping: Review operations against Type 1/Type 13 financial resources, core function authorizations, and exemptions; assess staking/MPC services for custody capture.
Monitor Further Consults: Track incoming VA advisory/management regimes and adjust for no deeming provisions.
What changed
- VA Dealer Regime: Introduces licensing for VA dealing activities (e.g., VA conversions, broker-dealer services at physical outlets or otherwise), excluding tokenized securities/derivatives...
VA Custodian Regime: Targets entities safeguarding private keys or enabling unilateral VA transfers (e.g., capturing staking providers but exempting non-custodial wallets or delegating top-layer...
Exemptions Under Consideration: Aligns partially with Type 1 exemptions, including principal/intra-group transactions, VA use as payment for goods/services, chaperone via SFC-regulated dealers, VA...
Further Consultations: New regimes for VA advisory (aligned with Type 4) and asset management (aligned with Type 9), without deeming provisions for pre-existing entities; VA managers may face custody...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Conclusions signal imminent 2026 legislation and licensing without transitional relief, requiring firms to build infrastructure (e.g., licensed custody partnerships, RO appointments) amid a two-tier market (trading segregated from custody) to avoid operating unlicensed post-implementation; non-compliance risks enforcement, as seen in prior VA circulars, while opportunities arise for first-movers in Hong Kong's VA hub ambitions.
ESMA publishes latest Spotlight on Markets newsletter featuring updates on market integration and transparency 23 December 2025 ESMA newsletter The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the EU’s financial markets regulator and supervisor, has today published the latest edition of its Spotlight on Markets…
AI Analysis
ESMA's latest *Spotlight on Markets* newsletter (November/December 2025 issue, published 23 December 2025) summarizes key regulatory updates on EU market integration, transparency enhancements, and supervisory actions, including welcoming the European Commission's market integration proposal and announcing an equity consolidated tape provider (CTP) selection. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals accelerating EU efforts to deepen capital markets integration, improve data transparency, and strengthen oversight under MiFID II and DORA, potentially requiring firms to adapt governance, reporting, and conflict management practices.
Key dates
4 December 2025
- European Commission publishes market integration legislative package; legislative process expected to take at least one year
23 December 2025
- Newsletter publication date
Suggested considerations
Review the final non-equity transparency RTS and assess impacts on trading and reporting systems for compliance by any upcoming application dates (not specified).
Evaluate MiFID II conflicts of interest policies in preparation for the CSA; conduct internal audits and enhance training/staff attestations on identification and mitigation.
Monitor equity CTP rollout for changes to post-trade data access and costs; update vendor contracts if applicable.
For DORA-impacted firms, map exposures to designated critical ICT providers and strengthen due diligence, contractual clauses, and exit strategies.
Asset managers: Audit fund names against guidelines and review UCITS distribution practices for cost transparency.
What changed
- ESMA welcomes the European Commission's 4 December 2025 legislative package on market integration, emphasizing robust governance and market infrastructure for deeper EU capital markets.
Announcement of selected applicant for the equity consolidated tape provider (CTP), advancing MiFIR transparency for equity markets by improving post-trade data consolidation and access.
Publication of ESMA's final report on Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) for non-equity transparency, clarifying pre- and post-trade transparency rules for bonds, derivatives, and other non-equity...
Launch of a Common Supervisory Action (CSA) on MiFID II conflicts of interest requirements to promote supervisory convergence and governance across Member States.
European Supervisory Authorities (ESAs) designate critical ICT third-party providers under DORA, enhancing oversight of key outsourcing risks.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - The newsletter highlights finalized standards (e.g., RTS, CTP) and imminent actions (e.g., CSA, DORA designations) that require proactive preparation, but lacks hard deadlines or immediate mandates. It matters because it previews intensified supervision on transparency, conflicts, and resilience, aligning with EU Capital Markets Union goals; firms delaying reviews risk findings in upcoming CSAs or audits, especially amid ESMA's push for convergence.
We are asking for views on new proposals as the next step in shaping the UK’s crypto rules. These proposals continue our progress towards an open, sustainable and competitive crypto market that people can trust. We want a market where innovation can thrive, but where people understand the risks. Regulation cannot …
On 16 December 2025, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultation on the partially revised Circular 2016/7 “Video and online identification”. The consultation will go on until 27 February 2026.
The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision has issued a consultation on Machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosure. The consultation proposes to make the data disclosed by banks (so-called Pillar 3 disclosures) available in a machine-readable format.
AI Analysis
The Basel Committee issued a consultation proposing a standard for machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosures, aimed at making banks’ quantitative prudential disclosures easier to aggregate, process, and compare across jurisdictions. The proposal matters because it adds technical format requirements without changing the underlying disclosure content, signaling a move toward standardized supervisory data infrastructure.
Key dates
2025-12-05
Basel Committee publishes the consultation on machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosure
2026-03-05 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the consultative document
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review current Pillar 3 disclosure production processes and determine whether quantitative disclosures can be generated in a machine-readable format.
Banks may wish to map any existing PDF-based Pillar 3 outputs against likely technical data structure requirements, including whether disclosures could be published on a website or via a central repository.
Supervisors and policy teams may wish to assess how local disclosure arrangements align with the proposed global standard and whether current formats already satisfy the envisaged approach.
Firms subject to overlapping regional disclosure regimes may wish to compare current machine-readable standards with the Basel Committee proposal to identify expected implementation gaps.
What changed
The consultation proposes a new standard for machine-readable quantitative Pillar 3 disclosures across Basel Committee member jurisdictions. It would introduce both a requirement and technical specifications for producing disclosures in a machine-readable format, while leaving the substantive disclosure obligations unchanged. The consultation also contemplates that national supervisors would choose whether disclosures are posted on banks’ own websites or in a central repository.
Compliance impact
The Basel Committee describes the issue as a practical transparency and data-usability problem, because many banks currently publish Pillar 3 information only in PDF format, making cross-bank comparison difficult. The proposal is not a new prudential capital requirement, but it could materially affect disclosure production, data governance, and supervisory reporting processes for affected banks.
The Basel Committee has published a consultation on a standard format for machine-readable disclosures by banks. The proposed standard format would make existing disclosure by banks more accessible and easier to aggregate. Comments on the proposals are requested by 5 March 2026.
AI Analysis
The Basel Committee has opened a consultation on adding a standard format for machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosures by banks. The proposal is designed to make existing disclosure data easier to access, process, aggregate, and compare across banks, without changing the underlying disclosure requirements.
Key dates
2025-12-05
Basel Committee publishes the consultative document on machine-readable Pillar 3 disclosures
2026-03-05 Deadline
Deadline for comments on the proposed additions to the disclosure standard
Suggested considerations
Compliance teams may wish to review the consultative document and assess whether current Pillar 3 publication processes could support machine-readable output.
Banks with existing machine-readable disclosure regimes may wish to map their current approach against the proposed global standard to identify any gaps or duplication.
Supervisory affairs teams may wish to consider whether disclosures are currently hosted on bank websites or through a central repository model, since the proposal leaves that implementation choice to national supervisors.
Stakeholders may wish to evaluate the technical specifications for the required machine-readable formats and the associated data taxonomy requirements.
Interested firms may wish to submit comments by the consultation deadline if they want to influence the final standard.
What changed
The Committee is proposing additions to its disclosure standard that would require quantitative Pillar 3 disclosures to be available in standardised machine-readable formats across member jurisdictions. The proposal includes technical specifications for producing machine-readable disclosures, while leaving the substantive disclosure content unchanged. National supervisors would decide whether banks publish the machine-readable disclosures on their own websites or through a centralised data repository.
Compliance impact
The consultation is materially relevant for banks because it could change the format in which Pillar 3 disclosures must be published, including technical delivery and accessibility requirements. The Basel Committee says the goal is not to change substantive disclosure obligations, but it does expect more standardisation and broader comparability across jurisdictions.
The Central Bank of Ireland has today (5 December) launched a public consultation on the implementation of our new Access to Cash responsibilities. Deputy Governor Vasileios Madouros said: “Amid a rapidly evolving payments landscape, the Central Bank of Ireland is committed to making sure that cash continues to be…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland has launched a public consultation on implementing new **Access to Cash** responsibilities under the Finance (Provision of Access to Cash Infrastructure) Act 2025, which commenced on 30 June 2025. This consultation addresses two critical areas: identifying local deficiencies in cash infrastructure and establishing minimum ATM service standards. The initiative reflects regulatory commitment to ensuring cash remains readily available as payment preferences shift toward digital channels.
Key dates
30 June 2025
– Finance (Provision of Access to Cash Infrastructure) Act 2025 commenced
5 December 2025 – 4 March 2026
– Public consultation period for local deficiency guidelines and ATM service standards
Early 2026
– First publication of quarterly cash infrastructure data expected
2026
– Central Bank to publish final ATM service standards regulations
Q1 2026
– Direct engagement with consumers, people with disabilities, older people, and SMEs
Suggested considerations
*For designated credit institutions:
Monitor consultation developments and prepare for compliance with minimum cash infrastructure maintenance levels once regulations are finalized
Prepare to provide quarterly data on ATM numbers, locations, and availability hours
*For ATM operators:
Engage with the consultation process to provide feedback on proposed service standards
What changed
The consultation covers two primary regulatory components:
1. Local Deficiency Guidelines
The Central Bank will establish procedures for identifying geographical areas where individuals and SMEs...
CP22/25 is a consultation paper on post-implementation amendments to UK Solvency II reporting and disclosure requirements, published by the PRA on 4 December 2025. The consultation addresses feedback and queries from insurance firms following the substantial reduction in reporting templates implemented at the end of 2024, clarifying expectations for compliance with the revised Reporting Part of the PRA Rulebook across multiple technical areas including accident/underwriting year reporting, annuity reporting by currency, and internal model governance disclosures.
Key dates
4 December 2025
- PRA published CP22/25 consultation paper
31 December 2025
- Baseline date for commencement of new annual quantitative reporting template requirements (AoC.01) for firms with financial year-end on or after this date
31 December 2025
- Baseline date for commencement of quarterly QMC.01 reporting for internal model firms with financial year-end on or after this date
55 business days after quarter Deadline
end; - Deadline for quarterly QMC.01 submission (internal model firms)
100 business days after financial year Deadline
end; - Deadline for annual AoC.01 submission (internal model firms and groups)
Suggested considerations
*Immediate Actions (January-February 2026):
*Review consultation paper: Obtain and analyze CP22/25 in full to understand proposed amendments
*Assess applicability: Determine which reporting requirements apply to your firm (internal model status, portfolio types, reporting obligations)
*Identify gaps: Compare current reporting processes against PRA expectations outlined in the supervisory statement (SS4015)
*Engage supervisory contacts: Discuss any planned changes to reporting methodology (e.g., accident vs. underwriting year classification) with PRA supervisory contacts prior to implementation
What changed
The consultation introduces clarifications and amendments to Solvency II reporting requirements in several critical areas:
Reporting Framework Modifications
Accident or underwriting year reporting: The PRA sets expectations for how firms should apply options within the Reporting Part of the PRA Rulebook regarding temporal classification of claims.
Annuity reporting by currency: Specific guidance on reporting annuities stemming from non-life obligations disaggregated by currency.
RBNS claims development: Clarification on reporting of reported but not settled (RBNS) claims and their development patterns.
Internal Model Requirements
Firms using partial or full internal models for Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) calculation must describe governance information including responsible roles, specific committees, their tasks,...
This joint PRA-FCA consultation (CP23/25 from PRA and Chapter 4 of FCA's CP25/33) proposes policy updates to regulatory fees, levies, and invoice processes for 2026/27, including new fee blocks for emerging activities like PISCES operators and targeted support, alongside adjustments to FOS/FSCS levies and payment timelines. It matters for compliance teams as it directly impacts budgeting, fee calculations, and cash flow management for fee-payers, with potential cost increases and procedural changes effective from April 2026.
Key dates
9 January 2026 Deadline
- Deadline for comments on targeted support proposals (FCA CP25/33 paras 2.11-2.18, questions 3-7)
16 January 2026
- Consultation close for all other proposals, including PRA-FCA joint changes; responses to cp25-33@fca.org.uk
February 2026
- FCA publishes feedback and rules on targeted support in Handbook Notice
March 2026
- FCA publishes feedback and rules on all other proposals (including Chapter 4) in Handbook Notice; Spring fee-rates consultation
April 2026
- PRA publishes feedback and rules on Chapter 4; changes effective for 2026/27 fee year (April-March)
Suggested considerations
Review current fee/levy exposure and model impacts of new blocks (e.g., PISCES, targeted support, DPC) and withdrawn FOS changes.
Assess invoice processes if paying £50,000+ in FCA/PRA fees; prepare for aligned due dates.
Submit consultation responses by deadlines, focusing on targeted support by 9 January 2026.
Budget for potential fee increases; monitor Spring 2026 fee-rates CP.
For applicants: Factor in new Category 4 fees for A.13 or crypto/DPC registrations.
What changed
- New fee structures: Introduction of a periodic fee block for PISCES operators based on regulated income (baseline £2,200 annual fee, variable above £500,000 threshold); extension of fee-block A.13...
Levy adjustments: Addition of targeted support to FSCS Class 2, Category 2.1 (life distribution/investment intermediation) for both FOS and FSCS levies based on annual eligible income; withdrawal of...
PRA-FCA joint proposals (Chapter 4): Amended invoice due dates for firms paying £50,000+ in annual FCA/PRA fees ("payments on account") to prevent overdue labels from procedural mismatches.
Other updates: Removal of £3 agent registration fee for payment institutions, RAISPs, and EMIs; policy tweaks like expanding skilled person reviews for motor finance to more lenders, pro-rating for...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Firms must act imminently on consultation responses (deadlines passed as of today, but feedback analysis pending March/April 2026 rules) to influence outcomes; changes affect 2026/27 budgets starting April, with cash flow risks from invoice timing and new fees for emerging activities like PISCES/DPC. Non-engagement risks unbudgeted costs and procedural breaches (e.g., overdue invoices).
The PRA's Discussion Paper 2/25 (published November 14, 2025) invites UK life insurers to provide feedback on potential regulatory reforms that would enable them to access **alternative forms of capital through risk transfer to capital markets**, outside traditional equity and debt issuance. This initiative aims to address capital constraints in the UK life insurance sector while maintaining policyholder protection and supporting long-term economic growth.
Key dates
14 November 2025
– Discussion paper published
2026
– PRA planned policy design and cost-benefit analysis (alongside HM Treasury work)
6 February 2026 Deadline
– Deadline for stakeholder responses to DP2/25
Suggested considerations
*For UK life insurers:
*Assess capital needs: Evaluate whether alternative capital structures could address your firm's capital constraints, risk management objectives, or product innovation goals.
*Prepare consultation response: Submit detailed feedback to the PRA by 6 February 2026 addressing the 15 consultation questions, particularly:
Q12: Key risks from increased capital flexibility and mitigation approaches
Q13: Views on balancing ease of authorisation against ongoing supervision intensity
What changed
The PRA is considering policy reforms centered on six core principles:
Capital Quality & Quantity: Alternative life capital structures must not lower the quality or quantity of capital required to support insurance risks.
Risk Transfer Focus: Structures should enable patient capital investment aligned with long-term liability profiles, allowing investors to forgo immediate returns for substantial future gains.
Capital Relief Priority: Alternative life capital should predominantly deliver capital relief proportionate to actual risk transfer—not balance sheet financing or illiquidity...
The Bank of England (the Bank) has today published a consultation paper (CP) setting out its proposed regulatory regime for sterling-denominated systemic stablecoins.
AI Analysis
The Bank of England has published a consultation paper (issued November 10, 2025) proposing a comprehensive regulatory regime for **sterling-denominated systemic stablecoins**, establishing requirements for backing assets, capital, redemption procedures, and operational safeguards. This represents a pivotal step toward implementing the UK's stablecoin framework, with the regime designed to maintain financial stability while enabling viable business models for systemic stablecoin issuers.
Key dates
November 10, 2025
- Bank of England published consultation paper on proposed regulatory regime
2026
- Expected implementation of UK stablecoin regime (timeline subject to consultation outcomes)
February 2026 Deadline
- Consultation deadline (industry to submit comments)
Further consultation expected
- On detailed design of safeguarding regime and central bank liquidity arrangements
Suggested considerations
*For Systemic Stablecoin Issuers:
*Monitor and respond to consultation - Submit detailed comments on proposals before February 2026 deadline, particularly on:
Alternative tools to achieve regulatory objectives
Backing asset composition and holding limits
Safeguarding regime design
What changed
The proposed regulatory regime introduces several material requirements for systemic stablecoin issuers:
Backing Asset Composition
Systemic stablecoin issuers will be permitted to hold up to 60% of backing assets in short-term sterling-denominated UK government debt, with the remaining 40% held as deposits at the Bank of England.
Informs insurers on the issuance of the Response to Consultation Paper on the proposed enhancements to the RBC 2 capital treatment for investment in structured products and infrastructure investments for insurers under RBC 2 framework.
AI Analysis
The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) issued Circular ID 13/25 on 28 October 2025, responding to feedback on its October 2024 consultation paper proposing enhancements to the RBC 2 capital treatment for insurers' investments in structured products and infrastructure assets. This matters because it finalizes revisions to MAS Notice 133, introducing differentiated risk charges to encourage infrastructure investments while maintaining prudential safeguards, with changes effective 31 March 2026.
Suggested considerations
Review and update internal capital models, valuation policies, and investment portfolios for structured products and infrastructure assets to align with new risk charges and definitions.
Assess eligibility of current holdings against refined qualifying criteria (e.g., infrastructure corporates at ≥75% threshold) and prepare look-through analyses for funds.
Monitor MAS updates on the sustainable infrastructure pilot program and evaluate participation if applicable.
Conduct gap analysis on MAS Notice 133 revisions once finalized; test systems for equity correlation factors and reduced unrated debt periods.
Document compliance readiness and report to senior management/board ahead of 31 March 2026 effective date.
What changed
- Structured Products: Removes the 50% risk charge option on full market value; recognizes credit ratings from external institutions for securitized asset tranches; applies 50% loading for rated...
Infrastructure Investments: Adopts Insurance Capital Standard (ICS)-aligned definitions (e.g., adding "Water utilities", "Waste management utilities", "Energy utilities"); refines qualifying criteria...
Pilot Program: MAS is collaborating on a pilot for sustainable infrastructure projects with risk-appropriate capital charges and investment caps to build insurer expertise.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Insurers have ~13 months (effective 31 March 2026) to implement changes, but portfolio recalibrations, model validations, and potential capital impacts require immediate planning to avoid solvency shortfalls or missed investment opportunities in infrastructure. Non-compliance risks heightened supervisory scrutiny under RBC 2.
The PRA has published LIAC02/25, a consultation on proposed low impact amendments to rules and policy.
AI Analysis
The PRA's LIAC02/25 consultation, published on 16 October 2025, proposes low-impact amendments to its Rulebook and policy materials, including technical fixes, conditional disapplications, and miscellaneous corrections to enhance accuracy and align with prior policies. These changes matter for PRA-regulated firms as they ensure regulatory consistency with minimal operational burden, with most taking effect in late 2025 or early 2026 following the consultation period.
Suggested considerations
Submit consultation responses by 13 November 2025 via the PRA's Low Impact Amendments Process page, focusing on proposed disapplications, TMTP formula, ISPV rules, and miscellaneous changes.
Review and update internal policies for TMTP calculations to adopt the new 'Wr' formula from 31 December 2025 year-end, without restating priors.
Confirm compliance with ISPV 'no co-mingling' clarifications and SS2/25 updates by 23 December 2025.
Verify Rulebook references (e.g., Securitisation, parent undertakings) and adjust systems for effective dates like 19 January 2026.
For friendly societies/credit unions: Note zero minimum fees already reflected in 2025/26 invoices; no further action needed.
What changed
The main proposals include:
Conditional disapplication of PRA General Provisions to implement deference arrangements under the UK-Swiss Berne Financial Services Agreement.
Amendment to Transitional Measure on Technical Provisions (TMTP) Part, Rule 5.2, introducing a new formula for 'Wr' effective 31 December 2025, using existing 'Wq' values without retrospective...
Amendment to Insurance Special Purpose Vehicle (ISPV) Part, Solvency Requirements Rule 2.2A(3), clarifying the 'no co-mingling' requirement, effective 23 December 2025, alongside updates to SS2/25.
Miscellaneous amendments to the PRA Rulebook, such as glossary updates, fundamental rules, general provisions, interpretation, notifications, and policyholder protection parts.
Amendments made...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Low – These are explicitly "low impact" technical, typographical, and alignment amendments with no material capital, reporting, or operational shifts expected; many stem from prior consultations (e.g., CP8/25, CP12/23, PS10/25) and avoid retrospective changes. Firms should act promptly on response deadlines and upcoming effectives (e.g., December 2025) to prevent minor non-compliance, but resource allocation can be minimal given the non-substantive nature.
Informs insurers on the issuance of the Response to Consultation Paper on Proposed Inclusion of Additional Criteria for Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital Instruments for Insurers.
AI Analysis
This MAS circular (ID 12/25) announces the Response to Consultation Paper on adding new criteria for insurers' Additional Tier 1 (AT1) and Tier 2 capital instruments under the RBC 2 framework, finalizing enhancements to strengthen capital quality and loss absorption. It matters because it directly updates Notices 133 and FHC-N133, impacting how insurers recognize capital instruments from 1 January 2026, with a restriction to non-retail investors in Singapore, aligning Singapore's regime with global standards like IAIS ICS.
Suggested considerations
Review Existing/Planned Issuances: Inventory AT1/Tier 2 instruments against new criteria; ensure compliance with non-retail investor restriction (e.g., verify distribution channels and investor classifications).
Update Capital Planning: Amend internal models and RBC 2 calculations per updated Notices 133/FHC-N133; test eligibility of instruments for loss absorption (e.g., callability, maturity ≥5 years for Tier 2).
Investor Documentation: Implement controls to confirm sales exclude Singapore retail investors; update prospectuses and distribution agreements.
Reporting & Disclosure: Integrate changes into valuation/capital reporting under RBC 2; seek MAS approval if needed for non-standard instruments.
Training & Governance: Train compliance/treasury teams; board oversight for capital planning impacts.
What changed
- Additional Criteria for AT1 and Tier 2 Instruments: Introduces new eligibility criteria for capital instruments to qualify as AT1 or Tier 2 under RBC 2, enhancing loss absorption features (e.g.,...
Investor Restriction: Instruments must be sold only to persons who are not retail investors in Singapore to qualify, reducing retail exposure risk.
Notice Amendments: Formalizes updates via ID 15/25, amending Notice 133 (for insurers) and Notice FHC-N133 (for Designated Financial Holding Companies), effective 1 January 2026.
These align with...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Effective 1 January 2026 (less than 1 month from today, 6 Feb 2026), requiring immediate review of issuances to avoid disqualification of capital, potential RBC shortfalls, or supervisory action. Matters for capital adequacy amid RBC 2 enhancements, as non-compliant instruments reduce eligible capital, increasing solvency risk; aligns with IAIS but adds local retail protection.
Sustainable Finance Periodic & ongoing disclosures Corporate sustainability reporting: AMF’s response to EFRAG’s consultation on the simplification of European standards
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), France's financial markets regulator, responded to EFRAG's July 31, 2025, public consultation on simplified European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) under the CSRD, welcoming a 57% reduction in mandatory datapoints and 55% shorter standards while urging refinements in materiality, climate reporting, and financial effects disclosure. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals upcoming proportionate ESRS revisions that could ease reporting burdens for large listed companies starting voluntarily in 2026, enhancing investor usability without diluting key sustainability insights.
Key dates
July 31, 2025
- EFRAG publishes draft simplified ESRS for public consultation
September 29, 2025
- Consultation closes
End of November 2025
- EFRAG submits technical advice to European Commission
June 2026
- Sector-specific ESRS adoption planned
2026 financial year (reports in 2027)
- Voluntary application of simplified standards, if legislative timeline allows
Suggested considerations
Monitor EFRAG's post-consultation technical advice (end-November 2025) and EC adoption process; prepare for voluntary uptake in 2026 reporting cycles.
Listed companies: Refine materiality processes to specify IRO types and use gross impacts; retain "net zero" definitions in climate plans; prioritize quantitative climate financial effects.
Conduct or update materiality assessments per EFRAG guidance (e.g., value chain, thresholds); leverage "undue costs" relief judiciously with time limits.
Prepare xHTML digital tagging for sustainability statements in management reports.
French firms: Align 2026 statements with AMF supervisory expectations, noting non-adoption of ESMA's GLESI guidelines pending full CSRD transposition.
What changed
AMF endorses EFRAG's simplifications but proposes targeted adjustments:
Materiality assessment: Support for proportionate double materiality (impacts, risks, opportunities or IRO) but requires minimum specification of impact type (positive/negative, risk, opportunity);...
Climate reporting: Regrets removal of "net zero" definition (90-95% gross GHG reduction trajectory), essential for 2024 comparability.
Anticipated financial effects: Strongly backs Option 1 (quantitative info required, with exceptions) for climate matters to align with ISSB and investor needs; flexible for other topics.
Reporting reliefs: Supports "undue costs/efforts" exemptions (e.g., metrics except Scope 3 GHG) with time-bound limits to match ISSB.
EFRAG's draft cuts mandatory datapoints by 57-61%, eliminates...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - Not immediate mandates, as this is a consultation response with voluntary 2026 start, but proactive preparation is essential for large listed firms facing AMF scrutiny on 2025/2026 statements. Matters due to potential burden reduction (57% fewer datapoints) balanced by AMF's push for investor-critical details like quantitative climate effects, aligning EU CSRD with global ISSB standards amid supervisory ramp-up.
Letter to chief financial officers of selected PRA-regulated deposit-takers which provides thematic feedback from the PRA’s review of written auditor reports received in 2025 covering IFRS 9 expected credit loss accounting (ECL) and accounting for climate risk.
AI Analysis
The PRA's Dear CFO Letter, issued on 30 September 2025 by David Bailey, provides thematic feedback to selected PRA-regulated deposit-takers based on its 2025 review of auditor reports on IFRS 9 expected credit loss (ECL) accounting and climate risk integration. It matters because it highlights persistent supervisory concerns around timely credit risk recognition, model limitations, recovery assumptions, and climate impacts amid economic uncertainty, urging firms to strengthen ECL processes to ensure safety and soundness.
Key dates
2025
- Auditor reports reviewed by PRA (basis for this feedback)
30 September 2025
- PRA issues Dear CFO Letter with thematic feedback
2026
- Next round of written auditor reporting on firms' progress against areas of focus, including data aggregation and securitisation impacts; firms encouraged to self-assess now
Suggested considerations
Conduct self-assessments against annex "areas of focus" (model risk, recovery, climate) and share with auditors ahead of 2026 reporting.
Enhance PMAs: Challenge completeness for emerging risks (e.g., interest rates, sectors); link to emerging risk analysis.
Model improvements: Monitor redevelopment plans; ensure granular monitoring, comprehensive reviews, skilled independent assurance; define model boundaries.
Recovery processes: Strengthen challenges to LGD recovery assumptions for vulnerable exposures.
This is not a formal rule change or new regulation but thematic feedback building on prior years, with "areas of focus" for improvement:
Model risk: Elevated due to macroeconomic/geopolitical uncertainty; firms must enhance post-model adjustments (PMAs) for completeness (e.g., affordability risks, sector vulnerabilities), granular...
Recovery strategies: Ongoing risk of historical bias in Loss Given Default (LGD) estimates; challenge realism of recovery assumptions for vulnerable sectors/borrowers.
Climate risks: Greater emphasis on identifying/assessing/modelling climate drivers in ECL (e.g., via expert judgement, stress tests); align with PRA's SS1/23 on model risk and upcoming clarifications...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – Persistent issues from prior years (e.g., 2024 feedback) indicate elevated model risk in uncertain conditions could lead to PRA scrutiny, auditor findings, or enforcement if unaddressed; 2026 auditor reports will benchmark progress, risking heightened supervision. Matters for prudential stability as ECL underpins capital requirements.
The PRA's CP21/25 proposes deletion of 37 banking regulatory reporting templates—primarily 34 FINREP templates representing approximately one-third of all FINREP collections—as the first phase of its Future Banking Data (FBD) programme. This initiative aims to reduce annual reporting burden by approximately £26 million while maintaining supervisory effectiveness by eliminating duplicative, outdated, or low-value data collections.
Key dates
September 2025
- CP21/25 consultation paper published
8 December 2025
- PS27/25 (Policy Statement) published, confirming final policy
31 December 2025
- Proposed implementation date to avoid firms submitting 2025 Q4 data for deleted templates
Suggested considerations
*Cease reporting on the 37 deleted templates effective 31 December 2025
*Update internal systems and processes to remove validation rules and submission workflows for deleted templates
*Revise compliance calendars to reflect aligned FINREP reporting remittance dates
*Review Pillar 3 disclosure obligations to identify any continued requirements based on deleted FINREP templates and assess whether disclosure obligations remain despite template deletion
*Implement rulebook changes reflecting consolidation of FINREP scoping provisions into the PRA Rulebook
What changed
The PRA proposes the following regulatory deletions:
FINREP Template Deletions:
Permanent deletion of 34 whole FINREP reporting templates (approximately one-third of all FINREP collections)
Consolidation of remaining FINREP requirements within a single section of the PRA Rulebook
Clarification of scoping conditions where current provisions are unclear, duplicative, or inconsistently applied
Alignment of reporting remittance dates for FINREP reporting
Other Template Deletions:
CP20/25 is a PRA consultation paper published on 16 September 2025 that proposes targeted updates to the regulatory framework governing third-country insurance branches operating in the UK. The consultation addresses inconsistencies introduced during the Solvency II review, clarifies supervisory expectations, and increases the subsidiarisation threshold—matters that directly affect the operational and compliance costs of non-UK insurers seeking to maintain branch operations rather than establish subsidiaries in the UK market.
Key dates
16 September 2025
- CP20/25 published by the PRA
16 December 2025 Deadline
- Consultation response deadline
H1 2026
- Statement of Policy (SoP) expected to be published; subsidiarisation threshold update anticipated upon SoP publication
31 December 2026
- Planned implementation date for rulebook changes
Suggested considerations
*Threshold Assessment: Larger third-country branches must reassess whether their liabilities, forecast for the coming three years, mean they need to become subsidiaries given the proposed increased subsidiarisation threshold.
*Reporting Requirement Review: Branches should review updated guidance on ORSA submissions to ensure they provide the undertaking-level ORSA (rather than branch-specific ORSA) with required high-level summaries of solvency position, capital buffer rationale, and stress testing results.
*Quantitative Metrics Compliance: Given new quantitative metrics replacing previous PRA firm categorisation, branches should review what requirements will apply to them to ensure they do not inadvertently misreport.
*Three-Year Notification Obligation: Branches should establish processes to notify the PRA where it is projected that they may exceed the subsidiarisation threshold within the next three years.
*Asset Holding Verification: Confirm that branch assets are held in respect of branch provisions and that assets backing direct insurance liabilities are available, as required by the new rule.
What changed
The consultation proposes four primary regulatory modifications:
Subsidiarisation Threshold Increase
The PRA proposes raising the FSCS liability threshold above which third-country branches must establish a UK subsidiary from £500 million to £600 million. The PRA attributes this increase to inflation rather than organic growth, aiming to prevent branches from artificially approaching the current threshold and incurring unnecessary subsidiarisation costs.
ORSA Reporting Clarification
Current guidance will be updated to clarify that third-country branches must submit an Own Risk and Self...
Informs insurers on the issuance of the Response to Consultation Paper on Proposed Equity Counter-Cyclical Adjustment for Insurers.
AI Analysis
The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) has finalized its **equity counter-cyclical adjustment (CCA)** framework for insurers, making it a mandatory requirement under the RBC 2 capital framework effective January 1, 2026. This regulatory enhancement aims to reduce procyclicality in equity investment risk requirements by adjusting capital charges based on market conditions, requiring all licensed insurers to implement uniform CCA calculations using monthly average year-on-year equity returns.
Key dates
27 March 2025
– MAS issued original consultation paper on proposed equity CCA
28 April 2025
– Consultation period closed
25 August 2025
– MAS published response to consultation feedback
08 December 2025
– Last revision date for related Notices 133 and FHC-N133
1 January 2026
– **Effective implementation date for equity CCA**
Suggested considerations
*Immediate Compliance Steps (by January 1, 2026):
*System Implementation – Develop or modify capital calculation systems to incorporate monthly average YoY equity return calculations
*Policy Documentation – Update internal capital management policies to reflect mandatory CCA application
*Governance Alignment – Ensure board and senior management understand the mandatory nature and cannot exercise discretion to opt out during market stress
What changed
Mandatory CCA Implementation
MAS will proceed with introducing the CCA as a mandatory requirement across all insurers.
Determining YoY returns on a daily basis
Computing the average YoY returns over the preceding one-month period
This change addresses concerns that daily calculations created excessive sensitivity to timing and duration of market stress...
Informs insurers of the issuance of the Consultation Paper on Proposed Changes to the Group Capital Framework for Designated Financial Holding Companies (Licensed Insurer).
AI Analysis
The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) issued a consultation paper on 24 July 2025 proposing amendments to Notice FHC-N133, which governs the valuation and capital framework for Designated Financial Holding Companies (Licensed Insurer) under the enhanced risk-based capital (RBC 2) consolidation approach. These changes aim to refine the group capital framework by incorporating global regulatory updates and market developments, ensuring more robust capital treatment for non-insurance entities, joint ventures, and non-controlling interests. Compliance professionals should prioritize this as it directly impacts capital adequacy calculations for affected groups, with the consultation now closed post-25 August 2025.
Key dates
1 January 2024
- Effective date of baseline Notice FHC-N133 (pre-amendment)
24 July 2025
- Issuance of Consultation Paper P011-2025 on Proposed Changes to the Group Capital Framework
25 August 2025
- Consultation closing date (now passed as of February 2026)
Suggested considerations
Gap analysis: Model impacts on group financial resources, identify data/ system gaps for NIE/JV risk assessments, and simulate capital shortfalls under new limits.
Stakeholder engagement: If not already done, firms that submitted feedback by 25 August 2025 should track MAS response; prepare internal policy updates and board reporting on potential capital adjustments.
Ongoing: Enhance monitoring of non-insurance subsidiaries and JVs; update valuation processes to align with RBC 2 consolidation once finalized.
What changed
The proposals target refinements to the group capital framework in Notice FHC-N133 (effective 1 January 2024) and include:
Risk charging approach for non-insurance entities (NIEs): Introduce a standardized method to assess and charge capital for risks posed by NIEs within the DFHC group, with potential additional charges...
Enhanced capital treatment for joint ventures (JVs): Strengthen requirements to better reflect JV risks in group capital computations.
Limit on recognition of capital from non-controlling interests (NCIs): Cap the amount of NCI capital recognized in group financial resources to account for its non-fungible nature (currently, NCI...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - The consultation closed on 25 August 2025, reducing immediate pressure, but as of February 2026, no final rules or effective dates are confirmed, creating uncertainty for 2026 capital planning. This matters for DFHCs as changes could increase capital requirements, affect dividend capacity, and necessitate system recalibrations, with non-compliance risking supervisory actions under RBC 2; proactive modeling is essential to avoid last-minute adjustments.
Informs insurers of the issuance of the Consultation Paper and Quantitative Impact Study on the Proposed General Insurance Catastrophe Risk Requirement
AI Analysis
The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) issued a consultation paper on 24 July 2025 proposing a new **General Insurance Catastrophe Risk Requirement (GI Cat risk charge)** under the enhanced Risk-Based Capital 2 (RBC 2) framework to capture extreme events not covered by existing premium and claim liability risks. This matters for general insurers as it introduces standardized scenarios for Singapore Insurance Fund (SIF) and Offshore Insurance Fund (OIF), plus bespoke scenarios, potentially increasing capital requirements and necessitating model governance and quantitative impact studies (QIS). Compliance professionals must engage promptly as the consultation closed on 5 September 2025, with implementation likely following RBC 2 enhancements.
Key dates
24 July 2025
- Issuance of Consultation Paper (P012-2025) and QIS by MAS
05 September 2025
- Consultation closing date for feedback on proposals and QIS completion
08 December 2025
- Last revision date of related Notice 133 on Valuation and Capital Framework
Suggested considerations
Complete and submit QIS for SIF and OIF general business (exemptions apply for certain reinsurers' OIF).
Provide feedback on consultation questions, including standardized scenarios, "Own Bespoke" requirements, OIF materiality threshold, flood parameters, and governance for models.
Review and prepare internal catastrophe models (vendor/proprietary) meeting proposed governance standards for OIF natural cat risks.
Assess capital impacts under proposed charges and aggregation; update RBC 2 compliance programs accordingly.
Monitor MAS website for final rules post-5 September 2025 (https://www.mas.gov.sg/regulation/circulars/id08_25).
What changed
- Introduction of GI Cat risk charge: Captures natural (e.g., standardized flood for SIF; whole-of-portfolio for OIF) and man-made catastrophe risks (e.g., fire/explosion, economic events, pandemic)...
SIF computation: Prescribed standardized scenarios (flood for natural; fire/explosion, economic event, pandemic for man-made) plus annual "Own Bespoke" scenario for material risks like earthquakes or...
OIF computation: Standardized man-made scenarios plus annual "Own Bespoke" for man-made risks; natural cat on whole-of-portfolio basis using vendor/in-house models with governance requirements;...
Aggregation approach: Specified method for combining GI Cat risk charges across funds.
Accompanying QIS to assess impacts, building on prior studies (2021 preliminary, 2022 stress test, 2024 survey).
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - As of February 2026, consultation is closed, signaling imminent finalization and integration into RBC 2 (last revised Notice 133 on 8 December 2025), requiring proactive capital modeling, scenario testing, and governance updates to avoid supervisory scrutiny. Failure to prepare could elevate capital costs, disrupt RBC compliance, and expose firms to RBC 2 enforcement risks amid MAS's focus on insurer resilience.
Crypto-assets Innovation The ACPR and AMF publish the summary of responses to the consultation conducted by the Working Group on Smart Contract Certification
AI Analysis
The ACPR and AMF have published a summary of responses to a public consultation on a 2024 Working Group report exploring smart contract certification in DeFi, addressing technical standards, audit practices, and potential regulatory frameworks. This matters for compliance as it signals preparatory steps toward possible EU-level DeFi regulation, emphasizing risk reduction and trust-building without immediate mandates, influencing future operational and audit strategies for crypto firms.
Key dates
2024
- Working Group conducts analysis and drafts report on smart contract certification
3 February 2025
- Report published for public consultation
14 March 2025
- Industry responses submitted (e.g., GDF, Adan)
16 July 2025
- Summary of consultation responses published by ACPR and AMF
Suggested considerations
Monitor developments: Track ACPR/AMF Fintech Forum updates for potential voluntary certification pilots or EU harmonization under MiCA/pending DeFi rules.
Review internal practices: Align smart contract governance, audits, and change management with endorsed principles (e.g., third-party audits, risk-based recertification on material changes).
Enhance documentation: Prepare for possible protocol-level certification, including modular DeFi interactions and continuous on-chain monitoring.
Engage stakeholders: Participate in future consultations via industry groups like GDF or Adan to influence voluntary frameworks.
What changed
No binding regulatory changes are introduced; this is an exploratory summary confirming industry support for proposed principles on technical standards (security, governance, compliance), audit methods (third-party, self-certification), and regulatory avenues (preference for voluntary certification over mandatory). Respondents endorsed alignment with industry best practices, risk-based approaches, and proportionality, with calls for technologically neutral standards and continuous monitoring models.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – This is not enforceable yet but previews potential mandatory certification in EU DeFi regulation, critical for firms scaling smart contract use to mitigate user risks and build trust; proactive alignment now avoids future retrofits, especially with MiCA's crypto focus.
On 3 July 2025, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA launched the consultations on the new Ordinances on the Risk Diversification of Banks and Securities Firms and on the Liquidity of Banks and Securities Firms. The consultations will go on until 29 September 2025.
Financial disclosures & corporate financing Journalists Listed companies and issuers The AMF orders DANAE GROUP to file a draft takeover bid for ENTREPRENDRE shares
AI Analysis
The AMF has ordered Danae Group to file a draft takeover bid for shares in Entreprendre, enforcing mandatory public offer rules triggered by a shareholding threshold crossing. This matters for compliance professionals as it exemplifies AMF's strict oversight of takeover regulations, ensuring market integrity, equal treatment of shareholders, and timely disclosures in listed company transactions. It underscores the risks of non-compliance, potentially leading to enforcement actions.
Key dates
Within 4 Deadline
6 weeks of triggering event; - Danae Group must file draft takeover bid (practice standard; exact trigger date not specified in publication)
10 trading days from offer period start Deadline
- AMF reviews draft for compliance and issues visa (extendable if appraiser or works council involved, min. 5 trading days post-target reply)
Pre
offer period (post-announcement); - Strict trading rules apply; offeror may acquire shares until opening, with restrictions
Offer period
- From AMF filing notice to results publication; minimum success threshold 50% (waivable by AMF)
Suggested considerations
File draft takeover bid immediately: Submit to AMF with price details (highest 12-month price, cash only), intent on squeeze-out, and supporting documents.
Appoint independent appraiser: Mandatory if squeeze-out planned; fairness statement required.
Inform AMF and publish: Disclose filing; adhere to trading restrictions during pre-offer/offer periods.
Prepare target response: Entreprendre to file draft reply document, potentially involving works council.
Monitor thresholds: Ongoing vigilance for 30% voting rights or 1% 12-month crossings by any party.
What changed
No new regulatory changes are introduced; this is an enforcement decision applying existing AMF rules on mandatory takeover bids under the General Regulation (RGAMF), particularly Articles 234-2 et seq. Key requirements include: filing a draft offer with the AMF for compliance review within 10 trading days; mandatory cash offers at the highest price paid by the offeror (alone or in concert) in the prior 12 months; adherence to principles of free play of bids, equal treatment, transparency, market integrity, fairness, and competition.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - Immediate filing obligation for Danae Group risks escalation to sanctions if ignored; for others, it signals AMF's proactive enforcement, heightening scrutiny on share acquisitions in listed firms. Matters due to potential market disruption, shareholder protection mandates, and precedent for rapid intervention (e.g., visa timelines enforce orderly processes).
Market infrastructures Innovation Europe & international Cooperation Other professionals Market Infrastructures Journalists Investment management companies The French and Italian authorities make proposals for a more competitive...
AI Analysis
The French (AMF) and Italian (Consob) financial authorities have jointly proposed amendments to the EU's DLT Pilot Regime to increase its competitiveness and attract market participants. The Pilot Regime, which became operational in March 2023, has underperformed with only three authorized infrastructures and minimal live trading activity, prompting regulators to recommend structural changes including greater proportionality, expanded eligible instruments, and raised activity thresholds.
Key dates
March 2023
- Pilot Regime became operational
April 9, 2025
- AMF and Consob formal proposals submitted
March 24, 2026 Deadline
- ESMA report deadline to European Commission on Pilot Regime functioning and recommendations
Q2 2026
- Expected European Commission report to Parliament and Council with recommendations on Pilot Regime extension, amendment, or permanent conversion
June 30, 2026
- End of MiCA transitional period; full crypto-asset regime implementation
Suggested considerations
*For Market Infrastructure Operators:
*Reassess Business Cases: Evaluate viability under revised €100 billion thresholds and expanded instrument eligibility
*Prepare Applications: Organizations previously excluded by €6 billion threshold should prepare authorization applications under new proportionality framework
*Monitor Commission Decisions: Track European Commission's response to ESMA report (expected Q2 2026) for final regulatory direction
*Compliance Documentation: Prepare operational and technical documentation demonstrating alignment with revised requirements
What changed
The proposed amendments address the Pilot Regime's limited uptake by introducing the following regulatory modifications:
Scope Expansion
Expand eligible financial instruments from current restrictions to all financial assets
Remove categorical limitations that previously restricted participation
Activity Thresholds
Raise activity thresholds from €6 billion to €100 billion
Introduce greater proportionality based on project scale, allowing smaller players simplified requirements
Operational Flexibility
Anti-money Laundering Asset management AMF invites financial market participants to take part in the EBA consultation on draft AML/CFT implementing standards
AI Analysis
The AMF is urging French financial market participants to engage in the EBA's consultation launched on March 6, 2025, on draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) for AML/CFT implementing standards under AMLD6 and AMLR, focusing on harmonized risk assessment methodologies for supervisors and obliged entities. This matters because it signals a shift to uniform EU-wide AML/CFT supervision via AMLA (post-EBA handover on January 1, 2026), requiring firms to adapt to standardized risk indicators, data reporting, and enforcement, with new CDD rules applying from July 2027. Participation ensures firms influence final standards amid the transition to a single EU AML rulebook.
Key dates
March 6, 2025
EBA consultation launch; on draft RTS for AML/CFT standards (ongoing as of analysis)
January 1, 2026
EBA hands over AML/CFT mandates, tools (e.g., EuReCa database), and functions to AMLA; ; existing EBA guidelines remain until replaced
July 10, 2027 Deadline
New AMLD6/AMLR rules apply directly; , including CDD for new customers and start of phased compliance
2028
AMLA begins direct supervision; of selected high-risk entities
By July 2032 Deadline
Full CDD compliance; for existing customers (five-year transition from 2027)
Suggested considerations
Participate in EBA consultation: Submit feedback on draft RTS via EBA channels, focusing on risk indicators, data frequency, and feasibility; AMF encourages French firms to act promptly.
Conduct compliance gap analysis: Review current AML frameworks against proposed indicators (inherent risk, controls, residual risk); prioritize high-risk customers/products.
Enhance systems: Invest in regtech for automated risk scoring, transaction monitoring, and data reporting to supervisors; update governance, policies, and CDD processes.
Prepare for AMLA supervision: For cross-border firms, model group-wide risk profiles; develop remediation plans for breaches.
Ongoing monitoring: Implement annual risk reviews and ad-hoc reassessments for business changes.
What changed
The draft RTS propose harmonized methodologies for AML/CFT supervision, including:
Risk Assessment of Obliged Entities (Article 40(2) AMLD6): A three-step process with indicators for inherent risk (customers, products/services, geography, distribution channels), control...
Risk Assessment for Direct Supervision (Article 12(7) AMLAR): Two-stage selection for AMLA direct oversight of high-risk cross-border firms (operating in ≥6 Member States, meeting...
CDD Updates: Risk-based approach for new customers from July 2027; five-year transition for existing customers, prioritizing high-risk.
Pecuniary Sanctions RTS (Article 53(10) AMLD6): Structured classification of breaches, proportionate sanctions, and enforcement for serious/repeated/systematic infringements to ensure uniformity...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – While not yet final, the consultation shapes binding RTS under the new AMLA-led regime post-January 2026 handover, with direct rules from July 2027 requiring system upgrades and data readiness; delays risk non-compliance with harmonized supervision, higher sanctions, and AMLA scrutiny for large firms. Matters due to shift to uniform EU standards, ending national discretion and increasing reporting burdens—firms acting now can influence outcomes and future-proof via tech/governance investments.
Crypto-assets Innovation The ACPR and the AMF publish the findings from the Working Group on Smart Contract Certification, and launch a Public Consultation
AI Analysis
The ACPR and AMF have published findings from their 2024 Working Group on Smart Contract Certification in DeFi, launching a public consultation on February 3, 2025, to explore certification frameworks for smart contracts, focusing on standards, audits, and regulatory options. This matters as it signals proactive French regulatory preparation for potential EU-level DeFi rules under MiCA, aiming to enhance security, governance, and compliance without immediate mandates, while industry feedback favors voluntary schemes.
Key dates
2025 (TBD)
- Conclusions from consultation responses to be presented
February 3, 2025
- Working Group report published and public consultation launched
March 10, 2025
- Public consultation closed (per some reports; responses summarized afterward)
July 16, 2025
- ACPR/AMF published summary of consultation responses
July 2026
- DASP regime fully phased out under MiCA transitional period
Suggested considerations
Participate/Review: DeFi/crypto firms should review the report and response summary; late participation may inform ongoing discussions (consultation closed).
Assess Smart Contracts: Evaluate internal smart contracts against proposed standards (security, governance, compliance) and audit practices for voluntary adoption.
Monitor Developments: Track ACPR/AMF updates and EU MiCA/DeFi harmonization; prepare for potential fast-track CASP licensing if using certified contracts.
Engage Stakeholders: Join ACPR-AMF Fintech Forum dialogues; implement AML/CFT enhancements for smart contract risks, as AMF/ACPR assess ongoing compliance.
What changed
No binding regulatory changes yet; this is exploratory work anticipating future regulation. The report proposes:
Standards for security, governance, and compliance across execution environments.
Audit frameworks including public authority, third-party auditors, or self-certification.
Regulatory avenues from voluntary certification to obligations, with proportionate approaches.
Consultation responses (summarized post-March 2025) confirmed support for technical standards and audits...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This is non-binding exploratory work with consultation closed, but it foreshadows potential mandatory smart contract certification in DeFi, aligning with MiCA's risk mitigation goals. Firms face low short-term risk but high long-term impact if voluntary standards evolve into obligations, especially amid DASP phase-out by July 2026 and EU harmonization needs; proactive adoption builds MiCA compliance edge.
The Central Bank of Ireland has today (Tuesday 23 July) published a Feedback Statement to the Discussion Paper on an approach to macroprudential policy for investment funds.
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) published a Feedback Statement on 23 July 2024 summarizing stakeholder responses to its Discussion Paper (DP11) on developing a macroprudential policy framework for investment funds, emphasizing the sector's growth and systemic risks. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals ongoing domestic and international efforts to enhance fund resilience amid rapid expansion of non-bank financial intermediation (NBFI), with Ireland's funds sector reaching €6.2 trillion in assets by end-2022. No immediate new rules are imposed, but it underscores evaluation of existing measures and future policy evolution.
Key dates
18 January 2024 Deadline
- Consultation deadline for CP157 on macroprudential measures for GBP LDI funds
29 April 2024
- Announcement and start of three-month implementation period for GBP LDI yield buffer measures
23 July 2024
- Publication of Feedback Statement to DP11 on macroprudential policy for investment funds
29 July 2024 Deadline
- Effective date for GBP LDI funds' minimum 300bps yield buffer compliance (three months post-announcement)
22 November 2024
- CBI response to European Commission consultation on macroprudential policies for NBFI
Suggested considerations
For property funds: Continue adhering to pre-existing leverage/liquidity mismatch limits.
All relevant managers: Monitor CBI updates on measure evaluations, conduct ongoing vulnerability analysis, and prepare for potential toolkit expansions (e.g., stress testing, data sharing). Engage in international coordination via FSB/IOSCO and EU consultations.
General: Review fund strategies for systemic risks, update governance for macroprudential oversight, and align with CBI's DP11 principles.
What changed
This Feedback Statement introduces no new regulatory changes or requirements; it is a summary of feedback on DP11 and CBI's perspectives on macroprudential considerations for funds.
Restrictions on leverage and liquidity mismatch for Irish-authorised property funds (introduced prior to 2024).
A codified minimum 300bps yield buffer for Irish-authorised GBP-denominated Liability Driven Investment (LDI) funds, requiring resilience to UK interest rate shocks, with liquid assets in the buffer...
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium—No new rules from the Feedback Statement itself, reducing immediate pressure, but firms must ensure full compliance with implemented LDI (by July 2024) and property fund measures while preparing for evaluations and EU-level developments (e.g., November 2024 CBI response). This matters as Ireland's funds dominance (global hub status, 16% of world financial assets) amplifies systemic scrutiny, with non-compliance risking supervisory actions under AIFMD Article 25 or future tools; proactive monitoring prevents disruptions in a €68 trillion global sector.
Crypto-assets Innovation The AMF publishes the summary of responses received to its Discussion Paper on Decentralised Finance
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF) has published a summary of stakeholder responses to its June 2023 Discussion Paper on Decentralised Finance (DeFi), analyzing regulatory challenges posed by automated, decentralized crypto-asset activities. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals the AMF's ongoing commitment to developing a balanced DeFi framework amid MiCA's implementation, potentially shaping future supervision of decentralized protocols while emphasizing investor protection and innovation.
Key dates
June 2023
- AMF publishes initial Discussion Paper on DeFi regulatory challenges
July 2024
- AMF publishes summary of responses to DeFi Discussion Paper
December 30, 2024
- MiCA enters force for CASPs
June 30, 2026 Deadline
- End of MiCA transitional period for DASPs; full CASP licensing required
July 2027 Deadline
- EU AMLR ("single rulebook") comes into effect, standardizing crypto due diligence
Suggested considerations
Monitor and engage: Participate in AMF's ongoing DeFi discussions and tokenization consultations for asset managers; no mandatory actions from this summary alone.
MiCA compliance: DASPs must apply for CASP licenses or leverage exemptions (e.g., notify AMF with operational/AML details if regulated entities); ensure AML/CTF alignment with EBA/TFR "Travel Rule" extensions.
Assess decentralization: DeFi protocols should evaluate if they qualify as "sufficiently decentralized" to evade DASP rules; traditional firms notify AMF before crypto services.
Update policies: Incorporate AMF clarifications on DASP transitions (DOC-2019-23/24 updates) and prepare for 2026 priorities like DORA cybersecurity.
What changed
No immediate regulatory changes or new requirements are introduced; this is a non-binding summary of consultation feedback from July 2024, intended to inform future discussions rather than enact rules. It highlights stakeholder views on DeFi's challenges, such as decentralization's impact on traditional oversight, with the AMF planning continued ecosystem engagement to outline proportionate responses.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - This consultation summary does not impose new obligations but underscores evolving DeFi scrutiny within MiCA's firm deadlines (e.g., June 2026 transition end), making it critical for crypto firms to align now to avoid sanctions like DASP withdrawals. It matters for maintaining competitiveness in France's innovation-friendly regime, especially with AMF's 2026 focus on MiCA convergence and tokenization.
The Central Bank of Ireland has today (29 April 2024) announced the introduction of macroprudential measures for Irish-authorised GBP-denominated Liability Driven Investment (LDI) funds. Building on the recent Consultation Paper “Macroprudential measures for GBP Liability Driven Investment funds”, the measures require…
AI Analysis
The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) introduced binding macroprudential measures on 29 April 2024 requiring Irish-authorised GBP-denominated Liability Driven Investment (LDI) funds to maintain a minimum **300 basis point yield buffer** to withstand adverse UK interest rate shocks. This regulatory intervention directly addresses systemic risks exposed during the September-October 2022 UK gilt market crisis, where excessive leverage in LDI funds amplified financial stress across markets.
- Compliance deadline for existing Irish GBP-denominated LDI funds authorised before 29 April 2024 (3-month implementation period)
Immediate Deadline
- Compliance requirement for newly authorised LDI funds after 29 April 2024
Ongoing Deadline
- New funds seeking authorisation must notify CBI of framework scope applicability
Suggested considerations
*For Existing Fund Managers (by 29 July 2024):
*Audit & Classification: Determine whether each fund falls within the regulatory scope by assessing whether the investment strategy matches asset sensitivity to UK interest rates/inflation against pre-defined investor liabilities
*Yield Buffer Assessment: Calculate current yield buffer position and identify any shortfalls against the 300 bps minimum threshold
*Portfolio Restructuring: If necessary, rebalance portfolios to achieve and maintain the 300 bps yield buffer, ensuring:
Removal of external/third-party assets from buffer calculations
What changed
The framework establishes the following core requirements for in-scope GBP-denominated LDI funds:
Yield Buffer Requirement
Minimum resilience threshold of 300 basis points increase in UK yields
CBI clarifies this is a minimum floor, not a target; funds may prudently maintain higher buffers
Assets must be sufficiently liquid under both normal and stressed market conditions
Yield Buffer Composition Rules
"External assets" or "third-party assets" cannot be included in the yield buffer
Innovation Markets Decentralised Finance (DeFi): IOSCO publishes its consultation report
AI Analysis
The AMF publication announces IOSCO's consultation report on Decentralised Finance (DeFi), highlighting ongoing global efforts to regulate DeFi activities under IOSCO's 2023 policy recommendations. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals intensifying scrutiny on DeFi platforms for investor protection, market integrity, and financial stability risks, potentially leading to harmonized rules that bridge traditional finance and crypto assets. Firms involved in DeFi must monitor this to align with emerging "same risk, same rule" standards across jurisdictions.
Key dates
31 July 2025
- Cut-off date for assessing Participating Jurisdictions' regulatory frameworks in IOSCO's Thematic Review
October 16, 2025
- Publication date of FSB and IOSCO reports assessing crypto-asset and stablecoin implementation, including DeFi elements
2 February 2026 Deadline
- IOSCO consultation comment deadline on related reports (e.g., FMIs’ management of general business risks)
6 February 2026 Deadline
- CPMI-IOSCO consultation comment deadline on FMIs’ general business risks guidance, relevant to DeFi infrastructure
Suggested considerations
Review and comment: Submit feedback on IOSCO consultations by early February 2026 to influence final guidance on DeFi risks.
Gap analysis: Assess current operations against IOSCO's 10 Assessed Recommendations (e.g., market integrity, investor protection, cross-border cooperation) and FSB frameworks, noting reforms underway.
Enhance compliance: Implement AML mechanisms for DeFi (e.g., on-chain identity attestations), improve cybersecurity, business continuity, and enforcement powers for CASPs.
Monitor cross-border: Leverage IOSCO MMoU for cooperation and prepare for global CASP supervision.
Pilot participation: Explore EU DLT Pilot Regime or similar sandboxes for compliant DeFi activities.
What changed
No immediate binding regulatory changes are introduced, as this is a consultation report tied to IOSCO's 2023 DeFi Recommendations and a 2025 Thematic Review assessing implementation progress. Key focuses include enhanced regulatory cooperation (Recommendation 11), addressing gaps in enforcement for Crypto Asset Service Providers (CASPs), and applying CDA Policy Recommendations to DeFi for risks like financial stability, investor protection, and market integrity. Progress is noted in legal frameworks, but challenges persist in cross-border cooperation and enforcement beyond CASPs.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – While not yet binding, the report underscores incomplete global implementation (e.g., enforcement gaps, regulatory arbitrage risks), with IOSCO/FSB calling for swift action amid 2025-2026 reviews. This matters as DeFi's growth amplifies systemic risks, prompting "same risk, same rule" enforcement; firms risk non-compliance fines, operational restrictions, or lost innovation opportunities without proactive alignment.
Periodic & ongoing disclosures Sustainable Finance Regulatory developments The AMF responds to the European Commission’s public consultation on the draft European sustainability reporting standards
AI Analysis
The AMF's response to the European Commission's public consultation advocates for simplified European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) under the CSRD, emphasizing retained quality in climate reporting, interoperability with ISSB standards, and proportionality while opposing overly complex materiality assessments. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals upcoming ESRS revisions that could reduce reporting burdens but maintain investor-focused disclosures, influencing 2026-2028 sustainability statements for listed firms and financial institutions. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-responds-european-commissions-public-consultation-draft-european-sustainability-reporting
Key dates
July 31, 2025
EFRAG submits simplified ESRS draft for consultation. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/corporate-sustainability-reporting-amfs-response-efrags-consultation-simplification-european
EFRAG presents technical advice to European Commission. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/corporate-sustainability-reporting-amfs-response-efrags-consultation-simplification-european
Voluntary use of simplified standards possible if legislative timeline allows. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/corporate-sustainability-reporting-amfs-response-efrags-consultation-simplification-european ; https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/depth/csrd-sustainability-reporting
Suggested considerations
Review and refresh double materiality assessments using "gross" impacts, specifying risks/opportunities per topic.
Retain "net-zero" definitions in climate plans if used; prepare quantitative climate financial effects data (Option 1).
Evaluate "undue costs" reliefs for non-climate metrics, documenting with time-bound justifications.
Monitor EFRAG/EC updates post-November 2025; test voluntary simplified ESRS in 2026 cycles.
What changed
- Simplified ESRS Structure: EFRAG's draft reduces mandatory datapoints by 57-71% and ESRS length by 55%, focusing on materiality, fair presentation, and quantitative data while streamlining double...
Materiality Assessment: AMF opposes assessing impact materiality post-mitigation (prefers "gross" approach for relevance and consistency) but supports specifying impacts, risks, or opportunities per...
Climate Reporting: AMF regrets removal of "net-zero" target definition (requiring 90-95% gross GHG reduction trajectory) and seeks harmonization for financial actors; supports Option 1 for...
Reporting Reliefs: Introduces "undue costs or efforts" exemptions (e.g., for metrics except Scope 3 GHG), with AMF recommending time-bound limits; further simplification proposed for social metrics...
Interoperability: AMF stresses alignment with ISSB, accepting some EU-specific divergences for simplification.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – Revisions offer relief (e.g., 57%+ datapoint cuts) but require proactive preparation for voluntary 2026 use and mandatory 2027/2028; critical for 2025 reporters under current ESRS/"quick fix" to avoid enforcement. Matters due to AMF/ESMA supervision ramp-up, investor demands for comparable climate data, and ISSB alignment risks if divergences grow.
Crypto-assets Innovation Fintech Journalists The AMF publishes a discussion paper on Decentralised Finance (DeFi)
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), France's financial markets regulator, published a discussion paper on June 19, 2023, outlining preliminary thoughts on regulatory challenges posed by Decentralised Finance (DeFi) activities on crypto-assets, inviting stakeholder feedback by September 30, 2023. A summary of responses was released on July 10, 2024, highlighting key themes like defining DeFi, distinguishing protocol types, and applying a "same activity, same risk, same regulation" principle. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals AMF's intent to develop proportionate DeFi oversight, balancing innovation with investor protection, AML/CTF risks, and market integrity amid evolving EU frameworks like MiCA.
Key dates
June 19, 2023
- AMF publishes initial discussion paper on DeFi regulatory issues
September 30, 2023 Deadline
- Deadline for stakeholder contributions to the discussion paper
July 10, 2024
- AMF publishes summary of responses to the discussion paper
Suggested considerations
Submit feedback (past deadline): Stakeholders could contribute by September 30, 2023, to innovation@amf-france.org.
Monitor developments: Track AMF/ACPR follow-ups, including smart contract certification discussions.
Conduct internal assessments: Analyze DeFi exposures using IOSCO criteria—identify responsible persons, risks (operational, AML/CTF), interconnections with TradFi, and ensure disclosures/conflict management.
Enhance compliance programs: Prepare for proportionate rules on governance, cybersecurity, solvency, transparency; align with "same risk, same regulation" for DeFi-like activities.
Engage stakeholders: Participate in AMF ecosystem dialogues at French/EU/international levels.
What changed
This is a discussion paper and consultation, not binding legislation, so no immediate regulatory changes or requirements are imposed. Key discussion points include:
Defining DeFi based on decentralization criteria (e.g., automation, network architecture, governance, lack of single points of failure).
Distinguishing permissioned vs. permissionless protocols and public vs. private blockchains.
Regulatory approaches to smart contracts (e.g., certification, varying responsibilities), open-source code, and governance.
Urgency: Medium – This is non-binding consultation feedback without hard deadlines or rules, but it previews AMF's regulatory trajectory toward DeFi oversight, including AML/CTF enforcement and investor safeguards, amid MiCA rollout. It matters because DeFi's growth amplifies risks like pseudonymity-driven financial crime and market abuse, potentially triggering enforcement of existing laws; firms risk non-compliance if unprepared for "same risk, same regulation" application, especially with AMF's international push.
Collective investments Shares The AMF presents its proposals to improve the readability of financial product fees in European law
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF, France's financial markets authority) has proposed a new table for presenting subscription fees on financial instruments and an accompanying glossary to enhance investor readability and comparability, developed in collaboration with the Financial Sector Consultative Committee (FSCC) as input to the European Commission's Retail Investment Strategy. This matters because it targets reconciling MiFID 2 and PRIIPs disclosure requirements, which currently hinder clear fee communication, potentially influencing future EU-level amendments to improve retail investor protection without imposing new obligations.
Suggested considerations
Monitor and Respond: Review the proposed table and draft glossary (available in French); consider submitting feedback via FSCC or directly to European Commission consultations on Retail Investment Strategy.
Internal Review: Assess current MiFID 2/PRIIPs fee disclosures for compatibility with the proposed format; prepare for potential regulatory evolution by mapping existing presentations to the new table.
Testing and Training: Evaluate glossary integration into client communications; conduct internal consumer testing aligned with AMF tools if adopting early.
No immediate obligations, as this is a non-binding proposal requiring EU law changes.
What changed
- Alternative Fee Presentation Table: A proposed redesigned table for displaying costs associated with subscribing to financial instruments, emphasizing investor understanding rather than adding a...
Glossary of Terms: A harmonized glossary defining key fee types, tested with non-professional investors using AMF consumer testing tools, to standardize terminology across professionals and aid...
No changes to fee calculation methodologies; focus is solely on presentation and terminology.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium – This is a consultative proposal without firm deadlines or binding rules, but it signals likely EU-level shifts in fee disclosure under MiFID 2/PRIIPs, impacting retail investor-facing firms. It matters for proactive compliance, as early adoption of clearer formats could mitigate future enforcement risks amid Retail Investment Strategy scrutiny, especially given AMF's history of fee doctrine updates (e.g., turnover fee bans).
Innovation The AMF publishes its proposals for an open finance framework
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), France's financial markets authority, has published proposals for an **open finance framework** via a public consultation, extending open banking principles to broader financial data sharing for enhanced innovation and competition. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals upcoming regulatory requirements for secure data access, APIs, and customer consent mechanisms, aligning with EU trends toward open finance while prioritizing consumer protection and market resilience. Firms must engage early to shape the final rules and prepare systems for compliance.
Key dates
2026 (H2)
- Expected finalization of AMF AI roadmap and tokenization consultation, influencing open finance APIs
January 14, 2026
- AMF publishes 2026 priorities, including open finance as part of innovation framework
June 30, 2026
- End of MiCA transitional period, relevant for crypto/open finance intersections
TBD (consultation period) Deadline
- Public consultation on open finance proposals; firms should check AMF site for exact submission deadline (typically 1-3 months post-publication)
Suggested considerations
Review and respond to consultation: Submit feedback on proposals via AMF portal (https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amf-publishes-its-proposals-open-finance-framework) to influence final rules.
Conduct gap analysis: Assess current APIs, data sharing capabilities, consent processes against proposed standards; integrate DORA compliance.
Update policies: Revise customer onboarding, data protection (GDPR alignment), and TPP accreditation processes.
Engage stakeholders: Participate in AMF's asset management tokenization consultation and AI use cases study for synergies.
Test systems: Pilot secure APIs for investment/insurance data sharing; prepare for cybersecurity inspections.
What changed
The publication outlines AMF's proposals for an open finance framework, building on open banking (e.g., PSD2) to include investments, insurance, and asset management data. Key elements include:
Mandatory API-based data sharing for account information and payment initiation, extended to non-banking products like securities and insurance.
Enhanced customer consent and control mechanisms, with granular permissions, revocation rights, and strong authentication.
Security and liability standards aligned with DORA (Digital Operational Resilience Act), including incident reporting and resilience testing.
Governance structure with a centralized standards body, similar to open banking hubs in the UK or EU.
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – As a consultation, immediate engagement is critical to shape rules, but full implementation may not hit until 2027+. It matters due to alignment with AMF's 2026 priorities on innovation (AI, tokenization, MiCA) and resilience (DORA, cybersecurity), risking fines or supervisory actions for non-prepared firms amid EU harmonization push. Early movers gain competitive edge in data-driven services.
Governance Europe & international The AMF encourages French participants to provide feedback to ESMA’s call for evidence on the implementation of the Shareholders Rights Directive (SRD 2)
AI Analysis
The AMF publication urges French market participants to submit feedback to ESMA's call for evidence evaluating the implementation of the Shareholder Rights Directive II (SRD II), which aims to enhance long-term shareholder engagement, transparency in voting processes, and issuer-shareholder dialogue across the EU/EEA. This matters for compliance teams as it signals ongoing regulatory scrutiny of SRD II transposition and operational compliance, potentially leading to harmonized amendments that could require process updates in shareholder identification, voting transmission, and engagement disclosures. French firms' input can influence future EU rules, mitigating risks of non-compliance with evolving standards.
Key dates
June 10, 2019 Deadline
- EU Member States' transposition deadline for SRD II into national law (e.g., France via law of May 22, 2019)
September 3, 2020
- SRD II go-live date for operational requirements like shareholder identification and voting processes
October 3, 2022
- European Commission request to ESMA/EBA for SRD II input, contextualizing ESMA's ongoing review
Suggested considerations
Submit feedback to ESMA: French participants must review ESMA's call for evidence and provide input on SRD II implementation challenges, such as intermediary processes, data transmission, and cross-border voting (immediate action urged by AMF).
Review current compliance: Audit internal systems for SRD II adherence, including electronic formats (e.g., seev.008 messages, MT 260SRD mandates), vote confirmations, and engagement policy disclosures.
Enhance processes if needed: Align with Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1212 for shareholder ID requests, meeting notifications, and voting (e.g., VOTACCESS adaptations for French market).
Monitor ESMA/EC outputs: Prepare for potential rule changes from the review, such as harmonized documentation or deadlines.
What changed
This AMF notice itself introduces no new regulatory changes; it promotes participation in ESMA's review of SRD II (Directive (EU) 2017/828), implemented via national laws by June 2019 and effective from September 3, 2020. SRD II's core requirements include: shareholder identification without delay, electronic/machine-readable transmission of voting and meeting information along the intermediary chain, confirmation of vote recording/counting, transparency on institutional investor and asset manager engagement policies/strategies, and extended scope to EEA-listed shares.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - SRD II has been live since 2020, so core compliance is established, but ESMA's review could trigger targeted amendments (e.g., operational standardization), especially for French intermediaries handling cross-border flows. This matters for avoiding supervisory findings in ongoing AMF/ESMA exams, as non-participation in feedback risks unaddressed pain points becoming enforceable rules; proactive input now supports influence over final outcomes.
AMF activity AMF Chair: Proposal to appoint Marie-Anne Barbat-Layani
AI Analysis
This AMF publication announces a proposal to appoint Marie-Anne Barbat-Layani as Chair of the AMF, France's financial markets authority responsible for investor protection, market supervision, and regulatory enforcement. It matters for compliance professionals because leadership changes at key regulators like the AMF can signal shifts in enforcement priorities, supervisory focus, or policy directions affecting investment firms, asset managers, and market participants across the EU. While not imposing immediate rules, it warrants monitoring for potential impacts on ongoing consultations and governance expectations.
Suggested considerations
binding appointment proposal without compliance obligations. Recommended steps include:
Monitor AMF website (https://www.amf-france.org) for ratification confirmation and any inaugural statements on priorities.
Review existing AMF relationships and prepare for potential shifts in supervisory engagement.
No specific regulatory changes or new requirements are outlined in this publication, as it solely concerns a leadership appointment proposal rather than substantive rule amendments. The AMF's standard process for such proposals involves board review and government ratification, but no alterations to the General Regulation, policies, or compliance obligations are proposed here.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Low – This is a procedural leadership announcement with no immediate regulatory or operational impacts. It matters for long-term strategic planning, as the new Chair could influence AMF's approach to MiFID II implementation, sustainability integration, or enforcement, but firms face no urgent adjustments today.
Asset management Savings protection Journalists The AMF is conducting a consultation on the end of life of private equity funds intended for retail investors
AI Analysis
The AMF is conducting a consultation on regulatory reforms governing the end-of-life management of retail private equity funds (FCPRs, FCPIs, and FIPs), with the objective of improving compliance with liquidation deadlines and enhancing investor protection through better information disclosure and operational safeguards. This initiative addresses systemic issues where fund managers have historically failed to respect contractual lifespan commitments, creating liquidity risks and investor communication failures.
Key dates
January 10, 2024
- Revised ELTIF Regulation came into application
June 13, 2024
- Enactment of Attractiveness Law No. 2024-537 (establishing 15-year maximum lock-up period)
November 12, 2024
- AMF decision approving amendments to General Regulation
December 5, 2024
- Effective date for new Article 422-120-16 (bank details collection requirement for newly established funds)
December 5, 2024
- Publication in Official Journal of the French Republic
Suggested considerations
*For All Retail Private Equity Fund Managers:
*Audit historical compliance with fund lifespan commitments over the preceding ten years to determine if warning requirements under Article 422-120-14-1 apply
*Update promotional materials to include required warnings if materiality thresholds are met (managing/having managed at least one other retail PE fund and at least three funds that reached end-of-life)
*Implement bank details collection for all funds established after December 5, 2024, incorporating requirements into subscription forms per Instruction DOC-2011-22
*Establish prior notification procedures for substantial changes to fund structure, investment strategy, or operations, with one-month advance notice to the AMF
What changed
The AMF has amended its General Regulation and policy framework to implement several substantive requirements:
Liquidation Compliance & Warnings
A new Article 422-120-14-1 requires management companies to include a warning in promotional materials if, over the ten years preceding fund authorization, the company failed to respect the lifespan of at least 50% of retail or professional private equity funds under its management.
Regulatory developments Europe & international Sustainable Finance Periodic & ongoing disclosures AMF's response to the International Sustainability Standards Board’s consultation on the exposure drafts on international sustainability disclosures
AI Analysis
The Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), France's financial markets regulator, issued a position paper on July 27, 2022, responding to the International Sustainability Standards Board's (ISSB) consultation on exposure drafts for international sustainability disclosure standards (IFRS S1 and S2). This matters for compliance professionals as it signals France's push for global-EU interoperability in ESG reporting, influencing how firms align ISSB "investor-focused" standards with Europe's double-materiality CSRD/ESRS framework to avoid dual reporting burdens. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/amfs-eu-positions/amf-response-issb-consultation-exposure-drafts-sustainability-disclosure-standards; https://www.amf-france.org/sites/institutionnel/files/private/2022-07/Position%20paper%20ISSB%20AMF%20-%20July%202022_0.pdf
Suggested considerations
Monitor and map standards: Conduct gap analyses between current disclosures, ESRS, and ISSB S1/S2, focusing on interoperability (e.g., climate metrics, Scope 3 GHG).
Engage in transitions: Participate in potential ISSB Transition Resource Group or jurisdictional groups; prepare for phased ISSB implementation if adopted locally.
Enhance reporting processes: Update materiality assessments for double-materiality, quantitative climate financial impacts, and ESG breadth; leverage AMF's 2025 study on listed firms for benchmarks.
Stakeholder dialogue: Respond to ongoing consultations (e.g., EFRAG until Sep 2025) and track ISSB agenda priorities.
What changed
This is not a new regulation but AMF's recommendations to ISSB, emphasizing:
Interoperability with EU standards: AMF urges alignment between ISSB's financial materiality approach and EFRAG's double-materiality (impact + financial) ESRS, including jurisdictional working groups...
Broad ESG coverage: Calls for sector-agnostic standards beyond climate (e.g., full ESG spectrum via collaboration with EFRAG/GRI).
Phased implementation: Suggests gradual rollout of detailed requirements (e.g., Appendix B in S2) and an ISSB "Transition Resource Group" like IASB's for IFRS 9/15/17 to aid implementation.
Double-materiality advocacy: Prefers standards addressing all stakeholders, not just investors.
No binding changes; ISSB issued final IFRS S1/S2 in June 2023.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium. This 2022 AMF response is historical but highly relevant amid 2025 EFRAG simplifications emphasizing ISSB interoperability, as EU firms juggle CSRD with global ISSB momentum (e.g., IFRS finals in 2023). Matters for avoiding reporting fragmentation, with risks of supervisory scrutiny on French listed firms; low immediate enforcement but builds toward mandatory convergence.
Regulatory developments Europe & international Sustainable Finance Periodic & ongoing disclosures AMF's response to the EFRAG consultation on the draft European sustainability reporting standards
AI Analysis
The AMF's position paper responds to EFRAG's 2022 public consultation on the first set of draft European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) under the CSRD, welcoming their ambition on ESG topics and double materiality while urging proportionality, international interoperability, materiality focus, and alignment with EU laws like SFDR. This matters for compliance professionals as it shapes final ESRS, influencing mandatory sustainability disclosures for EU firms and financial market participants from 2024 onward, with potential simplifications affecting reporting burdens. https://www.amf-france.org/en/news-publications/news/amfs-response-efrag-consultation-draft-european-sustainability-reporting-standards
Key dates
July 2022
- AMF submits response to EFRAG consultation on draft ESRS. https://www.amf-france.org/sites/institutionnel/files/private/2022-07/AMF%20appendix%20to%20position%20paper%20on%20EFRAG%20consultation%20July%202022.pdf
2024
- First CSRD application for FY 2024 reports (large public-interest entities). https://www.amf-france.org/sites/institutionnel/files/private/2022-07/AMF%20appendix%20to%20position%20paper%20on%20EFRAG%20consultation%20July%202022.pdf
2025
- ESRS adoption by European Commission (first set covering SFDR needs). https://www.amf-france.org/sites/institutionnel/files/private/2022-07/AMF%20appendix%20to%20position%20paper%20on%20EFRAG%20consultation%20July%202022.pdf
2025); - EC Delegated Act on simplified ESRS, subject to 2-month EU Parliament/Council scrutiny. https://www.efrag.org/en/news-and-calendar/news/efrag-provides-its-technical-advice-on-draft-simplified-esrs-to-the-european-commission
Suggested considerations
Monitor ESRS evolution: Track EFRAG/EC updates on final standards, focusing on AMF priorities like materiality guidance and ISSB mapping.
Align reporting systems: Map ESRS to SFDR/Taxonomy data; test proportionality phased rollouts (e.g., climate first).
Engage stakeholders: Participate in ongoing consultations (e.g., EFRAG connectivity); benchmark against ISSB for interoperability.
What changed
This is a consultation response, not a final rule, but AMF highlights these priorities for ESRS development:
International interoperability: Convergence with ISSB standards to avoid duplication and meet investor needs across jurisdictions.
Proportionality in disclosures: Gradual implementation, prioritizing climate standards, balancing stakeholder needs with issuer costs, and ensuring SFDR coverage.
Materiality focus: Enhanced guidance on materiality assessments, centering company-led analysis without presuming topics' materiality upfront.
EU consistency: Avoid duplicating info from SFDR, Taxonomy, and other regs; rely on existing concepts.
Compliance impact
Urgency: Medium - Historical (2022) input shapes binding ESRS already applying in 2024/2025, but ongoing simplifications (e.g., 2025 EC advice) offer relief on burdens; critical for FY2026+ prep amid interoperability push, yet not immediate mandates. Matters for reducing overload, ensuring SFDR compliance, and avoiding EU fines (up to 10M EUR under CSRD).
Asset management Regulatory developments Other professionals Journalists Investment services providers Investment management companies The AMF launches a consultation on the integration of sustainability requirements into its General Regulation
AI Analysis
The AMF has launched a public consultation to integrate sustainability requirements into its General Regulation, aiming to embed ESG considerations directly into core operational rules for regulated entities. This matters for compliance professionals as it signals a shift toward mandatory sustainability integration across asset management and investment services, aligning with EU frameworks like SFDR and CSRD, and potentially increasing reporting and risk management obligations.
Key dates
21 November 2024
- Application date for ESMA Guidelines on ESG fund names (new funds)
30 December 2024
- AMF ESG Doctrine updated to comply with ESMA Guidelines
21 May 2025
- Application date for ESMA Guidelines on ESG fund names (existing funds)
January 13, 2026
- Referenced date for public consultation on General Regulation changes (exact consultation close date not specified in available data)
30 June 2026
- General Regulation of the AMF enters into force, including sustainability risk integration
Suggested considerations
Participate in consultation: Submit feedback on proposed sustainability integrations via AMF channels to influence final rules.
Review and update policies: Conduct gap analysis against new sustainability risk requirements in General Regulation; integrate into governance, risk management, and investment processes ahead of 30 June 2026.
Fund name compliance: For ESG-named funds, ensure 80% investments meet criteria, apply exclusions, and update marketing materials per AMF ESG Doctrine and ESMA Guidelines (immediate for new funds, by May 2025 for existing).
Enhance reporting: Prepare double materiality assessments, digital xHTML filings for CSRD/ESRS, and SFDR-aligned disclosures; update client onboarding for sustainability preferences.
Monitor EU developments: Track SFDR revisions, Taxonomy extensions, and ESMA digital taxonomy consultations.
What changed
- Integration of sustainability risks: The updated General Regulation requires asset management companies to explicitly take sustainability risks into account when complying with existing...
Alignment with EU sustainability frameworks: Builds on SFDR revisions by advocating for minimum environmental criteria in Article 8/9 products, simplification of rules, and support for CSRD...
Anti-greenwashing measures: Complements recent AMF ESG Doctrine updates (effective 30 December 2024), enforcing ESMA Guidelines on fund names with ESG terms, such as 80% quantitative thresholds for...
Compliance impact
Urgency: High - While the General Regulation effective date is 30 June 2026, related ESG rules (e.g., fund names) are already applicable, and consultation input is time-sensitive. This matters due to escalating EU sustainable finance enforcement, greenwashing risks, and operational overhauls required for investor protection and reporting accuracy, with non-compliance exposing firms to supervisory actions.
Europe & international Sustainable Finance Asset management The AMF invites providers, users and rated entities to respond to ESMA's Call for evidence on the ESG rating market in Europe
AI Analysis
The AMF is urging French stakeholders—ESG rating providers, users, and rated entities—to respond to ESMA's 2022 Call for Evidence on the EU ESG rating market to inform European Commission efforts on improving transparency and reliability. This matters as it contributes to the foundational data driving the ESG Ratings Regulation (EU 2024/3005), which imposes authorization, disclosure, and conflict-of-interest rules on providers, affecting sustainable finance compliance across the EU. With the regulation applying from 2 July 2026, early engagement helps shape final rules amid ongoing ESMA consultations on technical standards.
Suggested considerations
For Users and Rated Entities: Although the 2022 Call for Evidence is closed, monitor ESMA's ongoing RTS consultations (closed 20 June 2025) and Commission feedback; assess internal ESG data reliance for SFDR/Taxonomy alignment and update policies for new disclosure requirements.
All Affected Firms: Map ESG rating dependencies in investment processes, train compliance teams on upcoming rules, and engage in industry feedback to influence final RTS adoption expected post-Q4 2025.
AMF Stakeholders: Although dated, the notice encouraged French market input; now pivot to compliance readiness for 2026 application.
What changed
This AMF notice itself introduces no new regulatory changes; it promotes responses to ESMA's 2022 Call for Evidence, which gathered market insights to support the European Commission's July 2021 sustainable finance strategy. However, it highlights the push for a European framework on ESG ratings, including transparency on methodologies, conflict-of-interest management, internal controls, and dialogue with rated companies—elements now codified in the ESG Ratings Regulation effective 2 January 2025 (application from 2 July 2026).
Compliance impact
Urgency: High – The 2022 Call for Evidence is historical, but it feeds into the ESG Ratings Regulation now in force (since 2 January 2025), with application looming on 2 July 2026—less than 6 months away as of January 2026. Firms face authorization risks, operational overhauls for conflicts/disclosures, and potential market disruptions if unprepared; non-compliance could halt EU operations or trigger greenwashing probes under SFDR, amplifying sustainable finance scrutiny.
Following a satisfactory review of the data submitted by banks and credit unions, to the Central Credit Register, the initial enquiry phase has now commenced. This means that from today borrowers and lenders can request a copy of credit reports from the Central Credit Register. Data on mortgages, personal loans…